+ All documents
Home > Documents > Atlas of Islam [language:English]

Atlas of Islam [language:English]

Date post: 09-Mar-2023
Category:
Upload: independent
View: 2 times
Download: 0 times
Share this document with a friend
210
Transcript

ISBN: 0674013859 Author: Malise Ruthven, Azim Nanji Publisher: Harvard University Press (May 28, 2004) Pages: 208 Binding: Hardcover w/ dust jacket Description from the publisher: Among the great civilizations of the world, Islam remains an enigma to Western readers.

Now, in a beautifully illustrated historical atlas, noted scholar of religion Malise Ruthven recounts the fascinating and important history of the Islamic world. From the birth of the prophet Muhammed to the independence of post-Soviet Muslim states in Central Asia, this accessible and informative atlas explains the

ISBN: 0674013859 Author: Malise Ruthven, Azim Nanji Publisher: Harvard University Press (May 28, 2004) Pages: 208 Binding: Hardcover w/ dust jacket

Description from the publisher: Among the great civilizations of the world, Islam remains an enigma to Western readers. Now, in a beautifully illustrated historical atlas, noted scholar of religion Malise Ruthven recounts the fascinating and important history of the Islamic world.

From the birth of the prophet Muhammed to the independence of post-Soviet Muslim states in Central Asia, this accessible and informative atlas explains the historical evolution of Islamic societies. Short essays cover a wide variety of

themes, including the central roles played by sharia (divine law) and fiqh (jurisprudence); philosophy; arts and architecture; the Muslim city; trade, commerce, and manufacturing; marriage and family life; tribal distributions; kinship and dynastic power; ritual and devotional practices; Sufism; modernist and reformist trends; the European domination of the Islamic world; the rise of the modern national state; oil exports and arms imports; and Muslim populations in non-Muslim countries, including the United States. Lucid and inviting full-color maps chronicle the changing internal and external boundaries of the Islamic world, showing the principal trade routes through which goods, ideas, and customs spread. Ruthven traces the impact of various Islamic dynasties in art and architecture and shows the distribution of sects and religious minorities, the structure of Islamic cities, and the distribution of resources. Among the book's valuable contributions is the incorporation of the often neglected geographical and environmental factors, from the Fertile Crescent to the North African desert, that have helped shape Islamic history. Rich in narrative and visual detail that illuminates the story of Islamic civilization, this timely atlas is an indispensable resource to anyone interested in world history and religion.

About the Author -- Malise Ruthven is a former editor with the BBC Arabic Service and World Service in London and is the author of Islam in the World and Islam: A Very Short Introduction. Azim Nanji is Professor and Director of the Institute of Ismaili Studies and visiting professor at Stanford University.

HISTORICALATLAS OF THE

I S L A M I CW O R L D

H A of Islam Front Matter 21/5/04 8:49 AM Page 1

HISTORICALATLAS OF THE

I S L A M I CW O R L D

Malise Ruthvenwith

Azim Nanji

H A of Islam Front Matter 21/5/04 8:49 AM Page 3

Book Copyright © Cartographica Limited 2004

Text Copyright © Malise Ruthven 2004

All rights reserved.

Historical Atlas of the Islamic World eBook version Published by Cartographica

Originally published in print format in 2004. In this informative and beautifully illustrated atlas, noted scholar of religion Malise Ruthven recounts the fascinating and important history of the Islamic world.

Short and concise essays cover a wide variety of themes including philosophy; arts and architecture; the Muslim city; trade, commerce and manufacturing; marriage and family life; ritual and devotional practices; the rise of the modern national state; oil exports and arms imports; and much more.

Rich in narrative and visual detail, the Atlas is of critical importance to both students and anyone seeking insight into the Islamic world, history and culture.

● Published/Released: October 2005● ISBN 13: 9780955006616● ISBN 10: 0955006619● Product number: 225062● Page count: 208 pp.

CONTENTS

Introduction 6

Foundational Beliefs and Practices 14

Geophysical Map of the Muslim World 16

Muslim Languages and Ethnic Groups 20

Late Antiquity Before Islam 24

Muhammad’s Mission and Campaigns 26

Expansion of Islam to 750 28

Expansion 751–1700 30

Sunnis, Shiites, and Khariji 660–c. 1000 34

Abbasid Caliphate under Harun al-Rashid 36

Spread of Islam, Islamic Law, and Arabic Language 38

Successor States to 1100 40

The Saljuq Era 44

Military Recruitment 900–1800 46

Fatimid Empire 909–1171 50

Trade Routes c. 700–1500 52

Crusader Kingdoms 56

Sufi Orders 1100–1900 58

Ayyubids and Mamluks 62

The Mongol Invasion 64

Maghreb and Spain 650–1485 66

Subsaharan Africa—East 70

Subsaharan Africa—West 72

Jihad States 74

The Indian Ocean to 1499 76

The Indian Ocean 1500–1900 80

Rise of the Ottomans to 1650 84

The Ottoman Empire 1650–1920 88

Iran 1500–2000 92

Central Asia to 1700 94

India 711–1971 96

Russian Expansion in Transcaucasia and Central Asia 102

Expansion of Islam in Southeast Asia c. 1500–1800 106

British, French, Dutch, and Russian Empires 108

Nineteenth-Century Reform Movements 110

Modernization of Turkey 112

The Muslim World under Colonial Domination c. 1920 116

Balkans, Cyprus, and Crete 1500–2000 118

Muslim Minorities in China 122

The Levant 1500–2002 124

Prominent Travelers 128

Britain in Egypt and Sudan in the 19th Century 132

France in North and West Africa 136

Growth of the Hajj and Other Places of Pilgrimage 138

Expanding Cities 142

Impact of Oil in the 20th Century 146

Water Resources 148

The Arms Trade 150

Flashpoint Southeast Asia 1950–2000 152

Flashpoint Iraq 1917–2003 154

Afghanistan 1840–2002 156

Arabia and the Gulf 1839–1950 158

Rise of the Saudi State 160

Flashpoint Israel–Palestine 162

Flashpoint Gulf 1950–2003 164

Muslims in Western Europe 166

Muslims in North America 168

Mosques and Places of Worship in North America 170

Islamic Arts 172

Major Islamic Architectural Sites 176

World Distribution of Muslims 2000 180

World Terrorism 2003 184

Muslim Cinema 188

Internet Use 190

Democracy, Censorship, Human Rights, and Civil Society 192

Modern Islamic Movements 194

Chronology 196

Glossary 200

Further Reading 203

Acknowledgments and Map List 204

Index 205

H A of Islam Front Matter 21/5/04 8:49 AM Page 5

Shaghubiyya

Qartajanna

al-Mariyya

Fas

Jaza’ir baniMazjani

Takrur

Ghana

Kuku

Nebranta al-Qasaba

Tarabulus Surt

Barsana

Mashiliyya

Bisha Nabal

Ankuna

Manubas

al-Iskand

Labiuna

Kradis

Qaghradun

Arkadiyy

Kashtara

RaghusaAkhrida

Laka

Don

Munt Mayur

Burdal

Londras

Diaba

Abariz

Gharkafurt

ShantMajial

Shant Mahlu

Aghrims

Qarnqi

Liyun

Faynash

Jol

Hastinks

Janbara

Shant Ya‘aqub

TarakunaMessina

Mastih

Lebda

Barqa

JAZIRAIRLANDA

J. SQUSIYYA

JAZIRA RASLANDAJAZIRA LUQAGHA

JAZIRATDANMARSHA

JAZIRATINQILTARA

ARD AFLANDRISAL AFRANJ

ARD AFRIZIYYAALAMANIN

BILADBALUNIYYA

JANAL

NUBIA MAL-SUD

ARDKAMNURIYYA

ARD GHANA

ArMaqadu

BILADBU’AMIYYA

NahrS

inu

Na

h rD

rawa

Na h rDanu

Jazira Dans

J. Qurshiqa

J. Sardaniyya

Khaltja

l-Anglish

in

Jabal al-Kam

Jabal Daran

Jabal Daran

Jabal Banbuan

Jabal Tantana

Jabal Ghaghara

Jalfuniyya

J. Siqilliyya

J. al-Nar

Jabal L

unia

Jabal J

alul

Nil al-Sudan

K

halijal-B

anadiqa

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

Introduction

Since September 11th 2001, barely a day pas-ses without stories about Islam—the religionof about one-fifth of humanity—appearing inthe media. The terrorists who hijacked fourAmerican airliners and flew them into theWorld Trade Center in New York and thePentagon near Washington killed some threethousand people. This unleashed a “War onTerrorism” by the United States and its allies,leading to the removal of two Muslim govern-ments, one in Afghanistan and the other inIraq. It raised the profile of Islam throughoutthe world as a subject for analysis and discus-sion. The debates, in newspaper columns andbroadcasting studios, in cafes, bars, andhomes, have been heated and passionate.Questions that were previously discussed inthe rarified atmosphere of academic confer-ences or graduate seminars have entered themainstream of public consciousness. What isthe “law of jihad”? How is it that a “religionof peace” subscribed to by millions of ordi-nary, decent believers, can become an ideologyof hatred for an angry minority? Why hasIslam after the fall of communism become sofreighted with passionate intensity? Or, to usethe title of a best-selling essay by BernardLewis, the doyen of Orientalist scholars,“What went wrong?” with Islamic history,with its relationship with itself, and with themodern world?

Such questions are no longer academic, butare arguably of vital concern to most of thepeoples living on this planet. Few would denythat Islam, or some variation thereof—whether distorted, perverted, corrupted, orhijacked by extremists—has become a force tobe reckoned with, or at least a label attached toa phenomenon with menacing potentialities.Numerous atrocities have been attributed toand claimed by Islamic extremists, both beforeand since 9/11, causing mayhem and carnagein many of the world’s cities and tourist desti-

6

nations: Nairobi, Dar es Salaam, Mombasa,Riyadh, Casablanca, Bali, Tunisia, Jakarta,Bombay (Mumbhai), Istanbul and Madrid.The list grows longer, the casualties mount.The responses of people and their govern-ments are angry and perplexed. The far-reach-ing consequences of these responses for inter-national peace and security should be enoughto convince anyone (and not just the media edi-tors who mold public consciousness to fit theiradvertisers’ priorities) that extreme manifesta-tions of Islam are setting the agenda for argu-ment and action in the twenty-first century.

Muslims living in the West and in thegrowing areas of the Muslim world that comewithin the West’s electronic footprint under-standably resent the negative exposure thatcomes with the increasing concerns of out-siders. Islam is a religion of peace: the word“Islam,” a verbal noun meaning submission

H A of Islam Front Matter 21/5/04 8:49 AM Page 6

(to God) is etymologically related to the wordsalaam, meaning peace. The standard greet-ing most Muslims use when joining a gather-ing or meeting strangers is “as-salaamalaikum”—“Peace be upon you.” Westernerswho accuse Islam of being a violent religionmisunderstand its nature. Attaching the label“Muslim” or “Islamic” to acts of terrorism isgrossly unfair. When a right-wing Christianfanatic like Timothy McVeigh blew up a USfederal building in Oklahoma city, the worstatrocity committed on American soil before9/11, no one described him as a “Christian”terrorist. In the view of many of Islam’sadherents, “Westerners” who have aban-doned their own faith, or are blinkered byreligious prejudice, do not “understand”Islam. Certain hostile media distort Westernviewpoints, prejudicing sentiments and atti-tudes with Islamophobia—the equivalent ofanti-Semitism applied to Muslims instead ofJews. Some scholars, trained in Western acad-

emies, are accused of viewing Islam throughthe misshapen lens of Orientalism, a disci-pline corrupted by its associations with impe-rialism, when specialist knowledge wasplaced at the service of power.

This is fraught, contested territory andwriters who venture into it do so at their ownperil. As with other religious traditions, everygeneralization about Islam is open to chal-lenge, because for every normative descrip-tion of Islamic faith, belief, and practice,there exist important variants and consider-able diversity. The problem of definition ismade more difficult because there is no over-arching ecclesiastical institution, no Islamicpapacy, with prescriptive power to decreewhat is and what is not Islamic. (EvenProtestant churches define their religiouspositions in contradistinction to RomanCatholicism.)

Being Muslim, like being a Jew, embracesancestry as well as belief. People described as

Qasaba

as

al-Iskandariyya

al-Iskandaruna

Antakiyya

Khaybar

Sur

Abadan

Aydhab

Manquna

Aqent

DimyatDimashu

Yathrib

Makka

Tabala

Adan

Labiuna

SalanikLadikiyya

Qaghradun

Filibus

al-QostantinoHiraqliyya

Qashtamuni

Quniyya

Abidus

Arkadiyya

Kashtara

Qulzum al-Taghlibiyya

Baghdad

al-Mawsil

Tiflis

Tabriz

Samandar

Basjirtal-Dakhila

TabuntTruiyya

Sinubun

Amul

QumBukhara

Arsan

Ghargun

MajuiMajuj

ShahadrujKhaganAdkash

Tus

Qandahar

Kashmir al-Kharija

Wakhan

LuluaKatigura

Khanfun Sa’ala

BajaSinis

Suhar

DaybulKanbaya

AtrabezundaAskisiyya

Rushiyya

Labada

Yazd

SarakhsHarat Khirkhir

Nashran

Sisian

Kharba

al-Multan

Ardabil

Quruqiyya

Dahistan

Kaw

RaghusaAkhrida

Laka

Donqola

Asyut

i

Barqa

JAZIRA LUQAGHA

DYYA

JANUB BILADAL-RUSIYYA

Ard al- Kumaniyya

BILAD AL-TIBET

MIN AL-ATRAK

MIN AL-YAMANNUBIA MINAL-SUDAN

ARD AL-ABADIYA

MIN AL-ATRAKARD AL-KIMAKIYYA

ARD MAJUJ

ARD AL-WAQWAQARD SUFALAARD AL-ZANJ AL-NABR

ARDYAJUJ

AQSA BILADAL-HIND

BILADAL-SIN

ARD LASLANDA

ArdMaqaduniyya

DYYA

nu

Jabal al-Kamr

Jalfuniyya

J. Iqritish

Jazira

Qibris

Rudus

J. Suqutra

Jazira al-

Qotsoba al-Gharb

Jazira al-Mand

Jazira

Sandan

Jazira

Kulom Mak

Jazira Sarandib

Jazira Sarandib

Jazira

al-Romi

Jazira Aurshin

J. Karkuniyya

Jazira al-Qamr

MalotJazira

al-Sila

Jazira

al Yakut

Buhayrat

Bazwan

Buhayrat

Jujar

Buhayrat

Tehama

Buhayrat

Jajun

Buhayrat

Khwarazem

Buhayrat Janun

Jabal J

alul

Nil

Misr

JabalA

laq

attam

Bab

al-

M

andab

Jabal Ashlath

Jabal Lalan

Nahr Sh

as

hNah

r???

Jabal Janf

Jabal Mazrar

JabalA

sgar

un

Jabal Sun??

?

Bahr

al-Khazar

B a h r N i t a s

Sham

al

Fargh

an

Nahr

A

m

il?

??

Dy

la

Nah

ralFrai?

Nahr Dnast

N.D

anabris

K

halijal-B

anadiqa

The world according to al-Idrisi 549–1154

INTRODUCTION

7

H A of Islam Front Matter 21/5/04 8:49 AM Page 7

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

Muslims are religiously observant in differentways. One can be culturally Muslim, as onecan be culturally Jewish, without subscribingto a particular set of religious prescriptionsor beliefs. It would not be inappropriate todescribe many nonreligious Americans andEuropeans as “cultural Christians” given theseminal importance played by Christianity inthe development of Western culture. The factthat the term is rarely, if ever, used is reveal-ing of Western cultural hegemony and itspretensions to universality. The Christianunderpinning of Western culture is so takenfor granted that no one troubles to make itapparent. At the same time the term“Christian” has been appropriated byProtestant fundamentalists who seek todefine themselves in contradistinction to sec-ular humanists or religious believers withwhose outlook they disagree.

Similar problems of definition apply in theMuslim world. Just as there are theologicaldisagreements between Christian churchesover all sorts of questions of belief and ritu-al, within the Islamic fold there are groupswhich differ among themselves ritualisticallyor in terms of their respective tradition ofinterpretation and practice.

Among the major groups in Islam, histor-ically, the two most significant are the Sunniand Shiites.

The Shiites maintain that, shortly beforehis death, the Prophet Muhammad (c.570–632 ) designated Ali, his first cousin andhusband of his daughter Fatima, as his succes-sor. They further believe that this successioncontinued in a line of Imams (spiritual lead-ers) descendent from Ali and Fatima, eachspecifically designated by the previous Imam.The larger body of the Shiites, the “Twelvers”or Imamis, believe that the last of these lead-ers, who “disappeared” in 873, will reappearas the Mahdi or messiah at some future time.

The Sunnis, on the other hand, maintain thatthe Prophet had made an indication favoring

one of his companions, Abu Bakr (r. 624–632),who was accepted as Caliph or successor byagreement of the main leaders in the communi-ty after the death of the Prophet. He, in turn,appointed Umar (r. 634–644), who on hisdeathbed designated Uthman (r. 644–656), afterconsultation with leading Muslims. Uthmanwas succeeded by Ali (r. 656–661), again withthe consent of leading Muslims of the time. Inthe view of the Sunni majority the four caliphsconstitute a “rightly guided Caliphate.”

Over time the Shiites and Sunni both devel-oped distinctive community identities. Theyare divided into various branches and organ-ized into different movements and tendencies.While these, and other groups, differed witheach other and often fought over their differ-ences, the general tenor of relations, in pre-modern urban societies, allowed for a degreeof mutual coexistence and intellectual debate.

In recent times, however, there has been atendency for extremist sects and radicalgroups to anathematize their religious oppo-nents, or to declare those ruling over them tobe outside the pale of Islam. This narrowperspective may be contrasted with a growingawareness among the majority of Muslimpeople of the diversity and plurality of inter-pretations within the Umma.

Currently, the climate of religious intoler-ance manifested in some parts of the Muslimworld has complex origins and may be symp-tomatic, like the puritan extremism thatflourished in Europe in the seventeenth cen-tury, of the dislocating effects of economicand social changes. As the maps and essaysthat follow make clear, modernity came tothe Muslim world on the wings of colonialpower, rather than as a consequence of inter-nally generated transformations. The “bestcommunity” decreed by God for “orderingthe good and forbidding the evil” has lost themoral and political hegemony it held in whatwas once the most civilized part of the worldoutside China. When Islam was in the ascen-

8

H A of Islam Front Matter 21/5/04 8:49 AM Page 8

INTRODUCTION

dant, so was the climate of tolerance itengendered. Muslim scholars and theolo-gians polemicized against each other butwere careful not to denounce those whoaffirmed the shahada—the declaration offaith—and who prayed toward Mecca. As theAmerican scholar Carl Ernst observes, “Inany society in the world today, religious plu-ralism is a sociological fact. If one groupclaims authority over all the rest, demandingtheir allegiance and submission, this will beexperienced as the imposition of powerthrough religious rhetoric.” [Carl Ernst,Following Muhammad: Rethinking Islam in

the Contemporary World, London andChapel Hill, p. 206.]

In principle, if not always in practice, aMuslim is one who follows Islam, an Arabicword meaning “submission” or, more pre-cisely, “self-surrender” to the will of God asrevealed to the Prophet Muhammad. Theserevelations, delivered orally over the periodof Muhammad’s active prophetic career fromabout 610 until his death, are contained inthe Koran, the scripture that stands at thefoundation of the Islamic religion and thediverse cultural systems that flow from it. Afew revisionist scholars working in Westernuniversities have challenged the traditionalIslamic account of the Koran’s origins, argu-ing that the text was constructed out of alarger body of oral materials following theArab conquest of the Fertile Crescent. Thegreat majority of scholars, however, Muslimand non-Muslim, regard the Koran as thewritten record of the revelations accumulat-ed in the course of Muhammad’s career.Unlike the Bible, there are no signs of multi-ple authorship. In contrast to the NewTestament in particular, where the sayings ofJesus have been incorporated into four dis-tinct narratives of his life presumed to havebeen written by different authors, the Korancontains many allusions to events in theProphet’s life, but does not spell them out in

detail. The story of Muhammad’s career asProphet and Statesman (if one can use arather modern term for the leader of themovement that united the tribes of theArabian Peninsula) was constructed from adifferent body of oral materials. Known asHadith (traditions or reports about theProphet’s behavior), they acquired writtenform after Muhammad’s death.

The Koran is divided into 114 sectionsknown as suras (rows), each of which is com-posed of varying numbers of verses calledayas (signs or miracles). Apart from the firstsura, the Fatiha, or Opening, a seven-verseinvocation used as a prayer in numerous ritu-als, including daily prayers or salat, the surasare arranged in approximate order ofdecreasing length, with the shortest at theend and the longest near the beginning. Moststandard editions divide the suras into pas-sages revealed in Mecca (which tend to beshorter, and hence located near the end ofthe book) and those belonging to the periodof the Prophet’s sojourn in Medina, where heemigrated with his earliest followers toescape persecution in Mecca in 622, the YearOne of the Muslim era. Meccan passages,especially the early ones, convey vivid mes-sages about personal accountability, rewardand punishment—in heaven and hell—whilecelebrating the glories and beauty of the nat-ural world as proof of God’s creative powerand sovereignty. The Medinese passages,while replicating many of the same themes,contain positive teachings on social and legalissues (including rules governing sexual rela-tions and inheritance, and punishments pre-scribed for certain categories of crime). Suchpassages, supplemented with material fromthe Hadith literature, came to be the keysources for the development of a legal systemknown as the Sharia. Different scholars ofMuslim thought added other sources to cre-ate a methodology for the systematizationand implementation of the Sharia.

9

H A of Islam Front Matter 21/5/04 8:49 AM Page 9

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

The illuminated double page

from the Koran in the Bihari

script. This copy was completed

in 1399, the year after Timur’s

conquest of Delhi. The passage,

from the Al-Tawba (Sura of

Repentance), refers to the

Prophet’s Bedouin allies who are

not to be excused for failing to

join one of his campaigns.

For believing Muslims, the Koran is thedirect speech of God, dictated without humanediting. Muhammad has been described bysome modern Muslim scholars as a passivetransmitter of the Divine Word. The Prophethimself is supposed to have been ummi (illiter-ate), although some scholars question this as hewas an active and successful merchant. For amajority of Muslims, the Koran, whose textwas written down and stabilized during thereign of the third caliph, Uthman (r. 644–656),was “uncreated” and coeternal with God.Hence, for believing Muslims, the Koran occu-pies the position Christ has for Christians. Godreveals himself not through a person, but

through the language contained in a holy text.Other religious traditions, including Buddhism,Christianity, Hinduism, Judaism, Sikhism, andZoroastrianism, privilege their foundationaltexts as sacred. Muslim rulers recognized thiscommon principle by granting religious tolera-tion to the ahl al-kitab (Peoples of the Book).

In its initial phase the rapid expansion of

Islam beyond Arabia occurred on the basis ofthe Arab conquest of the Fertile Crescent andlands further afield in the century or so fol-lowing the Prophet’s death in 632. Faith inIslam and the Prophet’s divine calling—aswell as the desire for booty—united theArabian tribes into a formidable fightingmachine. They defeated both the Byzantineand Sasanian armies, opening part of theByzantine Empire and the whole of Persia toMuslim conquest and settlement. At firstIslam remained primarily the religion of the“Arab”. Muslim commanders housed theirtribal battalions in separate military canton-ments outside the cities they conquered, leav-

ing their new subjects (Christian, Jewish, orZoroastrian) to regulate their own affairs solong as they paid the jizya (poll-tax) in lieu ofmilitary service. The process of Islamizationoccurred gradually, through marriage, as theleading families of the subject populationssought to join the Muslim elites. It alsooccurred as impoverished or uprooted sub-

10

H A of Islam Front Matter 21/5/04 8:49 AM Page 10

INTRODUCTION

jects found support in the religion of theirrulers, or as people disenchanted with theirformer rulers found a congenial spiritualhome in one that honored their traditionswhile representing their teachings in a new,creative synthesis. The role of early Muslimmissionaries was also crucial in this process.

Muslim theology, however, did have onedynamic cultural dimension, which may helpto explain its evolution of an “Arab” religioninto a universal faith. As the quintessential“religion of the Book,” which represented thedivine Word as manifested in a written text,Islam carried with it the prestige of learningand literacy into illiterate cultures. The cult ofthe book, like La Rochefoucauld’s definitionof hypocrisy, was the homage not of vice tovirtue, but of illiteracy to learning. Howeverrevelation is perceived—whether proceedingdirectly from God or by way of an alteredmental state comparable to the operations ofhuman genius—Muhammad’s epiphany camein the form of language. Time and again thenomadic peoples on the fringes of the Muslimempires would take over the centers of power,and in so doing civilize themselves, becomingin turn the bearers of Muslim cultural pres-tige. After the disintegration of the greatAbbasid Empire, the dream of a universalcaliphate embracing the whole of the Islamicworld (and, indeed, the rest of humanity)ceased to be a viable project. The lines of com-munication were too long for the center to beable to suppress the ambitions of localdynasts. But the prestige of literacy, symbol-ized by the Koran and its glorious calligraphicelaborations on the walls of mosques andother public buildings, as well as in the metic-ulously copied versions of the book itself, waspowerful. Even Mongol invaders, notoriousfor their cruelty, would succumb to the spiri-tual and aesthetic power of Islam in the west-ern part of their dominions.

The maps in this book do not aim to pro-vide a comprehensive account of the shifting

patterns of state and religious authority thatprevailed during the vast sweep of Islamichistory from the time of the Prophet to thepresent. But it is hoped that they will illumi-nate important aspects of that history byopening windows into significant areas ofthe distant and recent past, thereby helpingto explain the legacy of conflicts—as well asopportunities—the past has bequeathed tothe present. Geography is vital for the under-standing of Islamic history and its problem-atic relationship with modernity.

As the maps in this atlas illustrate, the cen-tral belt of Islamic territories stretching fromthe Atlantic Ocean to the Indus Valley wasperennially at the mercy of nomadic or semi-nomadic invaders. In premodern times,before gunpowder weapons, airpower, and modern systems ofcommunication broughtperipheral regions underthe control of centralgovernments (usuallyunder colonial aus-pices), the cities werevulnerable to attackby nomadic preda-tors. The genius ofthe Islamic systemlay in providing theconverted tribesmenwith a system of law,practice and learning withina foundation of faith to whichthey became acculturated over time.

In his Muqaddima, or “Proglomena” tothe History of the World, the Arab philoso-pher of history Ibn Khaldun (1332–1406)developed a theory of cyclic renewal and stateformation, which analyzed this process in thecontext of his native North Africa. Accordingto his theory, in the arid zones where rainfall issparse, pastoralism remains the principalmode of agricultural production. Unlike peas-ants, pastoralists are organized along “tribal”

A world map drawn in 1571–72

by the al-Sharafi al-Sifaqsi family

in the town of Sfax, Tunisia.

11

H A of Islam Front Matter 21/5/04 8:49 AM Page 11

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

lines (patrilineal kinship groups). They are rel-atively free from government control. Enjoyinggreater mobility than urban people, they can-not be regularly taxed. Nor can they bebrought under the control of feudal lords whowill appropriate a part of their produce inreturn for extending protection. Indeed, in thearid lands it is the tribesmen who are usuallyarmed, and who, at times, can hold the city toransom, or conquer it. Ibn Khaldun’s insightstell us why it is usually inappropriate to speakof Muslim “feudalism,” except in the strictlylimited context of the great river valley systemsof Egypt and Mesopotamia, where a settledpeasantry farmed the land. In the arid regions,pastoralists move their flocks seasonally acrossthe land according to complex arrangementswith other users. Usufruct is not ownership.Property and territory are not coterminous, asthey became in the high rainfall regions ofEurope. Here feudalism and its offshoot, capi-talism, took root and eventually created thebourgeois state that would dominate the coun-tryside, commercializing agriculture and sub-jecting rural society to urban values and con-trol. In most parts of Western Asia and NorthAfrica, in contrast, the peoples at the marginscontinued to elude state control until the com-ing of air power. Even now the process is farfrom complete in places such as Afghanistan,where tribal structures have resisted theauthority of the central government.

Urban Moroccans had a revealing term forthe tribal regions of their country: bled al-siba—the land of insolence—as contrastedwith bled al-makhzen, the civilized center,which periodically falls prey to it. The supe-riority of the tribes, in Ibn Khaldun’s theory,depends on asabiyya, a term which is usuallytranslates as group feeling or social solidari-ty. This asabiyya derives ultimately from theharsher environment of the desert or aridlands, where there is little division of labor,and humans depend for their survival on thebonds of kinship. City life, by contrast, lacks

a common or corporative asabiyya. Theabsence of bourgeois solidarity, in which thecorporate group interests of the burgherstranscend the bonds of kinship, may partlybe traced to the operations of Muslim law.Unlike the Roman legal tradition, the Shariacontains no provision for the recognition ofcorporate groups as fictive “persons.”

In its classic formulation, Ibn Khaldun’stheory applied to the North African milieuhe knew and understood best. But it serves asan explanatory model for the wider historyof Western Asia and North Africa, from thecoming of Islam to the present. The theory isbased on the dialectical interraction betweenreligion and asabiyya. Ibn Khaldun’s conceptof asabiyya, which is central to his outlookon Muslim social and political history, can bemade to mesh with modern theories of eth-nicity, whether one adopts a “primordial” or“interactive” model. The key to IbnKhaldun’s theory may be found in two of hispropositions singled out by the anthropolo-gist and philosopher Ernest Gellner: (1)“Leadership exists only through superiority,and superiority only through group feeling(asabiyya)” and (2) “Only tribes held togeth-er by group feeling can live in the desert.”

The superior power of the tribes vis-à-visthe cities provided the conditions under whichdynastic military government and its variants,royal government underpinned by mamlukismor institutionalized asabiyya, became thenorm in Islamic history prior to the Europeancolonial intervention. The absence of the legalrecognition of corporative bodies in Islamiclaw prevented the artificial solidarity of thecorporation, a prerequisite for urban capitalistdevelopment, from transcending the “natural”solidarities of kinship. In precolonial times thehigh cultural traditions of Islam constantlyinteracted with these primordial solidaritiesor ethnicities: they did not replace them.

Formally the ethic of Islam is opposed tolocal solidarities, which privilege some

12

H A of Islam Front Matter 21/5/04 8:49 AM Page 12

INTRODUCTION

believers above others. In theory there existsa single Muslim community—the umma—under the sovereignty of God. In practice thisideal was often modified by recognition ofthe need to enlist asabiyya or tribal ethnicityin the “path of God.” Islamic practice stress-es communitarian values through regularprayer, pilgrimage, and other devotionalpractices, and given time, generates the urbanscripturalist piety of the high cultural or“great” tradition. But it does not of itselfforge a permanent congregational communi-ty strong enough to transcend the counter-vailing dynamic of local ethnicities. Be theysecular—based on differences of tribe, vil-lage, or even craft—or sectarian religious—based on divisions between different mad-habs (schools of jurisprudence), or the mysti-cal Sufi orders which are often controlled byfamily lineages, or the differences betweenSunnis and Shiites—such divisions militateagainst the solidarity of the Umma.

Like the Baptist movement in the UnitedStates, Islam (especially that of the Sunnimainstream, comprising about 90 percent ofthe world’s Muslims) is a conservative, pop-ulist force, which resists tight doctrinal orecclesiastical controls. While Muslim scrip-turalism and orthopraxy provide a commonlanguage which crosses ethnic, racial, andnational boundaries—creating the largest“international society” known to the worldin premodern times—it has never succeededin supplying the ideological underpinning fora unified social order that can be translatedinto common national identity. In the Westthe institutions of medieval Christianity,allied to Roman legal structures, created thepreconditions for the emergence of the mod-ern national state. In Islamdom the moralbasis of the state was constantly underminedby the realities of tribal asabiyya. Thesecould be admitted de facto, but never accord-ed de jure recognition. This may be one rea-son why a civilization that by the tenth and

eleventh centuries was far ahead of itsChristian competitor eventually fell behind,to find itself under the political and culturaldominance of people it regarded—and whichsome of its members still do regard—as infi-dels.

The Islamic system of precolonial times,embedded in the memory of contemporaryMuslims, was brilliantly adapted to the polit-ical ecology of its era. Even if the strategy of“waging jihad in the path of God” wereadopted for pragmatic or military reasons,Islamic faith and culture were the beneficiar-ies. The nomad conquerors and Mamluks(soldier-slaves), imported from peripheralregions to keep them at bay, became Islam’sforemost champions, defenders of the faith-community and patrons of its cultures andsystems of learning.

The social memory of this system exercisesa powerful appeal over the imaginations ofmany young Muslims at this time. This is espe-cially true when the more recent memory ofmodernization through colonization can berepresented as a story of humiliation, retreat,and betrayal of Islam’s mission to bring univer-sal truth and justice to a world torn by divisionand strife. The violence that struck America onSeptember 11th 2001, may have been rooted inthe despair of people holding a romantic, ide-alized vision of the past and smarting under thehumiliation of the present. While those whoplanned the operation were almost certainly,educated, sophisticated men, fully cognizantwith the workings of modern societies, it doesnot seem accidental that most of the fifteenhijackers were Saudi citizens, several from theprovince of Asir. This impoverished mountain-ous region close to the modern borders ofYemen was conquered by the Al Saud family inthe 1920s, and still retains many of its linkswith the Yemeni tribes. Like all decent people,Ibn Khaldun would have been horrified by theindiscriminate slaughter of 9/11: but it isdoubtful that he would have been surprised.

13

H A of Islam Front Matter 21/5/04 8:49 AM Page 13

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

Foundational Beliefs and Practices

In the majority of Islamic traditions, allMuslims adhere to certain fundamentals.The most important is the profession offaith, a creedal formula that states:“There is no God but God. Muhammad isthe Messenger of God.” Stated beforewitnesses, this formula—called theShahada—is the sufficient requirementfor conversion to Islam and belonging tothe Umma.

Muslims affirm tawhid (the Unity andUniqueness of God). They believe thatGod has communicated to humanitythroughout its history by way ofMessengers, who include figures likeAbraham, Moses, and Jesus, and thatMuhammad was the final Messenger towhom was revealed the Koran. In person-al and social life, Muslims are required toadhere to a moral and ethical mode ofbehavior for which they are accountablebefore God.

As well as tawhid, articles of faithadhered to by Muslims include the beliefthat angels and other supernaturalbeings act as divine emissaries; that Iblisor Satan, the fallen angel, was cast out ofheaven for refusing God’s command toprostrate himself before Adam; and thatMuhammad is the “seal” of theprophets, the last in a line of humanmessengers sent by God to teach andwarn humanity. The Koran affirms thatthe recipients of previous revelations—the Christians and Jews—have corruptedthe scriptures sent down to them. Itwarns of the Day of Judgement when allindividuals, living or dead, will beanswerable to God for their conduct.The virtuous will be rewarded with eter-

nal bliss in the gardens of heaven. Thosewho have failed in their duty will be sen-tenced to the fires of hell.

The Koran also articulates a frame-work of practices which have becomenormative for Muslims over time.

One of them is worship, which takesseveral forms, such as salat (ritualprayer), dhikr (contemplative prayer), ordua (prayers of exhortation and praise).Muslims performing salat prostratethemselves in the direction of the Kaba,the cubic temple covered in an embroi-dered cloth of black silk that stands at thecenter of the sacred shrine in Mecca.Salat is performed daily: early morning,noon, mid-afternoon, sunset and evening,or combined according to circumstance.Prayer may be performed individually, athome, in a public place such as a park orstreet, or in the mosque (an English wordderived from the Arabic masjid, “place ofprostration”) or other congregationalplaces. The call to prayer (adhan) is madefrom the minaret which stands above themosque. It includes the takbir (allahuakbar “God is most great”), as well asshahada and the imperative: “Hurry tosalat.” In the past, before electronicamplification, the beautifully modulatedsounds of the adhan were delivered inperson by a muezzin from the minaretsfive times a day. The noon salat on Fridayis the congregational service, and isaccompanied by a khutba (sermon) spo-ken by the Imam, or prayer leader orother religious notable. In the early cen-turies of Islam, the name of the caliph orruler was pronounced with the khutba.When territories changed hands between

14

H A of Islam Front Matter 21/5/04 8:49 AM Page 14

INTRODUCTION

different rulers (as frequently happened),the official indication of a change of gov-ernment came in the form of the procla-mation of the new ruler’s name in thecountry’s leading mosques.

Another foundational practice iszakat, sharing of wealth (not to be con-fused with voluntary charity or sadaqa).In the past, zakat was intended to fostera sense of community by stressing theobligation of the better-off to help thepoor, and was paid to religious leaders orto the government. At present, differentMuslim groups observe practices specificto their traditions.

Sawm is the fast in daylight hours dur-ing the holy month of Ramadan, whenbelievers abstain from eating, drinking,smoking, and sexual activity. Abu Hamidal-Ghazali, the medieval mystic and the-ologian, listed numerous benefits fromthe discipline of fasting. These includedpurity of the heart and the sharpening ofperceptions that comes with hunger,mortification and self-abasement, self-mastery by overcoming desire, and soli-darity with the hungry: the person who issated “is liable to forget those peoplewho are hungry and to forget hungeritself.” Ramadan is traditionally an occa-sion both for family reunions and reli-gious reflection. In many Muslim coun-tries, the fast becomes a feast at sun-down—an occasion for public conviviali-ty that lasts well into the night. Ramadanis the ninth month in the hijri (lunar cal-endar) which falls short of the solar yearby 11 days: thus Ramadan, like otherMuslim festivals, occurs at different sea-sons over a 35-year cycle.

Another significant ritual practice isthe Hajj or pilgrimage to Mecca, whichpracticing Muslims are required to per-form at least once in their lifetimes, ifable to do so. Historically the Hajj hasbeen one of the principal means by whichdifferent parts of the Muslim worldremained in physical contact. In pre-modern times, before mass transporta-tion by steamships and aircraft broughtthe Hajj within the reach of people ofmodest or average means, returning pil-grims enjoyed the honored title of Hajjiand a higher social status within theircommunities than non-Hajjis. As well asproviding spiritual fulfilment, the Hajjsometimes created business opportunitiesby enabling pilgrims from differentregions of the world to meet each other. Italso facilitated movements of religious-political reform. Many political move-ments were forged out of encounters thattook place on the pilgrimage—from theShiite rebellion that led to the foundationof the Fatimid caliphate in North Africa(909) to modern Islamist movements ofrevival and reform. The end of Ramadanis marked by the Id al-Fitr (the Feast ofFast Breaking), while the climax of theHajj involves the Id al-Adha (Feast ofSacrifice) in which all Muslims partici-pate by sacrificing animals. These twofeasts are the major canonical festivalsobserved by Muslims everywhere. Thereare, in addition, many other devotionaland spiritual practices among Muslimsthat have developed over the centuries,based on specific interpretations of thepractice of faith and its interaction withlocal traditions.

15

H A of Islam Front Matter 21/5/04 8:49 AM Page 15

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

Geophysical Map of the Muslim World

Originally built in the fourteenth

century, the mosque at Agades,

in Niger, is made of mud. Its

structure is constantly renewed

by workers bearing new mud

who climb up the wooden posts

that protrude from the sides and

serve as scaffolding.

Although lands of the Islamic world nowoccupy a broad belt of territories rangingfrom the African shores of the Atlantic to theIndonesian archipelago, the core regions ofWestern Asia where Islam originated exer-cised a decisive influence on its development.Compared to Western Europe and NorthAmerica, the region is perennially short onrainfall. During the winter, rain and snow

born by westerlies from the Atlantic fall insubstantial quantities on the Atlas and RiffianMountains, the Cyrenaican massif, andMount Lebanon, with the residue fallingintermittently on the Green Mountain ofOman, the Zagros, the Elburz, and the moun-tains of Afghanistan. But the only rains thatoccur with predictable regularity fall in the

highlands of Yemen and Dhufar, which catchthe Indian Ocean monsoons, and the Junguliregion lying south of the Caspian Sea underthe northern slopes of the Elburz, whichcatches moisture-laden air flowing southwardfrom Russia.

Before recent times, when crops such aswheat, requiring large amounts of water,appeared in the shape of food imports, andunderground fossil water (stored for millionsof years in aquifers) became available throughmodern methods of drilling, agriculture washighly precarious. A field that had yieldedwheat for millennia would fail when the annu-al rainfall was one inch instead of the usualtwenty. Ancient peoples understood this well,and provided themselves with granaries.However, agriculture did flourish in the greatriver valleys of Egypt and Mesopotamia (nowIraq). Here the annual flooding caused by thetropical rains in Africa and melting snows inthe Anatolian and Iranian highlands pro-duced regular harvests and facilitated thedevelopment of the complex city-based cul-tures of ancient Sumer, Assyria, and Egypt.The need to manage finely calibrated systemsof irrigation using the nutrient-rich waters ofthe Tigris, the Euphrates, and the Nilerequired complex systems of recording andcontrol, making it necessary for literatepriestly bureaucrats to govern alongside theholders of military power. Together with theYellow River in China and the Indus Valley,the three great river systems of the FertileCrescent are at the origins of human civiliza-tion. The first states, in the sense of orderlysystems of government based on commonlegal principles, appeared in these regionsmore than five millennia ago.

The limited extent of the soil water neces-sary for agricultural production had a decisiveimpact on the evolution of human societies inthe arid zone. Though conditions vary from

16

H A of Islam Spreads 01–07 21/5/04 9:05 AM Page 16

GEOPHYSICAL MAP OF THE MUSLIM WORLD

one region to another, certain features distin-guish the patterns of life from those of thetemperate zones to the north or tropical zonesto the south. Where rainfall is scarce anduncertain, animal husbandry—the raising ofcamels, sheep, goats, cattle, and, where suit-able, horses—offers the securest livelihood forsubstantial numbers of humans. The “puredeserts” or sand seas of shifting dunes shapedby the wind, which cover nearly one-third ofthe land area of Arabia and North Africa, are

wholly unsuitable for human and animal life,and have generally been avoided by herdsmen,traders, and armies. But in the broader semi-desert regions complex forms of nomadic andseminomadic pastoralism have evolved. Inwinter the flocks and herds will range far intothe wadis or semidesert areas, to feed on thegrasses and plants that can spring up after thelightest of showers. In the heat of summerthey will move, where possible, to pastures inthe highlands, or cluster near pools or wells.

Unlike peasant cultivators, a portion ofwhose product may be extracted by priests inthe form of offerings or by the ruler in taxes,nomadic pastoralists will often avoid the con-fines of state power. People are organized intotribes or patrilineal kinship groups descendedfrom a common male ancestor. Militaryprowess is encouraged because, where foodresources are scarce, tribal or “segmentary”groups may have to compete with each other,or make raids on settled villages, in order to

survive. Property is held communally, classi-cally in the form of herds, rather than in theform of crop-yielding land. Property and ter-ritory are not coterminous (as they tended tobecome in regions of higher rainfall) becausethe land may be occupied by different users atdifferent seasons of the year. Vital resources,such as springs or wells in which everyone hasan interest, are often considered as belongingto God, and are entrusted to the custodian-ship of special families regarded as holy.

As Islam established itself along

the Silk Road, mosques were

built for travelers and local

converts. This mosque in the

Xinjiang province of China

reflects the Central Asian

influence in its design.

17

H A of Islam Spreads 01–07 21/5/04 9:05 AM Page 17

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

Muslim Languages and Ethnic Groups

There are approximately one billion Muslim

people—about one-fifth of humanity—living in

the world today. Of these the largest single-

language ethnic group, about 15 percent, are

Arabs. Not all Arabs are Muslims—there are

substantial Arab Christian minorities in Egypt,

Palestine, Syria, and Iraq, and small numbers of

Arabic-speaking Jews in Morocco—although

the numbers of both these communities have

rapidly declined in recent decades, mainly

through emigration. As the language of the

Koran, of Islamic scholarship and law, Arabic

long dominated the cultures of the Muslim

world, closely followed by Persian—the lan-

guage of Iran and the Mughal courts in India.

The spread of Islam among non-Arab peo-

ples, however, has made Arabic a minority lan-

guage—although many non-Arab Muslims

read the Koran in Arabic. An ethnographic sur-

vey published in 1983 lists more than 400 eth-

nic/linguistic groups who are Muslim. The

largest after the Arabs, in diminishing order,

are Bengalis, Punjabis, Javanese, Urdu speak-

ers, Anatolian Turks, Sundanese (from Eastern

Java), Persians, Hausas, Malays, Azeris,

Fulanis, Uzbeks, Pushtuns, Berbers, Sindhis,

Kurds, and Madurese (from the island of

Madura, northeast of Java). These groups

number between nearly 100 million (Bengalis)

down to 10 million (Sindhis, Kurds, and

Madurese). Of the hundreds of smaller groups

listed, the smallest—the Wayto hunter gather-

ers in Ethiopia—number fewer than 2,000.

However, three of the languages spoken by

more than 10 million people—Javanese,

Sundanese, and Madurese—are in the course

of being overlaid by Bahasa Indonesia, the offi-

cial language taught in Indonesian schools.

With Indonesians constituting the world’s

largest Muslim-majority nation, Bahasa

Indonesia could overtake Arabic as the most

widely spoken Muslim language.

In addition to Muslims living in their coun-

tries of ethnic origin, there are now millions of

Muslims residing in Europe and North America.

Given that English is the international language

of commerce, scholarship, and science, with sec-

ond-generation European, American, and

Canadian Muslims speaking English (as well as

French, German, Dutch, and other European

tongues) the growth of English among Muslims

is a significant recent development.

The modern nation-state, based on interna-

tionally recognized boundaries, a common lan-

guage (in most cases), a common legal system,

and representative institutions (whether these are

appointed or elected) is a recent phenomenon in

most of the Muslim world. Often imposed by

arrangements between the European powers,

modern boundaries cut across lines of linguis-

tic/ethnic affiliation, leaving peoples such as

Kurds and Pushtuns divided into different states.

Before the colonial interventions began to lock

them into the international system of UN mem-

ber states, Muslim states tended to be organized

communally rather than territorially. States were

not bounded by lines drawn on maps. The power

of a government did not operate uniformly with-

in a fixed and generally recognized area, as hap-

pened in Europe, but rather “radiated from a

number of urban centers with a force which tend-

ed to grow weaker with distance and with the

existence of natural or human obstacles.”

[Albert Hourani A History of the Arab Peoples

London, Faber, revised ed. 2002, p. 138.] Patriot-

ism was focused, not as in Renaissance Italy,

England, or Holland, on the city, city-state, or

nation in the modern territorial sense, but on the

clan or tribe within the larger frame of the

umma, the worldwide Islamic community. Local

20

H A of Islam Spreads 01–07 21/5/04 9:05 AM Page 20

MUSLIM LANGUAGES AND ETHNIC GROUPS

solidarities were reinforced by endogamous prac-

tices such as marriage between first cousins, a

requirement in many communities. Clan loyalties

were further buttressed by religion, with tribal

leaders often justifying their rebellions or wars of

conquest by appealing to the defense of true

Islam against its infidel enemies.

Viewed from the perspective of modern

Western history the systems of governance that

evolved in the arid region were divisive and

unstable. In Europe, a region of high rainfall,

the state emerged out of constitutional struggles

between rulers and their subjects animated by

conflicts between social classes, within ethnical-

ly homogeneous populations sharing common

national, political, and cultural identities

(although these were sometimes contested, as in

Ireland). In the arid zone dominant clans or trib-

ally based dynasties exercised power over subor-

dinate groups or tried to ensure their dominance

by importing mamluks (slave-soldiers), from dis-

tant peripheries, who had minimal social con-

tacts with the indigenous populations. Peasant

cultivators and townsfolk remained vulnerable

to the predations of nomadic marauders—the

proverbial “barbarians at the gates.” The

asabiyya (loyalties or group solidarity) that

bound the clans was stronger than urban soli-

darity. Lacking the corporate ethos of their

Western counterparts, the Muslim urban classes

failed to achieve the “bourgeois” or capitalist

revolutions that gave rise to the modern state

systems of Europe and North America.

There is, however, a different way of view-

ing the same historical landscape. Given the

predominance of pastoral nomadism in the

vast belt of territories where Islam took root,

stretching from the Kazakh steppes to the

Atlantic shores (and in similar regions in

northern India and south of the Sahara) the

inability of relatively weak agrarian states to

tax nomadic predators or control them

through military power was balanced by the

moral force and cultural prestige of Islam.

Time and again in precolonial times the pred-

ators were converted into Islam’s most trusted

defenders. To borrow a phrase of the anthro-

pologist Ernest Gellner, “the wolves become

sheepdogs.” Just as the Prophet Muhammad

had tamed the Arabian tribes by his personal

example, the eloquence of the Koran, and the

system of governance that proceeded from it,

so the Sharia (divine) law and human systems

of fiqh (jurisprudence) to which it gave rise

mediated the perennial conflicts between pas-

toral predators, cultivators, and townsfolk.

The system, embedded in the social memory

of today’s Muslim populations, was based on

the duty of the ruler to uphold social justice by

governing in accordance with Islamic law. The

formidable task facing contemporary Muslim

states is to harness political and social tradi-

tions forged in a very different context from

modern-day conditions.

A Tuareg policeman in the Sahel

region south of the Sahara. From

their center at Timbuktu, the

Tuareg controlled the trade

routes between the

Mediterranean and West Africa.

21

H A of Islam Spreads 01–07 21/5/04 9:05 AM Page 21

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

22

F R E N C H

EN

GL

IS

H

F R E N C H

RU

S

A L G E R I A

L I B YA

E G Y P T

S U D A N

E T H I O P I A

ERITREA

C H A D

N I G E R

CENTRALAFRICANREPUBLIC

MO

ROCCO

WESTERNSAHARA

MAURITANIA

M A L I

N I G E R I A

SENEGAL

IVORYCOAST

KENYA

C O N G O

TANZANIA

CAMEROON

Z A MB I A

A N G O L A

GABON

BURKINA

S OM

AL

I AUGANDA

E

GUINEA

LIBERIA

TOGO

BENIN

GHANA

OG

NO

C.PER

FRANCE

SPAINPORT.

B.

SWITZ.AUS.

SL.

SLOV. UKRAINE

ROM.MOLD.

BULG.YUG.

ALB.

GREECE

B.H.

HUN.

CZECH.

I TALY

LUX.

TURKEY

GEORG.

AZA. ARM.

UZBEK

TURKMEN

K A Z

IRANIRAQ

SYRIA

JORDAN

LEB.

ISRAEL

S A U D I

A R A B I A

OM

AN

Y E M E N

U.A. E.

Lisbon

Rome

MadridIstanbul

Ankara

Tehran

Baghdad

Al Kuwayt

TunisAlgiers

Khartoum

Nairobi

Dar es Salaam

Casablanca

Dakar

Conakry

Abidjan

Luanda

Accra

Lagos

Rabat

Cairo

Alexandria

Riyadh

Athens

Tripoli

AddisAbaba

Kinshasa

AR

A B I C

NYAMWEZI

CENTRAL TANZANIAN

S W A H I L I

YAO

SWAHILI

NORTHEAST BANTU

S O M A L I OROMO

NYANKOLE

SOGA GANDA

YAO

YAO

A R A B I C

P E R S I A N

HAUSA

BERBER

BERBER

TUAREG A R A B I C

YORUBA

KANEMBU

BUDUMA ARAB IC

HAUSA

KANURI

FULAN I

GBAYA NUPE

GBAGY I

RESHAWA SHANGAWA

KAMBER I

YORUBA YORUBA

AKAN

BATONUN

SONGHAY

F U L A N I

FULAN I

H A U S A

SONGHAY

MOLÉ -DAGBANI

SONGHAY

FULAN I BAMBARA

MOSS I MANDINKA

SON INKÉ DYULA SENUFO

DYULA

DYULA MOSS I S ENUTO

MANDINKA MANDINKA

VA I

MENDE T EMNE FULAN I

YALUNKA

FULAN I SON INKÉ

BAMBARA JAHANKA

SOSO

FULAN I

M A N D I N K A

FULAN I

WOLOF

SERER D IOLA SON INKÉ

FULAN I

TUKULOR

GBAYA

FULAN I

HAUSA KOTOKO

KANUR I HADDAD

BARMA

TUNJUR KANEMBU

BUDUMA KUR I ARAB IC

T EBU T EBU

T EBU M IMI BER I

TAMA MABA

MASAL I T HADDAD DAJU

SINYAR TUNJUR

FONGORO FULAN I

ARABIC

FUR BERT I

ME IDOB

TAQAL I

NUBA

HAUSA

BE JA

BEN I AMER

B I L IN

JABART I

T IGRE WAYTO AFAR

SOMAL I

ARGOBBA S O M A L I

OROMO

SADAMA

GURAGE

BOSN IANS

POMAK

HEBREW

C IRCASS IANS YORUK A R A B I C

RUMEL IAN TURKS

POMAK

POMAKS RUMEL IAN TURKS

ALBAN IAN

GYPS I ES

BOSN IANS

GYPS I ES

TATARS

TURKMEN AZERI

AZERI SHAHSE VAN

LUR BAKHTIARI

K U R D I S H

QASHQA'I

AIMAQ

PER

Me

di

ta

r

r

a

n

e

a

n

Se

a

IA T L A N T I C

O C E A N

B l a c k S e a

Ca

sp

i

a

n

Se

a

Languages and peoples of Islam

Imperial languages still in regional use

Muslim population, 50% or more

ENGLISH

H A of Islam Spreads 01–07 21/5/04 9:05 AM Page 22

MUSLIM LANGUAGES AND ETHNIC GROUPS

23

RU

SS

I A N

E

N

GL I S

H

UZBEKISTAN

TURKMENISTAN

AFGHAN.

K A Z A K H S T A N

M O N G O L I A

IRAN

PAKISTA

N

TAJIK.

KIRGHIZ.

I N D I A

C H I N A

N. KOREA

S. KOREA

VI E

TN

AM

L AOS

CAMB.

THAILAND

BURMA(MYANMAR)

NEPAL BH.

BANGLA-DESH

M A L A Y S I A

AISENODNI

P H I L I P P I N E S

SRILANKA

OM

AN

N

U.A. E.

Tehran

uwayt

Kabul

Lahore

Delhi

Karachi

Bombay

CalcuttaAhmadabad

Hong Kong

WuhanShanghai

Seoul

Pusan

Shenyang

Harbin

TianjinBeijing

Guangzhou

Chengdu

Madras

Rangoon

Bangkok

Jakarta

Manila

Ho ChiMinh

Hyderabad

Dhaka

Bangalore

SumatraBorneo

BRUNEI

Java

Timor

Sulawesi

Luzón

Mindanao

Taiwan

Hainan

P E R S I A N

U R D U

K A Z A K H S

ACEHNESE GAYO

BATAK

MINANGKABAU

OGAN-BESEMAH

BAJAU

GORONTALESE TOMINI

WAND

BUGIS

TURKMEN

'I

TAJIK AIMAQ

PERSIANS HAZARAS

P U S H T U N

KIRGHIZ

QIZILBASH

BALUCH

BRAHUI

PASHAI

BALTIS SHING

KHO

KOHISTANIS KASHMIRIS

GUJARS JAT

SINDHIS MEOS

GUJARATIS

MAHARASHTRIANS DECCANI

MAPPILLA

LABBAI

TAMIL

TAMIL

ORISSANS

TURKMEN

TAJIK

KIRGHIZ UYGUR

UYGUR

I N D I A N O C E A N

P A C I F I C

O C E A N

Se

a

N

H A of Islam Spreads 01–07 21/5/04 9:05 AM Page 23

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

Late Antiquity Before Islam

This rock relief from Magshi-i

Rus Van depicts Ardeshir I,

founder of the Sasanian dynasty,

facing a hostile Parthian warrior.

The Muslim community emerged in seventh-

century Arabia in a region dominated by

ancient civilizations, empires, cultures, and

ethnic groups. Traces of Mesopotamian cul-

ture still survived in the Tigris and Euphrates

valleys, and the areas bordering the

Mediterranean and the Gulf had long felt the

impact of the adjoining powers that plied the

maritime trade in these waters. Byzantium,

the Eastern Roman and Orthodox state based

in Constantinople, was the primary Christian

kingdom in the region and

at odds with the powerful

Zoroastrian Sasanian Empire based in Persia

(modern Iran). The ebb and flow of conflict

between the various major states influenced

trade as well as relations with the prosperous

region of Arabia to the south. The history of

some of the ancient Arab kingdoms is still

preserved in archaeological remains, such as

those of the Nabateans at Petra (first century

BC—first century AD), Palmyra (second—

third century AD), and of the Ghassanids in

later centuries, whose patrons were the

Byzantines and the Lakhmids, who gave

allegiance to the Sasanian Empire.

A major influence on intellectual life that

was to emerge in the Muslim world came

from the academies and learning institutions

that preserved influences from Persia, Greece,

and India. In particular, the Hellenistic and

Persian legacies in the fields of medicine, the

sciences, and philosophy would bring about a

strong tradition of intellectual inquiry in

Muslim societies.

The cultures in the regions were influenced

by the cosmopolitan nature of this

Mediterranean world to

different degrees, preserv-

ing the heritage of classi-

cal antiquity and the

Hellenistic legacy in its

various forms, architec-

tural, philosophical, artis-

tic, urban, and agricultur-

al. Of the major religions

in the region, Christianity

in its orthodox form also

held sway in southern

Arabia while Zoroastrian-

ism predominated in Iran

and Mesopotamia. Juda-

ism had a long history in

the Near East and small Jewish communities

had also settled in Yemen and the oases of

Arabia, such as Medina. The inherited values,

literature, and practices of all these traditions

coexisted in this vast, multifaith and multieth-

nic milieu, which within a century of the death

of the Prophet Muhammad would be overtaken

by Muslim conquest. Over time it would form

part of a larger set of civilizations linked by the

faith of Islam, while still preserving continuities

with the various heritages of antiquity.

24

H A of Islam Spreads 01–07 21/5/04 9:05 AM Page 24

LATE ANTIQUITY BEFORE ISLAM

25

15°

20°

25°

Tropic of Cancer

30°

35°

40°

30° 35° 40° 45° 50° 55° 60°

0 200 km

0 200 miles

N

Arabia before the Muslim conquests

Arab tribe

Occupied by Sasanians 607–28

KALB

B l a c k S e a

C a s p i a n

S e a

P

e

rs

i

a

n

G

u

lf

Gu

lf

o

f

Om a n

A r a b i a n S e a

Re

d

Se

a

M e d i t e r r a n e a n

S e a

N

ile

Mecca

al-Yamama

Siraf

Istahar(Persepolis)

Isfahan

Bedr

Basra

Constantinople

Antioch

KarbalaKufa

Qadisiya

Ardabil

Qazvin

Jafula

Rayy

Nihavand

Hamah

Aleppo

Edessa

Harran

Dara

Ankyra

Dabiq

Damascus

Mu’tah

Petra

Attaleia

Homs Palmyra

Yarmuk

Tripoli

Tyre

JerusalemAjnadain

Medina

Dongola

Ctesiphon

Alexandria

al-Fustat(Cairo)

Euphrates

Tigris

G H A S S A N

K A L BL A K H M

B A K R

H A N I F A HK I N D A

S U L A Y M

G H A T A F A N

J U H E I N A

Q U R A Y S H

H A W A Z I ND

E S E R T NO

MA D

S

D E S E R T N O MA D S

M A H R A HA Z D

H I M Y A R

CYPRUS

S A S A N I A N E M P I R E

P e r s i a

AXUM

ALWA

MAKKURA

NOBATIA

HE

JA

Z

MAZUN

A

r

a

b

i

a

A n a t o l i a

Sa

sa

ni a

nD

ep

en

d

e n c i e s

E A S T E R N R O M A N

E M P I R E

Sahara

Desert

Ru

b

al

K

ha

li

th

e

em

pt

y

qu

ar

te

r

C a u c as

us

Mt s

Caesarea

Nisibis

M

es

op

ot

am

ia

ne

me

Y

H A of Islam Spreads 01–07 21/5/04 9:05 AM Page 25

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

Muhammad’s Mission and Campaigns

Although Muhammad’s image is

considered taboo, pictures of the

heroic deeds of his uncle, Hamza,

and others were circulated to show

the first epic battles of the

Muslims. This painting from India

c. 1561–76 is from a series of

large-format illustrations shown to

audiences while the epic stories

were read aloud.

Islam is an Arabic noun from the verb aslama,

to surrender oneself. In its primary sense the

active participle muslim means someone who

surrenders himself or herself to God as

revealed through the teachings of the Prophet

Muhammad (c. 570–632). Muhammad is

believed by Muslims to have communicated

God’s revelation in the Koran, a text Muslims

regard as the final revelation of God to

humankind. Collected under the third of

Muhammad’s successors, the Caliph Uthman

(r. 644–656), the Koran is composed of 114

chapters, or suras. These are said to have been

revealed in Muhammad’s native city of Mecca,

where he was a respected merchant, and suras

also date from the period of his sojourn in

Medina (622–632).

In Mecca, the Koran’s condemnation of the

sins of pride, avarice, and the neglect of social

duties, its warnings of divine judgement, and

its attacks on pagan deities brought

Muhammad and his followers into conflict with

the leaders of his own tribe, the Quraish. His

fellow clansmen were boycotted, with Muslim

converts subjected to persecution, and a num-

ber took refuge in Axum (Ethiopia). However,

Muhammad’s fame as a prophet and trusted

man of God spread beyond Mecca. He was

invited to act as judge and arbitrator between

the feuding tribal factions of Yathrib, later

renamed Madinat al-Nabi (“the city of the

Prophet”), usually shortened to Medina, an

oasis settlement about 250 miles northeast of

Mecca. The hijra (migration) of the Muslims in

622 marks the beginning of the Muslim era.

The passages in the Koran dating from the

Medina period, when Muhammad was the

effective ruler, contain some of the legislative

material (such as rules regarding marriage and

inheritance) that would form the basis of what

became Islamic law. After a series of campaigns

against the Meccans, the Muslims emerged vic-

torious. In the last year of his life Muhammad

returned in triumph to Mecca, receiving the

submission of the tribes along the way. He

reformed the ancient ceremonies of the hajj

(pilgrimage), discarding their animist aspects

and reorienting them to what he believed to be

the original monotheism of Abraham. After

further expeditions he returned to Medina. He

died there after a short illness in 632.

26

H A of Islam Spreads 01–07 21/5/04 9:06 AM Page 26

MUHAMMAD’S MISSION AND CAMPAIGNS

27

15°

20°

25°

30°

35°

30° 35° 40° 45° 50° 55° 60°

0 400 km

0 400 miles

N

Pe

rs

ia

n

G

ul

f

G

ulf

of

Om a n

A r a b i a n S e a

Re

d

Se

a

M e d i t e r r a n e a n

S e a

N

ile

Euphrates

Tigris

R

ub

al

K

h

a

li

th

e

em

p

ty

q

u

a

rt

e

r

A n a t o l i a

B Y Z A N T

IN

EE

MP

IR

E

Cyprus

S A S A N I A N

E M P I R E

HE

JA

Z

A r a b i a

NOBATIA

AXUM

ALWA

MAKKURA

Qadisiya 636

624 632

630

633

633

625

Mecca

Sana

Muscat

Siraf

Shiraz

al-Yamama

Isfahan

Kerman

Aswan

Basra

Antioch

Caesarea

Kufa

Qazvin

Jafula

Rayy

Nihavand

Hamadan

Damietta

Aleppo

Raqqa

Gaza

Marash Samosata

Mosul

Edessa

HarranDabiq

Damascus

HomsTripoli

Jerusalem

Medina

Ctesiphon

Wasit

Alexandria

al-Fustat(Cairo)

Heliopolis

Dumat al-Jandal

Muhammad’s Missions and Campaigns to 632

Muhammad moves to Medina

Conquered by Muhammad to 632

Battle site with date

Campaigns

Conquered by Abu Bakr 632–34

H A of Islam Spreads 01–07 21/5/04 9:06 AM Page 27

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

The Dome of the Rock in

Jerusalem, built by the Caliph

Abd al-Malik in 691–92, is the

first great building to have been

constructed after the Arab

conquest. Embellished with

Koranic quotations proclaiming

the unity of God, the building

surrounds the rock from where

Muhammad is believed to have

embarked on his miraculous

“night journey” to heaven.

Muhammad’s death left the Muslim communi-ty without an obvious leader. One of his oldestcompanions, Abu Bakr (r. 632–634), wasacknowledged by several leaders as the firstcaliph, or successor. Under Abu Bakr and hissuccessor Umar (634–644), the tribes, who hadbegun to fall away on the death of Muhammad,were reunited under the banner of Islam andconverted into a formidable military and ideo-logical force. The Arabs broke out of the penin-sula, conquering half the Byzantine provincesas well as defeating the armies of SasanianPersia. Ctesiphon, the Persian capital, fell in637, Jerusalem in 638. By 646, under Umar’ssuccessor Uthman (r. 644–656), the whole ofEgypt had come under Arab Muslim control.Acquiring ships from Egypt and Syria, theArabs conducted seaborne raids, conqueringCyprus in 649 and pillaging Rhodes in 654.Religious differences between the Byzantinerulers and their subjects in Egypt and Syriaensured that the Muslims were met with indif-ference, or even welcomed by fellow monothe-ists embittered by decades of alien Byzantinerule. But secular factors were also important.The Arabs were motivated by desire for plun-der, as well as religious faith. In previous eras

nomadic preda-tors would havetaken the plunder orheld onto land, dispersingas landlords or peasantsamong the conquered peoples.In a farsighted decision CaliphUmar encouraged the tribes to settlewith a system of stipends paid from thecommon treasury, which took control ofthe conquered lands. The Arabs were keptapart from the population in armed camps thatevolved into garrison cities such as Basra andKufa in Iraq. Although the tensions over thedistribution of booty would erupt into opencivil war the overall control exercised by thefledgling Islamic government remained underdynastic rule. Though individual dynastieswould often be challenged as ruling contrary toIslamic principles of equality and justice, thedynastic system of governance fitted the pre-vailing form of social organization, the patriar-chal kinship group, and remained the normuntil modern times. Under the Umayyads theremarkable expansion of Islam continued, withthe Arab raiders reaching as far as centralFrance and the Indus Valley.

28

Expansion of Islam to 750 10° 0°

K.

OF

TH

EL

OM

BA

RD

S

LIBYA

BY

Z

IF

RI

QI

YA

AQ

UITAINE

FR

AN

KI S H

KI N

GD

OM

M

e

d

it

e

Carthage 698Kairouan 670

Agadir

Tripoli 647

RomeBE

RB

ER

S

S

AST

UR

IAS

AT

LA

NT

I CO

CE

AN

S

a

h

a

r

a

H A of Islam Spreads 01–07 21/5/04 9:06 AM Page 28

EXPANSION OF ISLAM TO 750

29

80° 90°70°60°50°40°30°20°10°0°

40°

50°

30°

20°

10°

Tropic of Cancer

0 300 km

0 300 miles

N

S E I S T A NH I N D U

S T A T E S

M A K R A N

KI R

MA

N

OM

A N

H A D H R A MA U T

Y E M E N

Y

AM

AM

A

BAH

RAIN

F A R

S

HE

JA

Z

A r a b i a n

P e n i n s u l a

M

ESOPO

TA

MIA

AZERBAIJAN

TR

A

NS O

XI A

NA

F E R G H A N A

PUNJABGURGAN

K H U R A S A N

ARMENIA

BULGARIA

AVAREMPIREK

.O

FT

HE

LO

MB

AR

DS

SYRIALIBYA

BY

ZA N T I N E

E M P I R E

FR

AN

KI S H

NG

D

OM

E G Y P T

S A S A N I A N

P E R S I A

SIND

KINGDOM OF AXUM

ALODIA

MA

KK

UR

I A

Black Sea

Aral

Sea

Arabian Sea

I ND

I AN

OC

EA

N

Ca

sp

ia

n

Sea

Pe

rsia

n

Gu

lf

Re

d

Se

a

M

e

d

it

er

ra

ne

an

Se

aE

uphra

tes

Nile

Am

uD

arya

Syr

Darya

Indus

rthage 698rouan 670

Tripoli 647

Alexandria646

Rhodes654Cyprus649

Constantinople673–77, 717–18

Damascus 635capital from 658

Antioch

Tarsus Edessa

Tiflis Derbend

Rome

Ardabil

Erzurum

Ramla

al-Fustat 670 Heliopolis 640

Mecca 622

Soba

Badr 624

Ajnadain 634

Jerusalem 638Qadisiya 636

Najran

Aden

Dongola

Nehavend642

Isfahan

Mery

Nishapur 651

Bukhara 710

Talas 751

Samarkand 710

Balkh 664

Istahar 648Basra656

Kabul 664

Multan 711

Herat

Susa

Rayy

Yarmuk 636

Kerbela680

Suhar

Muscat

Mosul 641

Tabriz

Ctesiphon

Kufa

Jalula

Fihl

Tabuk

Medina

Faiyum

SL

AV

S

B U L G A R S

H U N G A R I A N S

Expansion to 750

Under Muhammad

Expansion of Islam:

Arab advance

Battle site

Under Abu Bakr (632–634)

Under Umar (634–644)

Under Uthman (644–656) and Ali (656–661)

Under the Umayyads (661–750)

K H A Z A RE M P I R E

SL A V S

TU

RK

I CP

E O P L E S

H A of Islam Spreads 01–07 21/5/04 9:06 AM Page 29

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

Expansion 751–1700

The tower of the great mosque

in Kairouan, now in Tunisia,

dates from the ninth century.

Built near the site of ancient

Carthage, the design of three

superimposed towers is based on

the lighthouses and watchtowers

of classical antiquity.

Islam expanded by conquest and conversion.

Although it was sometimes said that the faith of

Islam was spread by the sword, the two are not

the same. The Koran states unequivocally,

“There is no compulsion in religion” (2:256).

Following the precedent established by the

Prophet, who allowed the Jews and Christians

to keep their religion if they paid tribute, the

caliphs granted all the people of the Book

(including Zoroastrians) the right to maintain

their religious practices provided they paid the

jizya tax (tribute), a payment in lieu of military

service. Initially Islam remained the religion of

the Arabs, a badge of unity and mark of superi-

ority. When conversions did occur the converts

were required to become mawali (clients) of the

Arab tribes, the assumption being that the

Arabs retained a hegemonic role.

Many factors, however, encouraged conver-

sion after the initial conquests. For those

Christians who were tired of centuries of eru-

dite theological wranglings over the precise bal-

ance between Christ’s divine and human

natures, Islam provided the hospitality of a reli-

gion in which Christ had an honored place as a

forerunner to Muhammad. Likewise for Jews

Islam could appear as a reformed faith in the

tradition of Abraham and Moses. Zoroastrians,

deprived of state support for their religion after

the Arab conquest of the Sassanian Empire,

would find in Islam a religion, like theirs, of

individual ethical responsibility and later, in the

Shiite idea of a Mahdi (messiah) from the

House of Ali, a concept similar to the Saoshyant

of Zoroastrian eschatology. Messianic ideas

have a universal appeal, and are found in nearly

all religious traditions. After the Islamic con-

quests in India, the Awaited Imans of the Shiite

eschatology would sometimes be identified with

a forthcoming avatar of Vishnu. In the metro-

politan areas converts from the older traditions

helped to detribalize the Arabian religion by

asserting their rights as Muslims, by emphasiz-

ing the universality of its message, and by stress-

ing its legitimizing function in the establishment

of the new social order and forms of political

power. Further afield the simplicity of the con-

version process (the mere utterance before wit-

nesses of the formula: “There is no god but

30

H A of Islam Spreads 01–07 21/5/04 9:06 AM Page 30

EXPANSION 751–1700

God. Muhammad is the Messenger of God”)

would contrast favorably with the often com-

plex conversion procedures of the mystery reli-

gions. In Subsaharan Africa local spirits could

be Islamized by incorporating them into the

Koranic storehouse of angels, djinns, and devils.

Ancestor cults could be accommodated by

grafting local kinship groups onto Arab or Sufi

spiritual lineages.

There were also more worldly considera-

tions behind many conversions. Islamic mar-

riage rules are weighted in favor of spreading

the faith, for while a woman from one of the

ahl al-dhimma (protected communities) who

marries a Muslim is not required to change

her religion, the converse does not apply, and

the children are expected to be brought up as

Muslims, ensuring the Islamization of subse-

quent generations. This demographic advan-

tage would have carried considerable weight

in societies where it was customary for the

victors to marry the women of defeated

tribes. More generally, there exists the natu-

ral tendency of bright and ambitious individ-

uals to enter the ranks of the ruling elites. As

Islamic society developed in metropolitan

areas such as the cities of Iran and Iraq,

knowledge of the Law and the Traditions of

the Prophet, alongside secular learning in

such fields as literature, astronomy, philoso-

phy, medicine, and mathematics, became the

mark of distinction among the patrician

classes. Conversions inspired by social ambi-

tion should not be dismissed as mere oppor-

tunism: at its high point in the classical era,

the Islamic world was the most developed

and sophisticated society outside China. The

models of urbane sobriety and order it

offered would have exercised their own

appeal quite apart from conscious missionary

activity. Peoples on the fringes of the core

regions would have encountered the faith in

numerous guises: educated, literate mer-

chants, wandering scholar-teachers, charis-

matic dervishes, native princes with impres-

sive retinues, sophisticated intellectuals and

dais (missionaries) from esoteric traditions

who specialized in tailoring their message

and rituals to suit audiences of widely differ-

ent cultural backgrounds. Lacking a central-

ly directed missionary program, the religion

has proved itself sufficiently adaptable to

spread organically.

This Koran, written using

muhaqqaq script, was produced

in Baghdad in 1308. The large

format indicates that this

manuscript was a presentation

copy, used for public recitation

in the mosque.

31

H A of Islam Spreads 01–07 21/5/04 9:06 AM Page 31

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

32

30°45°60°75°90°105°120°135°150°165°

70°

60°

50°

40°

30°

20°

10°

10°

20°

30°

40°

50°

60°

15° 0° 15

30°45°60°75°90°105°120°135°150°165° 15° 0° 15

Tropic of Capricorn

Tropic of Cancer

Arctic Circle

Expansion 750–1700

Muslim expansion to 900

Muslim expansion to 1300

Muslim expansion to 1500

Muslim expansion to 1700

Muslim land lost by 1300

Muslim land lost by 1500

Muslim land lost by 1700

Iceland(to Denmark)

Trinidad

Bahamas

Canary Is.

Cape Verde Is.

Madeira

Azores

Cuba

Hispaniola

Puerto Rico

Madrid

Elmina

St. Louis

Lu

Santa Féde Bogotá

Quito

Lima

La Paz

Recife

Bahia

Santiago

DE

NM

AR

K&

N

Vi c e - R

o y a l t y o f N e w S p a i n

Vi c

e - Ro y a l t y

o fP

eru

ENGLAND

SCOTLAND

IRELAND

FRANCE

PAPALSTATES

SPAIN

AIR

OYO

KANBORN

MALI

KALISONGHAI

ARMA

TERKURSEGU

HOLYROMANEMPIRE

PORTUGAL

S a h a r

ASHANTI

CONGO

O T

S W

MOROCCO

Mosquito Coast

Jamaica

Florida

Greenland

Hausastates

Mossistates

PotugeseGuinea

Cape T

Rupert’s Land

Newfoundland

Nova Scotia

British Colonies

New France

Belize

A T L A N T I C

O C E A NP A C I F I C

O C E A N

H A of Islam Spreads 01–07 21/5/04 9:06 AM Page 32

EXPANSION 751–1700

33

15° 0° 15° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 105° 120° 135° 150° 165° 180° 165°

15° 0° 15° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 105° 120° 135° 150° 165° 180° 165°

70°

80°

60°

50°

40°

30°

20°

10°

10°

20°

30°

40°

50°

60°

ndenmark)

MATARAM

Timor

Madagascar

Formosa

Philippine Is.

Borneo

New Guinea

Sumatra

CelebesSpice Is.

Bourbon

(Réunion)

Mauritius

Comoro Is.

NOGAIS

K I R G H I ZKALMYKSUZBEKS

TURKOMANS

Malacca

Moscow

Okhotsk

St Petersburg

Madrid

Cairo

Constantinople

Mombasa

Mozambique

Delagoa Bay Fort Dauphin

ManilaGoa

Elmina

Luanda

DE

NM

AR

K&

NORWAY

FUN

J

CAMBODIA

MANCHUCHINESEEMPIRE

N e w H o l l a n d

S A F A V I DE M P I R E

JAPANAN

NAM

T I B E T

MARATHATERRITORY

ARAKAN

ACEH

SAYLAN

LAO

SKOREA

R U S S I A N E M P I R E

M U G HA

LE M P I R E

AYU

TTHA

YA

NGLAND

COTLAND

LAND

FRANCE HUNGARY

PAPALSTATES

SPAIN

AIRWADAI

OROMO

AWSA

DARFUR

OYO

KANEM-BORNU

SONGHAI

ARMA

SEGU

HOLYROMANEMPIRE

POLAND

S a h a r a

A

ra

b

i

a

ASHANTI

CONGO LUNDA LUBA

ET

HIO

PIA

ROZWI

O T T O M A N E M P I RE

S WE D E N S i b e r i a

OCCO

AVA

HinduKingdoms

ShanStates

Yemen

Oman

Hausastates

Mossistates

Islamiccity states

Cape Town

P A C I F I C

O C E A N

I N D I A N

O C E A N

A R C T I CO C E A N

Mecca

H A of Islam Spreads 01–07 21/5/04 9:06 AM Page 33

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

Sunnis, Shiites, and Khariji 660–c. 1000

The Mughal emperors and their descendants had

an abiding interest in the history and wisdom of

their faith. This was expressed both in their

memoirs and in their paintings. By the mid-

1600s, the Emperor Jahangir’s artists had

developed a format in which two or more sages,

or holy men, were depicted seated in discussion.

Mughal artists did not shrink from depicting

fabled holy men from the past as if they were

still alive. The figures in this painting represent

the Muslim orthodoxy, with the only

nonconformist being the bare-headed dervish

seated at the lower left.

The major divisions of Islam, revolvingaround the question of leadership, go backto the death of the Prophet but were intensi-fied by the first civil war (656–661) and itsaftermath in the following generation(680–81). The first caliph, Abu Bakr, hadbeen one of the Prophet’s oldest companionsand the father of his youngest wife, Aisha.On the Prophet’s death he had been chosenby acclamation with the powerful support ofUmar, an early convert and natural leader.When Abu Bakr died Umar’s caliphate wasgenerally acknowledged, and it was duringhis ten-year reign that the Muslim statebegan to take shape. Under Umar the ten-sions resulting from the conquests, over thedistribution of booty and the status of trib-al leaders in the new Muslim order, began tosurface. The tensions were kept in checkunder Umar’s stern and puritanical rule butwould surface disastrously during the reignof his successor, Uthman, who was mur-dered in Medina by disgruntled soldiersreturning from Egypt and Iraq. Thoughrenowned for his commitment to the newreligion as an early convert, Uthman waslinked to the Umayyad clan in Mecca thathad originally opposed Muhammad’s mes-sage. He was accused of favoring his fellowclansmen at the expense of more piousMuslims. The latter congregated aroundAli, the Prophet’s cousin and closest surviv-ing male relative, who was already regardedby some of his followers as the originallydesignated successor to the Prophet, andwho now assumed the role of caliph. Ali’sfailure to punish Uthman’s assassins pro-voked a rebellion by two of Muhammad’sclosest companions, Talha and Zubayr, sup-ported by Aisha. Though he defeated Talhaand Zubayr, Ali failed to overcomeUthman’s kinsman Muawiya, the governorof Syria, at the Battle of Siffin. His eventual

decision to seek a compromise withMuawiya provoked a rebellion among hismore militant supporters, who came to beknown as Kharijis (seceders). Though Alidefeated the Kharijis in July 658, enough ofthem survived to continue the movement,which has lasted to this day in a moderateversion known as Ibadism. One of theKhariji leaders, Ibn Muljam, avenged hiscomrades by murdering Ali in 661. Ali’selder son Hasan made an accommodationwith the victorious Muawiya, who becamethe first Umayyad caliph. On Muawiya’sdeath in 680, when the succession passed toMuawiya’s son, Yazid, Ali’s younger sonHussein made an unsuccessful bid to restorethe caliphate to the Prophet Muhammad’sclosest descendants. The massacre ofHussein and a small group of followers atKarbala in 680 by Yazid’s soldiers provokeda movement of repentance among Ali’s sup-porters in Iraq. They became known as theShiites, the “partisans” of Ali.

34

H A of Islam Spreads 01–07 21/5/04 9:06 AM Page 34

SUNNIS, SHIITES, AND KHARIJI 660–c. 1000

35

H A of Islam Spreads 01–07 21/5/04 9:06 AM Page 35

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

Abbasid Caliphate under Harun al-Rashid

The reign of caliph Harun al-Rashid (r.

764–809) marked the height of military con-

quests and territorial acquisition under the

Abbasids, with the caliphate extending from the

boundaries of India and Central Asia to Egypt

and North Africa.

Harun rose through the ranks as a military

commander before assuming the caliphate from

his murdered brother al-Hadi (r. 785–86) and

served variously as governor of Ifriqiya (mod-

ern-day Tunisia), Egypt, Syria, Armenia, and

Azerbaijan. His military campaigns against the

Byzantines kept them at bay. Upon becoming

caliph in 764, Harun established diplomatic

relations with Charlemagne (r. 742–814) and

the Byzantine emperor. Diplomatic and com-

mercial ties were also established with China.

Harun’s reign is often referred to as the Gold-

en Age, a period of significant cultural and lit-

erary activity during which the arts, Arabic

grammar, literature, and music flourished under

his patronage. Al-Rashid

figures prominently in the

famous literary compila-

tion One Thousand and

One Nights. Among his

courtiers were the poet

Abu Nuwas (d. 815), who

was renowned for his

wine and his love poetry,

and the musician Ibrahim

al-Mawsili (d. 804). Abu

’l Hasan al-Kisai (d. 805),

who was tutor to al-

Rashid and his sons, was

the leading Arabic gram-

marian and Koran reciter

of his day. The classical

texts were translated from

Greek, Syriac, and other

languages into Arabic.

Harun was famous for his

largesse: a well-turned

poem could earn the gift

of a horse, a bag of gold,

or even a country estate.

His wife Zubaida was

famous for her charities,

especially for causing

numerous wells to be dug

on the pilgrimage route

from Iraq to Medina.

36

0°10°

40°

30°

20°

20°

AlgiersTlemcen

K

Lisbon

ToledoSeville

Gibraltar

TangierRabat

MarrakeshSijilmassa

A

C

Sardi82

Umayyads756–1031

Cordova, capital of

Umayyad Emirate

Idrisids789–926 Rustamids776–906Aghlabi800–90

S

F

RA N

K

N

A romanticized nineteenth-

century portrait of Harun al-

Rashid with an Ottoman-style

mosque in the background. The

revival of the caliphate by the

Ottoman sultans was intended

to grant them rights over the

Muslim subjects of European

powers to balance the rights

claimed by the latter over the

sultan’s Christian subjects.

H A of Islam Spreads 08–14 21/5/04 9:56 AM Page 36

ABBASID CALIPHATE UNDER HARUN AL-RASHID

37

60° 70° 80°50°40°30°0° 10°10° 20°

Tropic of Cancer

Amu Darya

Syr

Darya

Volg

a

In

du

s

Aden

ConstantinopleTiflis

TabrizErzurum

Edessa

Ardabil

Derrbent

SusaSamarra IsfahanMossul

HeratNishapur

Balkh

Merv

HormuzBasra

Urgench

Bukhara

Samarkand

Kabul

Ghazni

Kandahar

Kashgar

AthensIzmir

Tarsus

Marash

Algiersen

TunisKairouan

Naples

Tripoli

Toledo

braltar

Khartoum

Mecca

Medina

Cairo

Bengazi

assa

Damascus

Jerusalem

Alexandria

Riyadh

Muscat

A

FR

I C A

E

U

R

OP E

A R M E N I A

Ar a

bi a

nP

en

i ns

ula

K H W A R I Z M

T R A N S O X I A N A

K H U R A S A N

S I S T A N

P E R S I A

E G Y P T

S Y R I A

I R A Q

B Y Z A N T I N E E M P I R E

Me s o p o t a m

i a

O M A N

Y E ME N

HE J A Z

B A HR A I N

Black Sea

Ara

l

Sea

Ara

bia

n

Sea

Caspia

n

Sea

R

e

d

S

e

a

M

e

d

it

er

ra

ne a n S e a

Corsica850

Sardinia827Palermo

831

Rome846

Messina834

Crete825

Syracuse878

Malta870

ds1

Baghdad becomes

Abbasid capital

762

rdova, capital ofayyad Emirate

Rustamids776–906Aghlabids800–909

Tulunids868–905

Qarmations

894–1200

Tahirids

821–73

Saffarids

867–1495

Samanids

819–1005

762–805

901

905876 871

861

873

899–805

831–33

IND

IAN

OC

EA

N

Sa h a r a D e s e r t

I f ri q

i ya

Azerbaijan

F

RA N

K I S HE M P I R E

Abbasid Empire c. 850

Extent of Abbasid Empire 786–809

Other Muslim dynasties

Islamic expansion 750–850

Byzantine Empire

Abbasid campaigns

Saffarid incursions

Islamic naval attacks

Qarmation expansion

Sufism (Islamic mysticism) flourished under

the caliph. The famous ascetic and mystic

Maruf al-Karkh (d. c.815) was among the lead-

ing expositors of Sufism in Baghdad. By con-

trast, Harun instituted a policy of repressing the

Shiites, who were thought to challenge this rule.

The latter half of Harun’s reign was

marked by political instability. The granting

of semiautonomy to the governor of Ifriqiya,

Ibrahim b. al-Aghlab, in 800, followed by

Harun’s destruction of the all-powerful al-

Barmaki family, led to a period of political

and territorial decline. Harun’s decision to

divide the empire between his two sons al-

Amin and al-Mamun, appointing the elder al-

Amin (r. 809–813) as his successor, con-

tributed to a two-year civil war that was fol-

lowed by periods of continued instability and

insurrection. The reign of al-Mamun (r.

813–833), though intellectually brilliant, was

marked by territorial decline and the waning

of Abbasid influence.

H A of Islam Spreads 08–14 21/5/04 9:56 AM Page 37

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

Spread of Islam, Islamic Law, and Arabic Language

The rapid spread of Islam acted as a formida-

ble force of change in the Old World. By the

end of the reign of Umar ibn al-Khattab (d.

644), the whole of the Arabian Peninsula was

conquered, together with most of the Sasan-

ian Empire, as well as the Syrian and Egyptian

provinces of Byzantium. Following the tragic

Battle of Karbala, which led to the death of

Imam al-Hussein (AD 680), a new phase was

ushered in with the making of the Umayyad

Empire (661–750), which eventually extended

its dominion from the Ebro River in Spain to

the Oxus Valley in Central Asia. Claiming uni-

versal authority over far-reaching frontiers,

the Umayyad dynasty took Damascus as its

capital city, and remained virtually unchal-

lenged in its reign until the rise of the Abbasid

caliphate with its capital in Baghdad

(749–1258). While Spain continued to be

under Umayyad rule (756–1031), new regional

powers confronted the Abbasid hegemony, like

the Fatimids in Egypt (909–1171), and the

Saljuqs in Iran and Iraq (1038–1194), along

with waves of Crusader invaders in the Levant.

Numerous traditions in thought flourished,

like the Sunni schools of legal reasoning

(hanafi, maliki, shafii, hanbali) and the

“Twelver Shiite” lineage descending from the

Imam Ali ibn Abi Talib (d. 661). The upsurge in

intellectual activities was also marked by the

founding of the mutazila and ashari methods of

kalam, in addition to the maturation of philos-

ophy, the sciences, and mysticism. Many

notable centers of learning were established,

along with associated productions of manu-

scripts, like al-Azhar in Cairo, the Zaytuna in

Tunis, the Qarawiyyin in Fez, the coteries of

Córdoba in Andalusia, the schools of Najaf and

Karbala in Iraq, and those of Qumm and Mash-

had in Iran.

Being the language of the Koran, Arabic

was carried to the new converts. Becoming

the lingua franca of medieval Islam, the dis-

tinctiveness of Arabic was evident in all

spheres of high culture, from religious to

legal, official, intellectual, and literary dic-

tions. While in the western provinces Arabic

dominated the vernacular dialects, Persian

remained in use eastward; witnessing a liter-

ary revival in the tenth century AD with the

unfurling of an Arabo-Persian idiom, which

became prevalent across Iran as well as

Transoxiana and northern India.

A theme that recurs in this formative peri-

od of Islamic thought is the relationship,

often tense, between revelation and reason.

Under the Abbasid caliph al-Mamun (r.

813–833) there existed a group of theologians

known as the Mutazila. They had absorbed

the work of Greek philosophers and adopted

a rationalist style of argumentation that

equated God with pure reason. For the

Mutazila the world created by God operated

according to rational principles humans could

understand by exercising reason. As free

agents, humans were morally responsible for

their actions, and since good and evil had

intrinsic value, God’s justice was constrained

by universal laws. They held to the view that

the Koran was created in time, inspired by

God in Muhammad, but not part of his

essence. Their opponents, the hadith scholars,

insisted that the Koran was “uncreated” and

coeternal with God. They believed it was not

for man to question God’s injunctions or

explore them intellectually, and that all

human action was ultimately predetermined.

The Mutazili view, buttressed by the mihna

(an “inquisition” or test applied to ulama and

public officials), held sway for a period. How-

38

H A of Islam Spreads 08–14 21/5/04 9:56 AM Page 38

SPREAD OF ISLAM, ISLAMIC LAW, AND ARABIC LANGUAGE

ever, it was reversed under

his successor al-Mutawakil

(r. 847–61) as a result of

populist pressures focused

on the heroic figure of

Ahmad ibn Hanbal (d. 855)

who resisted imprisonment

and torture to defend the

“uncreated” Koran. A kind

of compromise between

reason and revelation was

reached in the work of Abul

Hasan al-Ashari (d. 935).

He used rationalistic meth-

ods to defend the “uncreat-

ed” Koran and allowed for a

degree of human responsi-

bility. However, the conse-

quences of the Mutazili

defeat were far reaching.

The caliphs ceased to be the

ultimate authorities in doc-

trinal matters. Mainstream

Sunni theologians espoused

the command theory of

ethics: an act is right

because God commands it,

God does not command it

because it is right. Mutazil-

ism is a term of abuse for

many conservative Islamists,

especially in Saudi Arabia,

which follows the Hanbali

tradition in law.

39

The courtyard at al-Azhar in

Cairo, founded by the Shiite

Fatimids in 970. Al-Azhar became

the foremost center of Sunni

scholarship and an important

source of manuscripts.

H A of Islam Spreads 08–14 21/5/04 9:56 AM Page 39

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

Successor States to 1100

autonomy in return for an annual tribute,

founded a dynasty that lasted until 909. The

puritanical Kharijis, who held to the princi-

ple of an elected imam or caliph, established

independent states based in Wargala oasis,

Tahert, and Sijilmassa. Of Tahert, destroyed

40

This clay model clearly shows

the physical features that Arab

and Persian commentators noted

as typical of the Turkish soldiers

recruited by the caliphs.

Even at its maximum extent the Abbasid

Empire failed to contain the whole Islamic

world. In Spain an independent dynasty had

been founded by an Umayyad survivor, Abd

al-Rahman I (r. 756–788). A grandson of the

Caliph Hisham, he escaped the massacre of

his kinsmen and after various adventures

made his way to the peninsula. Here he per-

suaded feuding Arabs and Berbers to accept

him as their leader, instead of the governor

sent by the Abbasids. In what is now Moroc-

co, a descendant of Ali and Fatima, Idris bin

Abdullah, who escaped from Arabia after

the failure of a Shiite revolt in 786, arrived at

the old Roman capital of Volubilis. Here he

formed a tribal coalition, which rapidly con-

quered southern Morocco. His son Idris II

founded Fez in 808. In Tunisia (Ifriqiya) the

descendants of Ibrahim ibn Aghlab, Harun

al-Rashid’s governor, who had been granted

20°10°

Alexan

Athens

Tunis

Tahert Rome

Tripoli

M

ed

ite

rra

ne

an

Se

a

Post-Imperial SuccessorRegimes late 10th Century

Abbasid Caliphate c. 900

Byzantine Empire

Fatimids

Hamadanids

Buyids

Samanids

Ghurids

Egyp

BYZ

A

f

r

i

c

a

If

ri

qi

ya

H A of Islam Spreads 08–14 21/5/04 9:56 AM Page 40

SUCCESSOR STATES TO 1100

by the Fatimids in the tenth century, the

chronicler Ibn Saghir wrote:

“There was not a foreigner who stopped in

the city but settled among them and built in

their midst, attracted by the plenty there, the

equitable conduct of the Imam, his just behav-

ior toward those under his charge, and the

security enjoyed by all in person and property.”

At the heart of the empire, however, polit-

ical and religious tensions were rife. The dis-

puted succession between Harun’s sons

Amin and Mamun led to a civil war that last-

ed a decade, weakening the Abbasid armies

and the institution of the caliphate. Though

Mamun won the war, his attempt to impose

the Mutazili doctrine of the “created” Koran

80°50°

40°

30°

20°

70°60°50°40°30°20°

Tropic of Cancer

N

Constantinople

Tiflis

Tabriz

Isfahan

Bahrain

Shiraz

Rayy

QomBaghdad

Samarra

Karbala

Basra

Mecca

Medina

MosulAleppo

JerusalemCairo

AlexandriaHerat

Kabul

Ghazni

Bukhara Samarkand

Balkh

Kashgar

Athens Smyrna

Black Sea

Aral

Sea

Arabian

Sea

Casp

ian

Sea

Persia

n

Gulf

Re

d

Se

a

an

ea

n

Se

a

Egypt

N u b i a

Tabaristan

Daylam

Khwarizm

Ahwaz

Iraq

A r a b i aHejaz

Fars

Oman

Transoxiana

Ye

m

e n

H a d h r a m a u t

Armenia

Syria

A f g h a n i s t a n

S i s t a n

K i r m a n

M u l t a n

Farghana

BYZANTINE EMPIRE

I n d i a

Eu

ro

pe

As

ia

Euphrat

es

A

m

u

D

arya

SyrD

ary

a(O

xus)V

olga

Indus

Tigris

K h u r a s a n

41

H A of Islam Spreads 08–14 21/5/04 9:56 AM Page 41

met with strong resistance from the populist

ulama (religious scholars) grouped around

Ahmad Ibn Hanbal. For the latter, who saw

the divine text as “uncreated” or eternal, the

doctrine of the created Koran derogated

from the idea of the Koran as God’s speech.

They looked to the Koran and the emerging

corpus of hadiths (traditions or reports

about the Prophet Muhammad) as the sole

sources of religious authority, with them-

selves as qualified interpreters. They regard-

ed the caliph as the executive of the will of

the community, not the source of its beliefs.

As the caliph’s religious authority weak-

ened, so did his political and economic con-

trol. In cultivated regions including Iraq the

system of iqta (tax-farming) built up a class

of landlords at the expense of central gov-

ernment. In Iran and the eastern provinces

Mamun’s most effective general, Tahir,

established a hereditary governorate. To off-

set the power of the Tahirids Mamun’s suc-

cessor Mutasim relied increasingly on merce-

naries recruited from Turkish-speaking

tribes in Central Asia—a practice that has-

tened the breakup of the empire and the

establishment of de facto tribal dynasties.

The construction of a new capital at Samar-

ra further isolated the caliph from his sub-

jects. By the end of the tenth century the

Abbasid caliphs were mainly titular mon-

archs, their legitimacy challenged by

claimants in the line of Ali. The most radical

of these movements, the Qaramatians,

fomented peasant and nomad rebellions in

Iraq, Syria, and Arabia in the name of a mes-

siah descended from Ali through his descen-

dant Ismail bin Jaafar. In the 920s the Qara-

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

42

80°70°60°50°40°30°20°10°

40°

50°

30°

20°

Tropic of Cancer

N

Black Sea

Aral

Sea

Arabian

Sea

Casp

ian

Sea

Persia

n

Gulf

Euphra

tes

A

m

u

Dary

a

SyrD

arya

Volga

Indus

AthensSmyrna

Tunis

Rome

Tripoli

Egypt

N u b i a

Tabaristan

Khwarizm

Ahwaz

Iraq

A r a b i aHejaz

Fars

Oman

Ye

m

e n

H a d h r a m a u t

Armenia

Syria

M

ed

ite

rra

ne

an

Se

a

A f g h a n i s t a n

S i s t a n

K h u r a s a n

K i r m a n

M u l t a n

Farghana

Post-Imperial SuccessorRegimes early 11th Century

Byzantine Empire

Fatimids

Qarkhanids

Buyids

Ghaznavids

L o c a l d y n a s t i e s

Samarra

Re

d

Se

a

Daylam

Transoxiana

I n d i a

BY

ZA

NT

I NE

E M P I R E

Eu

ro

pe

A

f

r

i

c

a

As

ia

If

ri

qi

ya

Constantinople

Tiflis

Tabriz

Isfahan

Shiraz

RayyQomBaghdad

Karbala

Basra

Mecca

Medina

MosulAleppo

JerusalemCairo

AlexandriaHerat

Kabul

Ghazni

Merv

Bukhara Samarkand

Balkh

Kashgar

Bahrain

Tahert

H A of Islam Spreads 08–14 21/5/04 9:56 AM Page 42

matians, who created an independent state in

Bahrain, shocked the whole Muslim world by

pillaging Mecca and carrying off the Black

Stone. In 969 Egypt—already semi-inde-

pendent under Ibn Tulun and his successors,

the Ikhshids—was taken over by the Ismaili

Fatimids, who established a new caliphate

under a “living imam” descended from Ali

and Ismail. In northern Syria and the Upper

Tigris the bedouin Arab Hamdan family—

also Shiite—ruled a semi-autonomous,

sometimes independent, state. In Khurasan

and Transoxiana the Samanid family

replaced the Tahirids as defenders of the

mixed Arab-Persian high culture against

incoming nomadic tribes. Even in the central

heartlands of the empire—Iraq and western

Iran—the caliphs were virtual prisoners of

the Shiite Buyids, a warrior clan from Day-

lam, south of the Caspian.

In Inner Asia, where the Samanids had

established a flourishing capital in Bukhara,

the adoption of Islam by Turk-

ish-speaking tribes subverted the

role of the Samanids as ghazis.

These were frontier warriors

entrusted with the defense of

Islam against nomadic incur-

sions. The practice of recruiting warrior-

slaves, known as mamluks or ghulams, from

mountainous or arid regions hastened the

disintegration of the empire. When

power declined at the center, the

mamluks went on to establish

their own “slave-dynasties.”

Thus the Ghaznavids who supplant-

ed their former Samanid overlords in

Khurasan started as slave-soldiers in the fron-

tier region of Ghazna, south of Kabul. When

the Samanid regime collapsed in 999, Mah-

mud of Ghazna (r. 998–1030), son of a slave-

governor, divided their territory with the

Turkish tribe of Qarluqs, led by the

Qaraqanid dynasty, which he did his best to

confine to the Oxus basin in the north. Mah-

mud crossed the Indus Valley, establishing

permanent rule in the Punjab, and conducted

raids into northwestern India, plundering

cities and destroying numerous works of art

as idolatrous. This earned him a fearsome

reputation as a ghazi against the infidel. On

his western front, in the lands of “old Islam”

he pushed the Buyids back almost to the fron-

tiers of Iraq.

SUCCESSOR STATES TO 1100

Mahmud of Ghazna crosses the Ganges. The

Ghaznavids, Turkish military governors, enjoyed great

renown in later times as the first to extend Muslim

power into India. This image is from the Compendium of

Chronicals, composed for the vizier Rashid al-Din in the

early fourteenth century.

43

H A of Islam Spreads 08–14 21/5/04 9:56 AM Page 43

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

The Saljuq Era

Following the rapid advance of

the Saljuqs into Anatolia, Konya

(formerly Iconium) became their

capital. This elaborately

decorated portal from the Ince

Minare Madrasa shows the

extraordinary richness of the

Saljuq style. The “Slender

Minaret” from which the school

takes its name was partially

destroyed by lightning in 1900.

Despite challenges to their authority and the loss

of military and effective political power, the

Abbasid caliphs retained immense prestige in the

eyes of most townspeople and many of the tribes

as the lawful successors to the

Prophet and heads of the Muslim

community. The division of the

world into Dar al-Islam and Dar

al-Harb facilitated the spread of

Islam centripetally as well as cen-

trifugally: when tribes from the

margins who encountered Muslim

merchants, scholars, or wandering

Sufis, accepted Islam the caliphs

tended to legitimize their rule,

appointing their leaders as gover-

nors. Conversion civilized the

nomadic and pastoral peoples by

subjecting them formally (if not

always in practice) to the Sharia

law, reducing the cultural differences between

the peoples of the desert and steppes and those

of the cities and settled regions. Tribes recently

converted often became the greatest builders and

patrons of Islamic high culture in art, architec-

ture, and literature. At the same time conversion

made it difficult for rulers to defend their heart-

lands from nomadic predators, since if the

nomads were no longer infidels the jihad (strug-

gle or “holy war”) launched against them lost its

raison d’être.

Two Turkish-speaking peoples, the Qarluqs

and the Oghuz, established states that made sig-

nificant contributions to this process. In Tran-

soxiana the Qaraqanid dynasty accepted the

nominal authority of the Abbasid caliphs,

becoming the patrons of a new Turkish culture

derived in part from Arab and Persian models.

After defeating the Ghaznavids the Oghuz peo-

ple, led by the Saljuq family, became the rulers of

Khurasan, laying the foundations of the Saljuq

Empire. Defeating the Buyids in 1055 they took

control of Baghdad, where the caliph crowned

their leader Tughril Beg Sultan in acknowledg-

44

from 1095

30°20°

40°

30°

20°

Tropic of Cancer

N

Nile

Salonika

Sofia

Sinope

Alepp

Homs

DamasAcre

Cairo

Jerusalem

Antioch

Trebiz

Constantinople

P E C H E N E G S

A R

S U L A Y N

1080

from 1095

Black Sea

M

ed

it

er

ra

ne

an

Se

a

R

e

d

S

e

a

EMIRAT

FATIMID

E g y p t

CALIPHATE

HUNGARY

SALJUQS OF RUM

ZETA(SERBIA)

DANISHM

H A of Islam Spreads 08–14 21/5/04 9:56 AM Page 44

THE SALJUQ ERA

45

from 1095

70° 80° 90°60°50°40°30°

Euphra

tes

.A

mu

D

a

rya

Syr

Dary

a

Volga

Indus

Sinope

Mosul

Sarkel

Baghdad

Medina

Mecca

Isfahan

HamadanKermanshah

Shiraz

Siraf

Muscat

Nishapur

SialkotPeshawarKabul

Balkh

Samarkand

Otrar

Tashkent

Merv

Urgench

Dandangan

Kashgar

Bukhara

Rayy

Aleppo

Homs

DamascusAcre

salem

Antioch

Trebizond

H E N E G S

K H A Z A R S

A R A B S

U I G H U R S

to Chernigov

1028–38

1040–42

1042

1080

95Manzikert1071

Black Sea

Aral

Sea

Ca

sp

ia

n

Se

a

Caucasus

M

ounta

ins

H

in

du

K

us

h

P

ersi

a

n

G

ulf

A r a b i a nS e a

R

e

d

S

e

a

A r a b i a

EMIRATE

I r a q

Om

a n

OF RUM

TransoxianaDANISHMEND

The Saljuq Era

Major Saljuq campaign

Saljuq sultanate at its maximum extent, c. 1090

Byzantine Empire, c. 1095

Territory lost to Byzantine Empire and Crusader states, 1097–99

Extent of the Khwarizm Shahdom, c. 1220

ment of his supreme authority. In exchange for

formal recognition, the sultans agreed to uphold

Islamic law and defend Islam from its external

enemies. The massive defeat inflicted by the

Saljuqs on the Byzantine army at Manzikert in

1071 was one of the factors leading to the First

Crusade in 1096. Although the Saljuqs con-

quered half of Anatolia, laying the foundations

for later Ottoman-Turkish rule, their system of

authority was too fragmented to maintain the

unity of the empire, or to defend the frontiers of

Islam against further nomadic incursions.

H A of Islam Spreads 08–14 21/5/04 9:56 AM Page 45

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

Military Recruitment 900–1800

The recruitment of armies from the peripher-al regions, mainly from the steppelands ofinner Asia, the Caucasus, and the Balkans,became the most distinctive feature of theIslamic systems of governance until moderntimes. Known as mamluks—“owned ones”—these warriors were purchased as slaves fromthe highlands and steppes or captured fromdefeated tribes. Brought in as the sultan’s pri-vate armies and palace bodyguards, they weretaught the rudiments of the Islamic faith andculture and trained in the military arts.Attaching the word “slave” to mamluks (as in“slave-warriors” or “slave-dynasties”) issomewhat misleading. Though mamluks andghulams (household slaves) were bought andsold as personal property, their social positionreflected that of their masters, rather thantheir own servile status. Eventually manumit-ted they became freedmen, clients of their for-mer masters entitled to property rights, mar-riage, and personal security, with some ofthem rising to become rulers.

The practice of mamlukism started withthe Abbasid caliphs, who recruited tribesfrom Transoxiana, Armenia, and NorthAfrica to offset the power of the Tahirids.They balanced these tribes with Turkish ghu-lams who were purchased individually beforebeing trained and drafted into regimentsunder individual commanders. Since theywere housed in separate cantonments, withtheir own mosques and markets, their alle-giance was to their commanders, rather thanto the caliphs. In the breakup of the empireafter 945 the practice was adopted by the de-facto rulers who inherited the political powerof the Abbasids. All the post-Abbasid statesin the East—the Buyids, Ghaznavids, Qara-qanids, and Saljuqs—were created by ethnicminorities, including mercenaries from theCaspian region, and Turkish and othernomadic peoples from inner Asia. Since new

military rulers had no ethnic, cultural, lin-guistic, or historical connection with the peo-ples over whom they ruled, society tended todevelop outside the purview of the state, withthe ulama—the religious scholars and expertson law—merging with merchant andlandowning families to form elites of nota-bles whose prestige was dependent on reli-gious knowledge. While allowing a form ofcivil society to develop separately from themilitary state, the practice of mamlukismmilitated against the type of communal loy-alties or patriotisms that would emerge inWestern Europe at a later period. The pattern

46

15°0°

Paris

Rome

NaplesMadrid Barcelona

Marseilles

MilanVenice

PestBuda

Santiago

Lisbon

CeutaAlgiers Tunis

S a h a r a

A F R I C A

PORTUGAL

ALGIERS TUNIS

S P A I N

F R A N C E

T H EH O L Y R O M A N

E M P I R E

HUN

O

1

5

Sicily

Sardinia

Corsica

Morea

Balearic Is.

Me

d i te

r

r

a

n

e

an

S

A T L A N T I C

O C E A N

Military Recruitment c. 1500

Movements of troops

Janissaries, from Balkans1

Circassians, from Caucasus2

Turkic nomads, from Central Asia3

Al-Qaitis, from Yemen4

South Atlas, from South Atlas Mountains5

H A of Islam Spreads 08–14 21/5/04 9:56 AM Page 46

MILITARY RECRUITMENT 900–1800

of recruiting erstwhile nomadic predators todefend society against other nomads—ofmaking “wolves into sheepdogs”—is foundthroughout the Muslim heartlands, from theMaghreb to the Indus Valley.

The system of military slavery reached itsfullest development in Egypt, a densely popu-lated country of peasant cultivators withoutan indigenous military class. The system wasinstitutionalized so successfully that mamlukrule lasted for more than two and a half cen-turies (1250–1517), and resurfaced in a mod-ifed form under the Ottomans (1517–1811).By constantly replenishing their ranks fromabroad (firstly from among the KipchakTurks from Central Asia, later from among

the Circassians in the Caucasus) the Egyptianmamluks resisted becoming absorbed into theranks of the indigenous elites. For the mostpart they remained a one-generation aristoc-racy, without ties of blood to the rest ofEgyptian society.

Under the Ottomans military slaveryevolved in a somewhat different direction.From the late fourteenth century the sultansbegan to offset the power of their sipahi cav-alry units levied from the estates of the nobil-ity or recruited as mercenaries from Arabic,Kurdish, and Farsi-speaking nomads, aninfantry corps of “new troops”, Janissaries,levied mainly from its Christian provinces inthe Balkans. The levy (known as the

15° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90°

30°

45°

15°

aples

Venice

PestBuda

Constantinople

Isfahan

Bandar Abbas

Muscat

Hormuz

Tiflis

Baku

Shemakha

Tabriz

Mosul

Baghdad

AdaliaAleppo

Sarai-Berke

Mecca

Tashkent

Suakin

Cairo

Alexandria

Delhi

Kashgar

Kucha

Kabul

Balkh

DamahDiu

Hyderabad

Athens

Sofia

a

A r a b i a

YEMEN

EO M A NR E

HUNGARY

WALLACHIA

EMPIRE OF

MAMLUKES

MOLDAVIA

POLAND-LITHUANIA

KHANATEOF CRIMEA

KHANATEOF ASTRAKHAN

ABYSSINIA

HADHRAMAUT

OT

T O M A N E M P I R ES A F A V

I D

E MP I R E

K H O R A S A N

M O N G O L I S T A N

T I B E T

KASHMIR

SIND

MULTAN

PUNJAB

BIHAR

BUNDEL-KHAND

RAJPUTANA

MALWA

BERAR

ORISSA

GOLCONDABIDARAHMADNAGAR

GUJERAT

BIJAPUR

VIJAYANAGAR

BENGAL

NEPAL

LODI SULTANATE OF DELHI

U Z B E K H S

12

3

4

N

ile

Sicily Morea

Crimea

Crete

Caspian

Sea

A r a b i a n

S e a

Bay of

Bengal

Aral

Sea

Cyprus

B l a c kS

ea

Re

d

Se

a

Pe

rs

i

a

n

Gu l f

a

n

e

an

Se a

C

a

u

ca

su

s

47

H A of Islam Spreads 08–14 21/5/04 9:56 AM Page 47

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

The Janissary corps, dressed in their gold finery, parade at

a court reception. Originally recruited from the Christian

Balkans, the Janissaries became a formidable power

within the state. Sultan Mahmud II abolished the

Janissaries in 1826, as part of his program of

modernization.

devshirme) was conducted in the villagesabout every four years: the towns were usual-ly exempt, as the sons of townsfolk were con-sidered too well educated or insufficientlyhardy. Boys between 13 and 18 were selected(although there are reports of children asyoung as 8 being chosen). Since married menwere exempt, the Orthodox peasants oftenmarried off their children very young to avoidthe levy. The selected boys (estimates are putat around 20 percent) were given Muslimidentities and trained in the arts of war, withthe brightest selected for personal service tothe sultan, where they often rose to be rulersof the empire. Although slave recruitmentceased in the 1640s the Janissaries continuedto prosper, with increasing numbers of Mus-lim-born boys joining their ranks. Havingsubstantial commercial interests, salaries, andstate-funded pensions they became a privi-leged and tyrannical elite, resistant to change.In 1826 Sultan Mahmud II used his newlyformed military force to slaughter most ofthem at a muster in Istanbul.

48

H A of Islam Spreads 08–14 21/5/04 9:56 AM Page 48

MILITARY RECRUITMENT 900–1800

49

H A of Islam Spreads 08–14 21/5/04 9:57 AM Page 49

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

Fatimid Empire 909–1171

The Shiite Ismaili caliphate of the Fatimids wasestablished in Ifriqiya in the Maghreb when agroup of Kutama Berbers accepted the claims ofAbdallah al-Mahdi to be the rightful descen-dant of Ali and Fatima and rose against theAghlabids in 909. By 921, al-Mahdi had settledin his new capital city of Mahdiyya on thecoastline of Ifriqiya. As successors to the Agh-labids, the Fatimids also inherited their fleet andthe island of Siqilliyya (Sicily). By the end of al-Mahdi’s reign (909–934), the Fatimid stateextended from present-day Algeria and Tunisiato the Libyan coast of Tripolitania. The thirdFatimid caliph al-Mansur (r. 946–953) built anew capital city named Mansuriyya after him-self. Situated near Sabra to the south ofQayrawan, Mansuriyya served as the Fatimidcapital from 948 until 973.

Fatimid rule was firmly established in NorthAfrica only during the reign of the fourth mem-ber of the dynasty al-Muizz (r. 953–975), whotransformed the Fatimid caliphate from aregional power into a great empire. He suc-ceeded in subduing the entire Maghreb, withthe exception of Sabra, before concerning him-self with the conquest of Egypt, an objectiveattained in 969. A new Fatimid capital city wasbuilt outside Fustat; it was initially calledMansuriyya, but renamed al-Qahira al-Muizziyya (Cairo), “The Victorious City of al-Muizz,” when the caliph took possession of hisnew capital in 973. The extension of Fatimidpower in Syria became the primary foreign pol-icy objective of al-Muizz’s son and successor al-Aziz (r. 975–996). By the end of his reign, theFatimid Empire had attained, at least nominal-ly, its greatest extent, with Fatimid suzeraintybeing recognized from the Atlantic and thewestern Mediterranean to the Red Sea, theHejaz, Syria, and Palestine. By 1038, theFatimids had also extended their authority tothe emirate of Aleppo.

In the long reign of al-Mustansir (1036–94),

the Fatimid caliphateembarked on its decline.Northern Syria wasirrevocably lost in1060. By then,the Fatimidswere con-f r o n t e dwith thegrow-i n g

menaceof the SaljuqTurks, who werelaying the foundationsof a new empire. In 1071,Damascus became the capital ofthe new Saljuq principality of Syria andPalestine. By the end of al-Mustansir’s rule, ofthe former Fatimid possessions in Syria andPalestine, only Ascalon and a few coastaltowns, like Acre and Tyre, still remained inFatimid hands. By 1048, the Zirids, ruling overIfriqiya on behalf of the Fatimids, placed them-selves under Abbasid suzerainty. By 1070, whenthey lost Sicily to the Normans, Barqa hadbecome the western limit of the Fatimid Empire,which soon became effectively limited to onlyEgypt. Ascalon, the last Fatimid foothold inSyria-Palestine, was lost to the Franks in 1153.Fatimid rule ended in 1171, when Salah al-Din(Saladin), who became the last Fatimid vizierafter taking over Egypt, had the khutba (ser-

50

10°

10°

M

e

d

i

TunisKairouanMahdiyya

B

Tripoli

Agadir

Córdobaal-Andalus

Maghreb

UMAYYAD EMIRATE

FA

TI

M

ID

CA

L

IP

H

Sic

ily

S

a

h

a

r

a

H A of Islam Spreads 08–14 21/5/04 9:57 AM Page 50

Ceramic bowl from Fustat (Cairo), tenth–eleventh

century. The lusterware design has

characteristically Fatimid motifs, with a hare

at the center and the sides decorated

with stylized plants.

mon) read in Cairo in the name of the reigningAbbasid caliph while the last Fatimid caliph, al-Adid (r. 1160–71), lay dying in his palace.

FATIMID EMPIRE 909–1171

51

70°

80°

60°50°40°

30°

20°

10°

40°

30°

20°

10°

Tropic of Cancer

0 300 km

0 300 miles

N

Bl a

ck

Se

a

Aral

Sea

Arabian Sea

Ca

sp

ia

n

Se

a

Pe

rsia

n

Gu

lf

Re

d

Se

a

M

e

d

it

e

rr

an

ea

n

Se

a

I ND

I AN

OC

EA

N

Euphr

ates

Tigr

is

Nile

Am

uD

arya

Syr

Dar

ya

Indus

TunisKairouanMahdiyya

Barqa

Tripoli

Alexandria

Constantinople

Damascus Ascalon

Acre Tyre

Cairo

Heliopolis

Mecca

Badr

Jerusalem

Nehavend

Nishapur

Bukhara

Talas

Samarkand

Balkh

IstakarBasra

Kabul

Ghazni

Multan

Mosul

Kerbela

Antioch

TarsusAleppo Edessa

Tiflis Derbend

Ardabil

Erzurum

SobaNajran

Aden

Dongola

Isfahan

Merv

Herat

SusaBaghdad-

Rayy

Suhar

Muscat

Tabriz

Jalula

Tabuk

Medina

Faiyum

BY

ZA

NT

I NE

E MP I R E

BUWAYHID EMIRATES

MAKKURA

MAHMUD OF GHAZNI

S A M A N I D SCA

L

IP

HA

TE

K A R M A T I A N S

K H A Z A R ST U R K S

977

969971

Sic

ily

Fatimid Empire and otherIslamic States c.1000

Abbasid caliphate at its greatest extent

Fatimid Empire c. 1000

Abbasid caliphate, c. 900

Major battle

A

r

a

b

i

a

H A of Islam Spreads 08–14 21/5/04 9:57 AM Page 51

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

Trade Routes c. 700–1500

Muhammad is said to have traveled outsideArabia as a merchant. His tribe, the Quraish,who led the Arab conquests, were among theforemost traders in the peninsula. Merchantscontinued to be held in high esteem, oftenmarrying into the families of ulama, who theysupported by endowing their educationalinstitutions. Islamic rituals favor commercialactivity. Mosques are often adjacent to mar-kets, and though Friday is the day for congre-gational prayer, it was not treated as a sab-bath until recent times. Markets openedbefore and after the noonday prayer. Since thewhole male population was gathered in town,Fridays were good days for doing business.Similarly, the pilgrimages to Mecca (umra andhajj), where Muslims from distant parts ofthe world meet each other, have always been afacilitator of trade. Pilgrims would financethe long and arduous journey (which in pre-modern times could take half a lifetime) bytrading goods or working as artisans. Mer-chants would join the pilgrim caravans to selltheir goods in the Hejaz.

By bringing vast areas of territory andcoastlands under a single government, theArab conquests created an enormous area offree trade, facilitating the expansion of tradefar beyond the empire’s borders. The extent ofthis trade has been revealed by archaeology,with significant numbers of coins fromAbbasid times discovered in Scandinavia, andChinese silks and ceramics found in burial sitesin western Asia. Muslim merchants were notsubject to tariffs within the empire. Foreignmerchants who entered the lands of Islam weresubject to the same rates imposed on Muslimmerchants in their homelands. The new elite ofthe caliphal courts, with their demand for lux-ury goods, boosted trade. Though the breakupof the empire led to economic decline in someareas, with rival dynasties augmenting theirbudgets by imposing extra taxes and tariffs,

the frequency with which such measures weredenounced as illegal, oppressive, and unjustindicates that the general temper remainedfavorable to mercantile activity, even underadverse political conditions.

Initially the Arab conquest had the effect ofbringing two oceanic trade routes—throughthe Persian Gulf and Red Sea—within a singlemarket based on common law, language, andcurrency. Under the Abbasids the most attrac-tive route for goods from East and South Asiato the Mediterranean went up the Tigris toBaghdad, or up the Euphrates to an easyportage to Aleppo and from there to a Syrianport such as Antioch. The towns along theseroutes depended on the exchange of commodi-ties for their existence.

The Mesopotamian cities absorbed luxurygoods from India and China. These were soldin the markets alongside necessities such asfood grains, fuel, timber, and cooking oils.Mesopotamia was also the terminus of thechief land route to China and India as well asnorth to the Volga basin and the well-wateredlands of Eastern Europe, sources of fur, amber,metal goods, and hides. In the earliest periodMuslim ships from ports such as Basra orHormuz went all the way to China, returningafter two or three years with cargoes such assilk, porcelain, jade, and other valuables. How-ever, as the trade became more sophisticatedmerchants no longer traded directly withGuangzhou (Canton) and Hangzhou, butacquired goods from China at ports in Java,Sumatra, or the Malabar coast.

Muslim merchants from the Maghrebwere active in the gold trade, which tookthem across the Sahara Desert to the Sahelcities of Timbuktu and Gao, and beyond, tothe goldfields of western Africa. The chainof commercial centers established by Muslimtraders on the east African coast, includingLamu, Malindi, and the island of Zanzibar,

52

H A of Islam Spreads 08–14 21/5/04 9:57 AM Page 52

53

By the 1500s, the Ottoman

Empire, with its capital at Con-

stantinople, had become one of

the Islamic world’s most impor-

tant trading centers. The sultan’s

court, together with his advisors,

took careful account of annual

trade.

TRADE ROUTES c. 700–1500

extended as far south as Sofala in modernMozambique. Intrepid Muslim travelerspenetrated the African interior in search ofgold, slaves, ivory, rare woods, and preciousstones centuries before Europeans followedin their paths.

When the decline of Abbasid power andthe incursions of Turkish tribesmen madethe trans-Syrian route less secure the alter-native water route, via the Red Sea and theNile, came into prominence. It was the more

difficult as the land route from the Gulf ofSuez to the Nile was more arduous than theroute across Syria, except for a brief periodwhen the Mamluk sultans revived an ancientcanal originally dug by the pharaohs. RedSea ports such as Aden, Jidda, Aydhab, andQulzum benefited from this trade, as didCairo and Alexandria. Trade on the IndianOcean was monopolized by Muslims untilthe arrival of the Portuguese, followed bythe English and Dutch from the sixteenthcentury onward.

The land routes linking western Asia andthe Mediterranean with eastern and south-ern Asia were just as important as the mar-itime routes. With many cities landlocked ordistant from rivers and oceans, even bulkyitems had to be carried by animals. Carefulplanning was needed before the caravans setout on long journeys. Food had to be pro-cured for animals and humans, and nomadictribes had to be hired as guards. In remoteareas networks of khans (overnight resting

places) or khaniqas (Sufi lodges) providedfood and hospitality. Some were built likefortresses for defense against Bedouinmarauders. The vast distances over roughterrain, combined with the breakdown interritorial authority, made road constructionimpracticable. Even by late Roman times,wheeled traffic had all but disappeared. Theresults can be seen in many of the cities ofwestern Asia and North Africa. Before mod-ern times few of them had boulevards broadenough for carts or carriages.

H A of Islam Spreads 08–14 21/5/04 9:57 AM Page 53

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

54

60°

45°

15°

15°

30°

15° 15°30° 30° 45° 60°

Tropic of Cancer

Cacheu(Portugal)

Elmina(Portugal)

Mombasa(Portugal)

Mogadishu

Ghat

Sijilmasa

Kubra

SiwaCairo

Marrakech

KairouanMahdia

Tripoli

Denia

Palermo

Amalfi

Rome

Tlemcen

Meknes

Pisa

Venice

Marseille

Muscat

Abeche

Soba

Suakin

Samarra

Ardabil

Damghan

NishapurMerv Sc

Bukha

Chiwa

Astrakhan

Herat

Tabriz

Fez

AlgiersCordoba

Almeria Tunis

Timbuktu

ZailaAden

Sanaa

Mecca

Medina

BasraJerusalem

DamascusBaghdad

Izmir

Bursa

Konya Lajazzo

ConstantinopleEdirne

Lamu

Benin

Zanzibar

Iceland(Denmark)

Fernando Póo

(Port.)

Cape Verde Is.

(Port.)

Azores

(Port.)

Canary Is.

(Spain)

Crete Cyprus

Madagascar

R U S S I A

S W E D E N

DE

NM

AR

K-

NO

RW

AY

SCOTLAND

ENGLAND

FRANCE

HOLYROMANEMPIRE

POLAND-LITHUANIA

HUNGARY

VENICE

S A F AV I DE M P I R E

SPAIN

SENEGAL

MALI

CONGO LUNDA

LUBA

OYO

KANEM-BORNU

WADAI DARFUR

FUNJ

ETHIOPIAADAL

YEMENHADRAMAUT

MAHRA

GHARRA

OMAN

Galla

DROMO

BEN

IN

AK

AN

MOSSISTATES HAUSA

STATES

ISLAMICCITY-STATES

MOROCCO

ALGIERS

TUNIS

TRIPOLI

PAPALSTATES

PORTUGAL

SONGHAI

M U

ISLA

M

LAPP RE INDEERHERDERS

K A Z A N T A T A R S

A S T R A K H A N

T A T A R S

S I

N O G A I S

C A M E L N O M A D S

T UR

KO

MA N S

U Z B EO T T O M A N E M P I R E

AR

AB

NO

MA

DS

A T L A N T I C O C E A N

H A of Islam Spreads 08–14 21/5/04 9:57 AM Page 54

TRADE ROUTES c. 700–1500

55

60° 75° 90° 105° 135° 150° 165°120°

Muscat

ghan

hapurMerv Schar-i-Sabz

BukharaSamarkand Kashgar

Lahore

Delhi

Kambaya

Thana

Kulum Mali

TashkentChiwa

Herat

Balkh

Goa(Portugal)

Colombo(Portugal)

Malacca(Portugal)

Taiwan

Philippine

Islands

Borneo

Ceylon

New Guinea

Timor

(Port.)

Sumatra

Java

agascar

ACEH

AV I DP I R E

MAUT

AHRA

ARRA

OMAN

M U G H A L E M

P I RE

ISLA

MIC

AND HINDU STATES

RAJPUTANA

T I B E T

BENGAL

KOREA

M I N GC H I N E S EE M P I R E

ORISSA

SAYLAN

PEGU

LAOS

CAMBODIA

MALACCA

BURMESEKINGDOMS

VIJAYANAGARA

ANN

AM

AY

UT

TH

AYA

J A P AN

MALAYAN ISLAMIC STATES

K A L M Y K S

S I B I R T A T A R S

S I B E R I A N R E I N D E E R H E R D E R S

A I S

T UR

KO

MA N S

U Z B E K S

K I R G H I Z

E U R A S I A N S T E P P E A N D D E S E R T N O M A D S M O N G O L S

A U S T R A L I A NA B O R I G I N A L

H U N T E R - G A T H E R E R S

AINU HUNTER-GATHERERS

I N D I A N O C E A N

P A C I F I C O C E A N

Trade Routes and Empiresc. 1500

Empires Routes

Portuguese

Spanish

State society

Other

Trading routes

Gold trade

Silk road

N

H A of Islam Spreads 08–14 21/5/04 9:57 AM Page 55

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

Crusader Kingdoms

56

35°

35°

1110

0 50 km

0 50 miles

N

1097

1097

1109

1103

11091102

1102

1109

11041104

1110

1110

1124

1104

1099

1101

1101

1099

Sis

MarashBehesni

Samosata

Rancular

SarujTurbessel

Aintab

Ravendam

Asas

AleppoKafrTab

Cerep

Antioch

St. Simeon

Latakia

MasyafRafaniyan

Homs

Baalbek

Limassol

Famagusta

Nicosia

Damascus

Jabala

Alexandretta

Gargar

AdanaTarsus

Valania

Maraclea

Tortosa

Tripoli

BotronGibelet

Beirut

Sidon

Tyre

Acre

Haifa

Caesarea

Arsur

Jaffa

Ascalon

GazaDarum

Segor

Montréal

Aila

Krak desMoabites

as-Salt

Jerusalem

Nablus

Tiberias

Hebron

Dead

Sea

Lake

Tiberias

Jo

rd

an

Litani

Oro

ntes

Eu

phrates

M e d i t e r r a n e a n

S e a

S i n a i

D e s e r t

FATIMIDCALIPHATE KINGDOM OF

JERUSALEM

Count

y ofT

ripol

i

Prin

cipa

lity

ofAntio

ch

County

of

Edessa

EMIRATEOF

DAMASCUS

Cil ic ia

BYZANTINE EMPIRE

Cyprus

S A L J U Q S O F R U M

GREAT

SALJUQ

EMPIRE

Christian CrusadesFirst Crusade, 1099–1100

Territory held by Crusaders to1100

Crusaders’ gains, 1100–44

Crusaders’ losses, 1144–45

Muslim territory

Other Christian territory

Norwegian Crusade, 1107–40

Crusades of Pope Calixtus II, 1122–26

Crusade of 1128–29

Date of Crusaders’ conquest

Maximum range of Egyptian warfleet

Prevailing wind

The Crusades occurred at a time ofIslamic disunity and retreat.

There were Christianadvances in Spain—

Toledo fell in 1085—and in Sicily, whichthe Normans con-quered in 1091–92.

Economically, thedecline of the Abbasid

caliphate and the Saljuq inva-sions had diverted the East Asian

trade away from Baghdad andConstantinople. Sending it through Egypt

and into the hands of Italian merchant shipping, itenriched the Italian cities. Harassed by Muslimpirates, Pisa and Genoa destroyed Mahdia, the polit-ical and commercial capital of Muslim North Africain 1087. The fluctuating frontiers between theByzantine and Fatimid Empires allowed the cities ofSyria and Palestine considerable autonomy, making itdifficult for them to unite against the invaders. Thedefeat of the Byzantine army at Manzikert in 1071opened the rich Anatolian pastures to migration bybands of Oghuz Turks, not all of them under Saljuqcontrol. Alarmed at the danger to Christendomposed by the Turks as well as by Norman attacks onByzantine lands in Italy, Pope Urban II launched aHoly War for the defense and unity of Christendom.The movement was stimulated by charismatic, pop-ulist preachers such as Peter the Hermit and by thegrowing popularity of the pilgrimage to Jerusalem asa way of earning spiritual merit or as an act of atone-ment for sins such as murder.

In the event, the knights from the Latin West,(including England, Scandinavia, Germany, Italy,and France) supported by ragtag armies of towns-folk and peasants lured by the promise of indul-gences, were not wholly interested in savingChristendom by helping their Orthodox brethren.(They actually sacked Constantinople in 1204,inflicting untold damage on the capital of EasternChristianity.) They wanted to carve out feudal

H A of Islam Spreads 15–22 21/5/04 9:47 AM Page 56

CRUSADER KINGDOMS

57

35°

35°

0 50 km

0 50 miles

N

County of

Tripoli

Sis

Mamistra

Aleppo

Apamea

TrapezacGaston

Hamah

Halba

Shaizar

AntiochCursat

Saone

St. Simeon

Latakia

Masyaf

Coible

Homs

Gibelcar

Krak des Chevaliers

Baalbek

BelinasChastel Neuf

Safad (Saphet)

Limassol

Famagusta

GastriaNicosia

Kyrenia

Damascus

Jabala

Alexandretta

Tarsus

Corycus

Maraclea

Tortosa

Chastel BlancColiat

Villejargon

Ruad

TripoliNephin

Aila

Tiberias

Margat

BotronGibelet

Beirut

Sidon

BelfortTyre

ToronMontfort

Tibnin

Acre

Nazareth

Belvoir

JeninBethsan

HaifaChâteau Pèlerin

CaesareaMeggido

Zir’in

Caco

Arsur

Jaffa

AscalonBethleem

GazaDarum

Montréal

Kerak(Krak desMoabites)

JerusalemJericho

Nablus

al-Awja

HebronDead

Sea

L. Tiberias

Syrian

Gates

Jacob’s Ford

Jisr al-Majami

Jo

rd

an

Litani

Oro

ntes

M e d i t e r r a n e a n

S e a

KINGDOM

OF

JERUSALEM

ANTI

LEBANON

KINGDOM

OF CYPRUS

GALILEE

SAMARIA

SALJUQS SULTANATE OF KONYA

SYRIA

K I N G D O M

OF

A R M E N I A

Principality of Antioch

Hammon

MA

M

L

U

K

S

U

LT

AN

AT

E

Mamluk tributary from 1260

1270 Mamluk fleetfounders off Limassol

Christian until 1302

from Dam

ietta

The Mamluk conquestof the coast1263–1291

Muslim conquests1263–1271

Muslim conquests1285–1290

Muslim conquests, 1291

Christian territoryafter 1291

Castle

Entry of the Crusaders into Damietta, Egypt, in June 1249.

After losing Jerusalem, the Crusaders made several attacks

on Egypt in the hope of regaining territory in the Holy

Land. From an illuminated manuscript painted in Acre

shortly after 1277. This school of illuminators was probably

founded by Louis IX during his stay in Palestine, 1250–54.

domains in the well-watered lands of theMediterranean littoral. The remarkable success ofthe First Crusade, culminating in the capture ofJerusalem from the Fatimids in 1099, contained theseeds of the Byzantine Empire’s eventual demise.The need to support the intrusive Latin states whoseexistence depended on Muslim disunity overrodethe need to maintain Byzantium’s eastern frontiers.For the most part the Franks, as the invaders wereknown, were hated as oppressors by Muslims andlocal Christians alike—not to mention the Jews,who lost the protection they had enjoyed underMuslim rule, and were massacred in Palestine asthey had been in Europe. Far from checking theTurkish advance on Christian domains, theCrusaders’ attacks on Byzantium helped to destroythe only polity that could have prevented it. Thoughthe Latin kingdoms were eventually eliminated,their existence damaged the previously good rela-tions that had existed between the eastern churches,their Muslim protectors, and local Islamic commu-nities, leaving a legacy of mistrust of the West thathas lasted to the present.

H A of Islam Spreads 15–22 21/5/04 9:47 AM Page 57

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

Sufi Orders 1100–1900

The Sufi orders were and remain the mostimportant organized expression of Islamicspirituality. The word Sufism (from theArabic Sufi, one who wears wool), isthought to derive from the coarse woolengarments worn by early Muslim asceticswho sought to develop an inner spirituality.This was sometimes expressed as the questfor union with God and it set them apartfrom believers who were content with theformal observance of Islamic law and ritual.Early adepts, sometimes known as “drunk-en” Sufis, cultivated mental states thatwould lead them to experience annihilationof the self in the divine presence. The desirefor ecstatic union with the divine, and thepain of separation from it, is the theme ofmuch Sufi poetry. Drunken Sufism some-times displayed itself in extravagant displaysaimed at demonstrating contempt for theflesh, such as piercing the body with ironrings or handling dangerous animals. SoberSufism—exemplified in the teachings of AbuHamid al-Ghazali (d. 1111)—insisted thatthe path to spiritual fulfillment lay firmlywithin the boundaries of normative legaland ritual practice.

Present from the beginnings of Islam, allSufi movements would claim to have theirorigins in the religious experience ofMuhammad and his closest CompanionsAbn Bakr and Ali. Organized Sufism, how-ever, was consolidated in the twelfth andthirteenth centuries, gaining ground rapidlyin Asia in the aftermath of the Mongol invasions, when the institutional fabric ofMuslim life was severely dislocated.Internally the Sufi orders cemented thesociopolitical order by providing rulers withpopular sources of religious legitimacy, sup-plementing the formal authority conferredby the ulama. Many rulers were patrons ofSufi orders and placed themselves under the

spiritual guidance of Sufi masters fromwhose baraka (blessedness or charismaticspiritual power) they derived benefit. Furtherafield the Sufi orders were instrumental inspreading Islam in peripheral regions such asthe Malay archipelago, Central Asia, andSubsaharan Africa. Access to the normative,textual Islam of the ulama, based on theKoran, hadith, fiqh (jurisprudence), andtafsir (hermeneutics), required knowledge ofArabic, restricting its appeal. The Sufishaikhs and pirs, however, were adept atspiritual improvisation and were able to con-vey Islamic teachings verbally, using locallanguages. The esoteric Sufi rituals, knownas dhikrs (ceremonies held in remembranceof God), allowed them to develop spiritualtechniques that meshed with practicesderived from non-Islamic traditions such asritual dances or controlled yoga-style breath-ing practiced in India. In Africa Sufis andMarabouts (from the Arabic murabit) wereable to propagate Islam by assimilating localdeities or spirits to the numinous forces suchas djinns and angels referred to in the Koran.Ancestor cults could be accommodated byadding local kinship structures onto Arablineages or Sufi silsilas, chains of spiritualauthority linking the shaikhs and Maraboutsto the Prophet and his Companions. Inperipheral regions such as the High Atlasthese silsilas provided a quasi-constitutionalframework through which segmentary tribalgroups achieved a basic minimum of cooper-ation, with leaders of saintly families actingas arbiters in intertribal conflicts. In all partsof the Muslim world Sufi holy men (andoccasionally women) became the objects ofpopular veneration. In due course such cultsbecame the targets of reformers who regard-ed the excessive devotion given to saintlymediators as a violation of the Islamic pro-hibition on idolatry.

58

H A of Islam Spreads 15–22 21/5/04 9:47 AM Page 58

SUFI ORDERS 1100–1900

A group of Mevlevi Sufis or

dervishes (mendicants)

perform their traditional

whirling ritual. The

“dance,” a dhikr, or

“remembrance of God,”

brings the adept closer to

the divine, balancing

spiritual ecstasy with

formal discipline. The

Mevlevi order was founded

by Jalal al-Din Rumi

(1207–73), the famous Sufi

poet and mystic.

59

H A of Islam Spreads 15–22 21/5/04 9:48 AM Page 59

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

In contrast to the ulama, who tended toreflect the consensus of the learned, the Sufitariqas developed elaborate hierarchicalorganizations with spiritual power concen-trated into the hands of the leader—knownvariously as the shaikh, murshid, or pir.Murids (members or aspirants) were boundby the baya, oath of allegiance, to the leaderor murshid who headed a hierarchy of rankswithin the order based on ascending spiritu-al stages. Although the systems varied con-siderably, with some tariqas being moreexclusive and tightly controlled than others,the combination of devotion to the leaderand rankings within the organization madeit possible for the tariqas to convert them-selves into formidable fighting forces. In theCaucasus the Imam Shamil waged his cam-paign against the Russians from 1834 to 1839under the spiritual authority of his murshidand father-in-law Sayyid Jamal al-Din al-Ghazi-Ghumuqi, shaikh of the Khalidiyyabranch of the Naqshbandiyya. In NorthAfrica Abd al-Qadir, a shaikh of theQadiriyya, took the lead in the struggleagainst the French; in Cyrenaica theSanusiyya were at the forefront of resistanceagainst the Italian occupiers. In other region-al contexts, however, the tariqas ran with theflow of colonial power. In Morocco duringthe late nineteenth and early twentieth cen-turies the influential Tijaniya order acceptedlavish subsidies from the French, who usedthe order to further their colonial interests.In Senegal the Muridiya order founded byAmadu Bamba (c. 1850–1927) turned awayfrom resistance to develop a work ethicbased on peanut cultivation that broughteconomic stability to the country under theFrench-dominated regime.

The tariqas, in many cases, provided theleadership for the reform and revival move-ments that swept through the Islamic world

in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.The term “neo-Sufism” is sometimes appliedto movements that strive to balance “out-ward” political activity with “inner” spiritu-al experience, with the structure of thetariqa providing the vehicle for the transmis-sion and implementation of ideas. A well-known example is the Nurculuk movementin Turkey founded by Said Nursi (1876–1960). A Naqshbandi-trained preacher andwriter, he sought to revitalize Islamicthought by integrating science, tradition,theology, and mysticism in a new version ofthe Naqshbandi slogan of “the hand turnedto work and the heart turned to God.” Incontrast to the Muslim Brotherhood inEgypt, which was also influenced by Sufiideas, the movement works with the grain ofTurkey’s secular state.

In recent decades Sufi ideas and devotion-al practices have come under attack from twoquarters—modernists, who regard Sufism asretrograde, and Wahhabi-inspired Islamists,who have taken over many Islamic insitutionswith financial support from Saudi Arabiaand other oil-rich countries. Though the twoagendas are somewhat different, the conse-quences are the same. Modernists, adaptingthe ideas of the European Enlightenment,began with demands for a “rational” reli-gion. They ended by turning against religionaltogether. The Islamists, reacting against themodernists, are caught in the same “all-or-nothing” attitudes.

Sufism occupies the middle groundbetween modernism and fundamentalism,enabling religion to accommodate itself tochanging social conditions. Without the medi-ating, adaptive power of Sufism, it is unlikelythat the advocates of political Islam (or“Islamism”) will succeed in accommodatingthe variegated strands of Islam within the“restored” Islamic order that they seek.

60

H A of Islam Spreads 15–22 21/5/04 9:48 AM Page 60

SUFI ORDERS 1100–1900

61

15°

30°

45°

60°900°75°60°45°

30°15°15° 0°

Tropic of Cancer

RIFAIYA

Alwaiya

Tiemcen

Tanta

Konya

Humalthira

Umm Abida

Baghdad

Turkestan

Bukhara

Ajmer

Khiva

Arabian Sea

I N D I A N O C E A N

Bay of

Bengal

Black Sea

Caspian

Sea

Aral

Sea

Laka Balkhash

Red

Sea

Persia

n

Gu

lf

M e d i te

rra

ne

an

S e a

SHADHILIYYA

BADAWIYYA

QADIRIYYA

SUHRAWARDIYYA

KUBRAWIYYA

NAQSHBANDIYYA

YASAWIYYA

CHISHTIYYA

MAWLAWIYYA

RIFAIYYA

Shuaibiyya

Dasuqiyya

Wafaiyya

Sadiyya

Sayyadiyya

Safawiyya RukniyyaHaidariyya

Ightishashiyya

Dhahabiyya

FirdawsiyaShaltariyya

AshtalfiyyaHamadaniyya

Nurbakshiyya

AlwaniyyaAlwaiyya

Nimatailahiyya

Yunusiyya

KhalwatiyyaShamsiyya

Bektashiyya

Sanhajiyya

HahiyyaHazmiriyya

Sufi Orders 1145–1389

Shrine of founding saint of most important Orders

Egyptian and North African tradition derived from Iraqi tradition

Iraqi tradition from al-Junaid

Other Orders of importance in 1500, located where they were most prominent

Major Order in development of institutional Sufism. All subsequent Orderstrace their lineage back to one or more of these Orders. Located where theyfirst developed, although by 1500 they had spread widely beyond theseregions except for Mawlawiyya, Qadiriyya, and Chishtiyya

Iranian and Central Asian traditions from al-Junaid and al-Bistami

((

Order Founding Saint Site Location Suhrawardiyya Shihab al-din Abu Hafs Umar (1145–1234) Baghdad

Rifaiyya Ahmad ibn Ali al-Rifai (1106–82) Umm Abida

Qadiriyya Abd al-Qadir al-Jifani (1077–1106) Baghdad

Shadhiliyya Abu Madyan Shuaib (1126–97) Tiemcan

Abul Hasan Ali al-Shadhili (1196–1258) Pupil of a pupil of Abu Madyan who gave his name to the Order

Badawiyya Ahmad al-Badawi (1199–1276) Tanta

Kubrawiyya Najm al-din Kubra (1145–1221) Khiva

Yasawiyya Ahmad ibn Ibrahim ibn Ali of Yasi (d. 1166) Turkestan

Mawalawiyya Jalal al-din Rumi (1207–73) Konya

Naqshbandiyya Muhammad Baha al-din al-Naqshbandi (1318–89) Bukhara Abd al-Khaliq al-Ghujdawani (d. 1220) is regarded as the first organizer of the Order

Chishtiyya Muin al-din Hasan Chishti (1142–1236) Ajmer

0 200 km20

00 200 miles

NNN

H A of Islam Spreads 15–22 21/5/04 9:48 AM Page 61

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

Ayyubids and Mamluks

Saladin, depicted here as the

archetypically heroic Saracen by

Gustave Doré (1884), was

equally admired by the Muslims

and his Crusader foes for his

sense of honor and humanity.

His reputation in the West was

enhanced by the popularity of

Sir Walter Scott’s novel The

Talisman (1825).

Having established themselves in a fragment-ed part-Muslim world, the Crusader king-doms eventually stimulated a unitedresponse. The revival can be traced to theseizure of Aleppo by the Saljuq governor ofMosul, Zangi, in 1128. His son Nur al-Din,who ruled in Damascus from 1154 to 1174,consolidated his power in Syria and Meso-potamia, sending his Kurdish general Salahal-Din (Saladin) to take control of Egypt in1169. Two years later Saladin assumed powersymbolically by deposing the last of the

Fatimid caliphs. He and his descendants, theAyyubids, broadened the appeal of Sunnismin Egypt by allowing scholars from the differ-ent legal schools to work alongside eachother, while popular devotion to the House ofAli was permitted at the mosque of Hussein,where the martyr’s head is buried. From EgyptSaladin conquered Syria and upper Meso-potamia, restoring a unified state in the Eastfor the first time since the early Abbasids. In1187 he crowned his achievement by takingJerusalem from the Franks.

Saladin’s Ayyubid dynasty, however, was notto endure. In 1250 the last Ayyubid sultan waskilled by his Turkish mamluk soldiers. Theyproclaimed their own general sultan, initiatingmore than two and a half centuries of mamlukrule. Ten years later the brilliant mamluk gen-eral Baybars defeated the Mongol invaders atAyn Jalut in Syria. By 1291 his successors hadreunited Syria, expelled the last Crusaders, andexpanded the boundaries of their empire intothe upper Euphrates valley and Armenia. Themamluks kept their Turkish names and theexclusive right to ride horses and to own othermamluks as slaves. For the most part they mar-ried the female slaves who had been importedwith them. If they married local women ortook on Muslim-Arab names, they lost casteamong themselves. When the supply ofKipchak Turkish slaves began to run out theKipchak mamluks (known as Bahris) werereplaced by Circassians (known as Burjis).Though most of the sultans tried to establishdynasties, their efforts were rarely successful,since minors or weaklings were invariablyousted by more powerful rivals. Neverthelessthey demonstrated their devotion to Islam bypatronizing scholarship and the Sufi orders,and by the magnificent buildings, includingmosques, seminaries, and inns, which they lav-ished on Cairo in the distinct and ornate stylethat carries their name.

62

H A of Islam Spreads 15–22 21/5/04 9:48 AM Page 62

AYYUBIDS AND MAMLUKS

63

15°

20°

25°

30°

35°

40°

25° 30° 35° 40° 45° 50°B l a c k S e a

C a s p i a n

S e a

Pe

rsi

an

Gu

lf

R

e

d

S

e

a

Haly

s

Euphrates

Tigris

TigrisEuphrate s

N

ile

Wh

ite

N

ile

Sana

Sada

MeccaJedda

Yenbo

Suakin

Aydhab

Massawa

Basra

Alamut

Hamadan

Kermanshah

Tabriz

Maragha

Constantinople

Nicaea

Myriokephalon

Adrianople

Smyrna

Ephesus

Adalia

Iconium(Konya)

Caesarea(Kayseri)

Amasia(Amasya)

Sebastia(Sivas)

Trebizond

Melitene (Malatya)

Edessa

MarasTarsus

AntiochAleppo

RaqqaSinjar

Mayyafariqin

Mosul

Tiflis

Shemakha

Baghdad

Hilla

Kufa

Hamah

HomsMasyaf

Damascus

Tripoli

Jerusalem

Rama

AcreHattin

JaffaAscalon

Medina

Alexandria

Cairo

Damietta

Qus

Aswan

Ibrim

Alwa

Limassol

B Y Z A N T I N E

E M P I R E

S Y R I A

H E J A Z

E G Y P T

N U B I A

Y E M E N

A R A B I A

I R A Q

I R A N

AZERBAIJAN

DIYARBAKIR

C Y P R U S

SELJUQS OF RUM

ARMENIA

C R E T E

G E O R GI A

Me d i t e r r a n e a n S e

a

T U R K O M A N S KU

R

DS

ARMENIANS

ISMAILIS

ISMAILIS

BE

DO

UI

N

S

1128 Zangitakes Aleppo

1144 Zangitakes Edessa

1127 Zangi appointedatabeg of Mosul1171 Mosul recognizessuzerainty of Nur al-Din

1154 Nur al-Dintakes Damascus

1169–1171 Saladin overthrowsFatimid caliphate

Dahlak

Islands

0 100 km

0 100 miles

N

Territory of Zangi, c.1145

Territory of Nur al-Din, c.1174

Other Muslim territory, c.1174

Christian territory, c.1174

Seat of caliphate (Abbasid)

Seat of caliphate (Fatimid)

The Muslim Near East 1127–1174

H A of Islam Spreads 15–22 21/5/04 9:48 AM Page 63

clear rules of succession. The descendants ofGhenghis Khan competed for his legacy, creatingseveral independent, sometimes mutually hostile,states. They included present-day Mongolia,northern China, the realm of the Golden Horde(centered in the Volga basin), the ChaghatayKhanate in the Oxus (Amu Darya) region,and the Ilkhan dynasty, which invadedIran and destroyed Saljuq power inAnatolia.

The Mongols were notjust ruthless and violentnomads. Their sys-tem of communi-

Unlike the deserts of Arabia the steppelands ofinner Asia are comparatively well watered, withextensive grazing for horses. The horsebacknomads who dwelt there were organized alongsimilar lines to the Arabs in patrilineal tribal for-mations. Like the Arab and Turkish nomads theywere able to construct large federations for suc-cessful raids on cities and areas of cultivation,creating substantial empires under formidable

leaders: Attila, whoravaged central Europein the fifth centurywith his Huns, is awell-known example.The Chinese emperorsunderstood the dan-gers of these large for-mations of horse-borne invaders, andused their forces tobreak them up when-ever strong enough todo so. The Great Wallhad been built as adefensible barrier tokeep them out.

Early in the thir-teenth century anew formationd e v e l o p e damong theMongols in

a remote region bordering the Siberianforests under Ghenghis Khan (c. 1162–1227).A clever and ruthless leader, he took command ofa wide grouping of tribes from about 1206. Bythe time of his death he had dominated most ofnorthern China and his armies had reached theshores of the Caspian. Divided between his sons,the empire continued to expand, overwhelmingthe rest of northern China and sweeping througheastern Europe as far as Germany. As with othernomadic formations, however, there were no

30°

N

Warsaw

Odessa

Constantinople

Kiev

Novgorod

Minsk

MoscowRyazan

Tiflis Derbent

Tabriz

DamascusCairo

AlexandriaAleppo

Qazvin

Baghdad

Alamut

Rai

Qom

Mosul

N

Old Serai

Vlad

Yaroslavl

Riga

Eu

ph

rates

Nile

Vo

lga

Legnica

1241Legnica

1241

Mohi1241

Ain Jalut1260

SALJUQ TURKS

Bla

ck S

ea

Arabian

Sea

Persian

Gulf

Red

Sea

Ar

ab

ia

RUSSIAN PRINCIPALITIES

HUN

GARY

POLAN

D

BYZ

AN

TIN

EEM

PIRE

AZERBAIJAN

GEORGIA

AYYUBID SULTANATE

EM

PIR

EO

FT

HE

KH

WA

RI Z

MS

HA

H

OM

AN

ABBASIDCALIPHATE

Casp

ian

Sea

G O L D

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

The Mongol Invasion

Ghenghis Khan in state

surrounded by his attendants.

However luxurious his court, as

shown by this lavishly decorated

yurt, the Great Khan remained a

nomad to the end of his life.

64

H A of Islam Spreads 15–22 21/5/04 9:48 AM Page 64

cations and knowledge of the latest warfaretechniques were sophisticated enough to enablethem to wreak unprecedented levels of destruc-tion. In the initial conquests, entire populationsof cities were massacred, without regard to ageor gender. Buildings were leveled, rotting headsstacked in gruesome pyramids. Mongol crueltywas a form of psychological warfare designed tosend the message that resistance was useless. As

a strategy, terror was highly effective: theamirs who governed in the Iranian high-

lands hastened to demonstratetheir homage. The local

bureaucrats and

families of notables actively collaborated, andeven encouraged attacks on their Muslim ene-mies in order to gain favor with the conquerors.Members of the ulama rose to prominence andpower. For instance, the Sunni historian al-Juvaini accompanied the Mongol army underthe warlord Hulegu to Alamut, where the lastIsmaili stronghold to survive the fall of theFatimids was destroyed in 1256. After the con-quest of Baghdad two years later, al-Juvainibecame its governor. Within a few generationsthe western Mongols had converted to Islam,opening a brilliant new era in the story ofits development.

60°

140°

130°

120°

110°

100°90°80°

70°

60°

50°

40°

30°

50°

40°

30°

Tropic of Cancer

OIROTS

Novgorod

sk

MoscowRyazan

Derbent

n

Alamut

Rai

Qom

HeratKabul

Balkh

Ghazni

Nishapur

Old Serai

Bukhara SamarkandKashgar

Kokend

Otrar

TashkentBalasaghun

Lhasa

Hanoi

Daluo

Canton

(Guangzhou)

Kaifeng

Hanchou

Hsian

Chengdu

Pingyang

Taiyuan

Datong

Jining

Zaichou

Ningxia

Peking

(Beijing)

Karakorum

Kaesong

Tonggyong

Liaoyang

Delhi

Vladimir

Yaroslavl

Bulgar

Riga

Am

u Darya

Vo

lga

Irtysh

Yenisey

Lena

Am

ur

Ch

ang

Jia

ng

Huang

Ho

Ganges

Indus

NAIMANS

OIROTS

BURYATS

MERKITS

KERAITS

MONGOLSTARTARS

capital from 1235

1226

Arabian

Sea

Bay of Bengal

East

Chin

a

Sea

Yell

ow

Sea

Sea

of

Japan

Sea

of

O

kkhotsk

lf

IPALITIES

BAIJANTRANSOXIA

NA

LADAKH

CHAGATAIKHANATE

KASHMIR

GUJERAT

YADAVABENGAL

ASSAM

CHINEMPIRE

S U N G E M P I R E

M O N G O L I A

N I X I A E M P I R E

C HI

NA

ORISSA

SULTANATE OF DELHI

T I B E T

EM

PIR

EO

FT

HE

KH

WA

RI Z

MS

HA

H

OM

AN

D

E

Casp

ian

Sea

Aral

Sea

Mongol Invasions 1206–59

Original tribe

City sacked by Mongols

Homeland of the Mongol tribes

Mongol Empire, 1206

Mongol Empire, 1236

Mongol Empire, 1259

Area paying tribute or underloose Mongol control

Mongol campaign

G O L D E NH

OR

DE

THE MONGOL INVASION

65

H A of Islam Spreads 15–22 21/5/04 9:48 AM Page 65

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

Maghreb and Spain 650–1485

66

40°

10° 10° 20°0°

30°

20°

Tropic of Cancer

0 300 km

0 300 miles

Lyon

Toulouse

Bordeaux

Limoges

FrejusNice

Marseille

Barcelona

Palma

Zaragoza

SantanderOviedo

Madrid

ToledoLisbon

Oporto

La Coruna

Cordoba

Granada

GibraltarTangier

Cádiz

Wargla

El Galsa

In Saleh

Tahant

Bône

Tunis

Tripoli

MisurataAjd

Garama

Ghat

Murzuk

Zawilah

Ancona

Rome

Taranto

Florence

Genoa

Turin Venice

Cartagena

Valencia

MeknèsFes

Taza

Ebro

Tagus

Tiber

Po

Rh

ôn

e

Adria

tic

Sea

M

e

di

t

e

A T L A N T I C

O C E A N

Corsica

Sardinia

Sicily

B a l e a r i cIs

la

nd

s

Tourse

732

721

718

698683

712

713

711

711

712

713

711

698 652–68

from 711

from 711

670

647

F R A N K I S H E M P I R E

A Q U I T A I N ECANTABRIANS

A V A R E M P

UM

AY

YA

DC

A L P H A T E

BY

KIN

GD

OM

O

F

TH

E

LOM

BAR DS

Sa

ha

r aD e s e r t

B E R B E RS

BASQUES B

Muslim conquests in NorthAfrica and Europe634 to 732

Conquests under Muhammad

By 644

By 720

Major Muslim campaign

Muslim raids

Further campaigns

Muslim victory

Muslim defeat

Trans-Saharan trade routes

~

Kairouan

Ghadamés

Poitiers

Naples

Sijilmasa

Aghmat

Gabès

H A of Islam Spreads 15–22 21/5/04 9:48 AM Page 66

MAGHREB AND SPAIN 650–1485

67

20° 30° 40°

N

Suakin

Konya

Hamadan

Basra

Resht

Baku

Ajdabiya

Aidnab

Awjilah

Kuffra

al Minya

al Faiyum

TantaAlexandria

Luxor

Jedda Mecca

Gaza

Jerusalem

Haifa

DamascusBeirut

TripoliHoms

Hama

Aleppo

Adana

Candia

Athens

Salonika

Mosul

Constantinople

al-Fustat(Cairo)al Giza

N

il

e

W

adi

asSub

ai

Euphrates

Danu

be

Tigris

Qu

izil Uzun

Wadi Ranya

W

R

e

d

S

e

a

B l a c k S e a

Aegean

Sea

t

e r r a n e a nS

ea

Crete

Cyprus

646

642

716

670–77

640644

by 644

by 661B U L G A R I A

A R E M P I R E

Under Muhammad

N U B I A N S

BY Z A N T I N

E

EM

PI

R

E

LAZICA

A R A B I A

E g y p t

to Dongola652

Ta

ur

us

Mt s

C a u c a s u sM

ts

A n a t o l i a

B a l k a n s

Smyrna

Varna

Medinaal Kharga

Aswan

H A of Islam Spreads 15–22 21/5/04 9:48 AM Page 67

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

Al-Andalus is the Arabic name for territories

in the Iberian Peninsula that came under

Muslim rule and influence for nearly 800

years. The first Muslim contact with the

region came in 711. A Muslim army crossed

the Straits of Gibraltar from North Africa

and by 716 a number of cities and kingdoms

had been defeated. The nature and extent of

Muslim rule in the area was dramatically

affected by the collapse of the Damascus-

based Umayyad dynasty in 750. A member of

the family fled to Spain, becoming a governor

before initiating a new Umayyad dynasty,

which eventually declared Iberia and North

Africa as a separate caliphate.

Inspired by a more orthodox vision of

Muslim rule, the two movements arriving in

North Africa established control over the

region in the eleventh and twelfth centuries.

They were the Almoravids (1056–1147) and

the Almohads (1130–1269). By the end of

Almohad rule, various Christian rulers had

united to begin the period of reconquista.

Except for the rule of the Nasrids in Granada

until 1492, most of the Iberian Peninsula was

lost to Muslim authority.

After the 1492 defeat of Granada, most

Muslims and Jews fled to

North Africa to avoid the

Inquisition. Some submitted

and converted to Christianity,

while a small number were

allowed to retain their faith,

but under much more con-

strained circumstances. By the

sixteenth century, however, the

process of conversion and

expulsion of Muslims was

almost complete and the pres-

ence of Islam in the region

remained only through cultural

traces.

The civilization engendered

in Muslim Andalusia was

linked to the broader develop-

ments in the Middle East and

North Africa, but was distinc-

tive in several respects. The art

and architecture associated

with the cities of Córdoba,

Granada, Seville, and Toledo

remain as landmarks. The literary heritage

that flowered in the later period was also dis-

tinctive in its contribution to Romance litera-

ture. But perhaps the most enduring legacies

were reflected in the philosophical, theologi-

cal, and legal writings of Muslims and Jews,

which would exercise a great influence on

subsequent Latin scholasticism in Europe.

Among this tradition’s most outstanding

68

42°

40°

38°

36°

3°3°6°

0 100 km

0 100 miles

Granada

N

Santiago de Compostela

OviedoBilbao

Pamplona

Saragossa

ToledoValencia

Alicante

Murcia

Mertola

Córdoba

Lucena

Málaga

Gibraltar

Cádiz

NieblaSeville Moron

Ronda

Granada

Cartagena

BarcelonaVich

Oporto

MeridaBadajoz

San Marcosde León

Zamora

Ecija

Lisbon

Salamanca

L E Ó N

F R A N C E

F A T I M I D S

NAVARRE ARAGON BARCELONA

Vizcaya GuipuzcoaCa

st

il

e

1028–35 ruled by Castile

Saragossa

AsSahla

Alpuente

a l - A n d a l u sB a d a j o z

CórdobaGranada

Almería

S e v i l l e

BeniMuzain Bahris

M á l a

ga

V a l e nc

i a

D e n i a

Murcia M e d i t e r r a n e a n S e a

B a l e a r i cI s l a n d s

Islamic Spain c. 1030

Christian states

Caliphate of Córdoba to 1031

Islamic kingdoms after 1031

Archdiocese

Important Jewish community

Christian

Population

Mostly Berber and converts

Mostly Arab

H A of Islam Spreads 15–22 21/5/04 9:48 AM Page 68

MAGHREB AND SPAIN 650–1485

69

R.E

bro

R.M

iño

R. Douro

R.T

a

gus

R. G

uadia

na

R

.G

uadalq

uivir

Chelif

Ba

lea

ric

Isla

nd

s

SevilleGranada

Alcalá de los Gazules

Cote

Morón

Osuna

Estepa

Lora

Setefilla

Usagre

Llerena

Hornachos

Alange

Montánchez

Belver

Benameji

Alcaudete

Coruche

Setúbal

Santiagode Cacem

Albufeira Cacela

Serpa

Moura

Marachique

Mértola

Aljustrel

PalmelaAlmada

Evora

Lisbon

Martos

Baeza

Aledo

RicoteCieza

Peñiscola

Tarragona

Saragossa

Burgos

Santiago de Compostella

BéteraValencia

Sueca

Torrente Silla

MontielAlmagro

Soure

Alconétar

Castronuño

Castrotorafe

Penausende

ToledoMora

Ocaña

Alcázar de San Juan

Anna

Enguera

Olocau

Libros

Villel

AlfambraCulla

Onda

Pulpis

BelchiteCaspe

Mallén

Consuegra

Calatravala Vieja

MalagónAlhambra

Socovos

CeheginCaravaca

Moratalla

YesteSegura

Medina Sidonia

Vejer

CeutaTangier

1275Muslim retaken

G a l i c i a

L e ó n

A s t u r i a s VizcayaGuipuzcoa

O l d

C a s t i l e

N e w C a s t i l e

G R A N A D A

K I N G D O M

O F

P O R T U G A L

C A S T I L E

S U L T A N A T E O F M O R O C C O

A n d a l u s i a

M u r c i a

Valencia

A r a g ó nC a t a l o ñ a

KINGDOM OF

NAVARRE

K I N G D O M O F A R A G Ó N

F R A N C E

Roussi l lon

Cerdagne

Me

di

te

rr

an

e

a

n

S

e

a

B a y o f B i s c a y

40°

42°

38°

36°

0°3°6°9° 3°

The ChristianReconquest

1080

Date of reconquest

1130121012501275

Muslim domination

Military orders

Archdiocese

Hospital

Santiago

CaltravaAlcántraAvis

Cristo

Montesa0 100 km

0 100 miles

N

reference points were Ibn Rushd (also

known as Averroës), who died in 1198 and

Ibn Arabi (d. 1240), who wrote many mysti-

cal works that influenced succeeding gener-

ations. The great Jewish thinker Moses

Maimonides (d. 1204) also worked in this

most intellectually invigorating and cultur-

ally resplendent milieu.

The court of the lions in the

Alhambra palace in Granada.

The kingdom of Granada, the

last Islamic outpost in Western

Europe, held out for 250 years in

the face of the Christian

Reconquista. Despite the

external pressures, under the

Nasrid dynasty it remained a

sophisticated and tolerant center

where Islamic and Western

cultures were blended in a

brilliant, creative synthesis.

H A of Islam Spreads 15–22 21/5/04 9:48 AM Page 69

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

Subsaharan Africa—East

The southernmost outpost of

Dar al-Islam until modern times,

Kilwa had a population of about

10,000 in 1505, when the

Portuguese took the island by

storm. The first Muslim

occupants were mariners and

merchants from the Persian Gulf

who settled around AD 800.

From the time of the ancient pharaohs the

Upper Nile regions of East Africa had belonged

to the same cultural universe as Egypt. Ethiopia

was Christianized by Coptic missionaries from

the fourth century, and according to the earliest

Islamic sources, the Christian Negus gave

refuge to a group of persecuted Muslims from

Mecca even before the Hijra. The Arab con-

querors of Egypt reached Aswan in 641 and for

centuries continued to move southward, giving

the Upper Nile region its predominantly Arabic

character. The Funj sultanate, which main-

tained a monopoly on the gold trade that last-

ed until about 1700, was created by herders

moving downstream along the Blue Nile. It

consolidated the Arabic influence by attracting

legal scholars and holy men (known locally as

faqis) from Egypt, the Maghreb, and Arabia.

The Arab character of East African Islam

was reinforced by the proximity of the coastal

regions to the Hejaz and Yemen. From an early

period Somali cattle-breeders acquired the most

prestigious of all Islamic lineages in the form of

Quraishi pedigrees, a trend that would emerge

among other religious and tribal leaders. While

Arabic and—in some cases—Persian brought by

mariners retained their prestige as the language

of “True Islam,” vernacular languages devel-

oped rich oral literatures that would eventually

acquire written form. The first Swahili text

dates from 1652. The Swahili culture that dom-

inates the thousand-mile coastal strip from

Mogadishu to Kilwa is the fruit of many cen-

turies of interaction between the ideas brought

by Arab-Persian merchants, traders, and set-

tlers, and the indigenous peoples of the eastern

seaboard with whom they intermarried.

After Vasco da Gama rounded the Cape

of Good Hope in 1498 the Portuguese sys-

tematically destroyed the prosperous

Swahili cities that had sprung up along

the coast. In 1505 Kilwa was captured and

Mombasa was sacked. By 1530 the

Portuguese controlled the entire coast

from their fortresses on Pemba, Zanzibar,

and other islands. In the 1650s, however,

the Omanis who were Ibadi Muslims

expelled them from Muscat, restoring the

eastern part of the Indian Ocean to Muslim

rule. The Omanis built up the trade in cloth,

ivory, and slaves between East Africa and

India. In the nineteenth century, under the sul-

tan Sayyid Said bin Sultan (1804–56), Muscat

and Zanzibar were briefly united under a sin-

gle ruler, opening the way to settlement by

new waves of Muslim immigrants from South

Arabia. Much of Zanzibar was turned over to

the commercial production of cloves and other

spices, using slave-plantation methods similar

to those employed in the United States. After

the division of the empire between the sons of

Sultan Said, Zanzibar came under increasing

70

0 15 m

0 50 ft

N

PLAN OF THE GREAT MOSQUE AT KILWA

H A of Islam Spreads 15–22 21/5/04 9:48 AM Page 70

SUBSAHARAN AFRICA—EAST

pressure to abolish the slave trade by

the British, who used their navy to

enforce the antislave trade laws and

to pursue their own commercial

interests. After becoming a British

protectorate, Zanzibar played host

to a new wave of immigrants from

British India. Many of these

migrants were Muslims from minor-

ity communities including Momens,

Ithnashari Khojas, and Ismailis.

71

The entrance to a private house in Stone

Town, Zanzibar. The decorated portals

carved from local hardwoods or trees

imported from the mainland symbolized the

social status of the house’s owner. The walls

are made from coral rag and need constant

maintenance to prevent destruction by

torrential monsoon rains.

30°

20°

10°

10°

20°

30° 40° 50°

Equator

Tropic of Capricorn

Tropic of Cancer

Muscat

0 300 km

0 300 miles

N

Alexandria

Qusayr

Faras

Old Dongola Berber

Soba

Aswân

Jedda Mecca

Suakin

Dahlak

Cairo

Sennar

Dibarwa

Axum

Aden

Mocha

Shihr

Berbera

SaylacLalibela

Debre BirhanDebre Libanos

Bernra Dakar

Ras Xaafuun

Mogadishu

BaraaweJasiira

ShandaMandaUngwana

Gedi

Bigo

Sanga

Malindi

Mombasa

Pemba

Zanzibar

Mafia

Kilwa Kisiwani

Vohémar

TananariveSofala

ChibueneManekweni

Great Zimbabwe

Khami

Mapungubwe

KikuluKamilamba

Kalongo

Lake

Victoria

Lake

Turkana

Lake

Tanganyika

Lake

Nyasa

Socotra

Comoro

Is.

Madagascar

SOMALI

OROMO

AGAU

NILOTES

SHONA

TORWA

MWENEMUTAPA

ETHIOPIAADAL

YEMEN

MAMLUK

EMPIRE

FUNJ

ALWA

DARFUR

H A DH

RA

MA

UT

K IL

W

S WA H I L I

C I T Y S T AT E S

A r a b i a

N

ileR

iver

Zambezi River

Lim popo River

Blu

eN

il

e

R.

W

hite

Nile

R.

M e d i t e r r a n e a n

S e a

L i b y a n

D e s e r t

Nubian Desert

R

ed

Se

a

I N D I A N

O C E A N

Ko

rd

ofa

n

R

i

ft

Va

ll

e

y

East African Slave Tradeto 1500

Slave trading states

Other kingdoms and states

Approximate area supplying slaves

Slave routes

H A of Islam Spreads 15–22 21/5/04 9:48 AM Page 71

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

Subsaharan Africa—West

Detail from a fourteenth-century

Catalan map showing a king

enthroned, with his royal regalia.

The portrait may be of Mansa

Musa of Mali, whose wealth

made a great impression on his

contemporaries when he traveled

to Mecca in 1324–25.

The expansion of Islam in West Africa was

largely peaceful. The introduction of camels for

transportation into the Sahara sometime before

AD 600 had established a growing network of

caravan routes between the Maghreb and the

Sahil (shore), the vast belt of grassy steppelands

that lies between the Sahara and the tropical

forests of Guinea. The principal export from the

south was gold from Bambuko on the Senegal

River, which was

for centuries the

principal source

of gold for the

Maghreb, West

Asia, and Europe.

G o l d — a l o n g

with slaves, hides,

and ivory—was

exchanged for

copper, silver,

handcrafted arti-

cles, dried fruits,

and cloth. More

significant than

the trade, how-

ever, was the dif-

fusion of ideas.

Islam was brought south by merchants, teachers,

and Sufi mystics the French had named

Marabouts Arabic Murabits. The latter were

often members of saintly families who acted as

hereditary arbiters among rural tribesfolk.

In the eleventh century Murabits from the

Lamtuna Berber group established a center in

Mauretania for the propagation of Islam, from

where they launched a jihad against the kings of

Ghana, rulers of the largest and wealthiest of

the West African states. The reforming zeal of

the Murabits (known as Almoravids in Spanish)

carried them northward to Iberia, where they

reunited the petty principalities of al-Andalus

to ward off the threat of the Christian recon-

quest. There were some forcible conversions of

Africans south of the Sahara, but these were

mostly rare. The earliest converts were usually

the royal families that had always relied on reli-

gious prestige to extract taxes or military serv-

ice from subordinate clans and communities. As

Muslim merchants settled in Sahil cities (most

of which had their own Muslim quarters by the

late tenth century) the royals would seek to ben-

efit from the cultural prestige they carried by

adopting Islam as the court religion.

For the most part local kingdoms continued

to form and re-form under different tribal

dynasties, with Islamic rituals and practice

intermingling with tribal customs. With each

new state the capital would become a center of

wealth and Islamic learning, as rulers sought

prestige by patronizing religious scholarship.

The most spectacular cultural center was the

Tuareg city of Timbuktu on the Niger. The

Tuaregs were a camel-borne elite who grew

rich from the trans-Saharan trade, using slaves

to exploit the salt mines and settling serfs

from African tribes to cultivate the oases

along their routes.

The most celebrated Muslim ruler from

Subsaharan Africa was Mansa Musa (1307–32),

king of Mali. He made the pilgrimage to Mecca

in 1324–25 in the grandest possible style, leav-

ing an impression that would last for genera-

tions. Unlike the Nilotic Sudan where the

Arabic language took root, Islam was diffused

in local vernaculars from a relatively early

stage. From around 1700 (and possibly earlier)

scholars and teachers developed a modified ver-

sion of Arabic script to convey Islamic teach-

ings in Fulfulde and Hausa, the leading lan-

guages of the western Sahil.

72

H A of Islam Spreads 15–22 21/5/04 9:48 AM Page 72

SUBSAHARAN AFRICA—WEST

73

10° 0°

30°

20°

10°

Tropic of Cancer

N

0 300 km

0 300 miles

Taghaza

Wadan(Ouadane)

ChinguettiRibat

WalataAwdaghust

Kumbi Saleh

Sokoto

Azelik

Niani

Kirina

Ghadamés

Tunis

AlgiersTangier

Tlemcen

Sijilmasa

Tuat

Marrakesh

Fez

Gharnata(Granada)

Jenne

Bito

Timbuktu

Koukya

Tadmekka

Niamey

Gao

Sassa

nd

ra

R.

Gam

biaR

.

SenegalR

.

Niger

R.

Volta

R.

S a h a r a D e s e r t

B E R B E R ST U A R E G

TOKOLOR

SONINKÉ

LAMTUNA SANHAJA

BURE

SOSSO

MOSSI

SONGHAYMALINKE

BAMBUKO

Akan goldfields

MOROCCO

Ghana Empire capital

Canary Islands

Ghana and Mali Empires

Ghana Empire, c. 1000

Mali Empire, c. 1350

Travels of Ibn Battuta, 1352

Alluvial gold

Trade route

Almoravid state, 1055

Almoravid state, 1100

H A of Islam Spreads 15–22 21/5/04 9:48 AM Page 73

10° 0°

0 200 km

0 200 miles

N

Ouadane

Chinguetti

Marrakesh

Fez Tlemcen

Oualata Timbuktu

Gao

JenneSegu

MaliBamako

Argvin

St. Louis

GoréeFort James

Cachea

Bunce Island Kong

Kumasi

Ouagadougou

B

Lag

Porto N

Quida

AccraElmina

AximLittleCestos

BANNUHASSAN

WALO

CAYORBOAL

MANDINGOFULA

OYOLASUSU

MAHIBOR

T U A

KAARTASEGU

FUTAJALLON

MASINA

KONGEMPIRE

MOSSISTATES

ASANTEDAHOMEY

A L G

FUTA

TORO

S

MO

RO

CC

O

1776

1725

BONDU1688

1810

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

Jihad States

Mudbaked mosque at

Djenne, Mali. Designed in

the local vernacular style,

the building fabric is

constantly renewed from the

material of which it is made.

From the seventeenth to the nineteenth centurya series of jihad movements occurred in WestAfrica that led to the creation of a number ofIslamic states and transformed the presence ofIslam in the region. Most of these jihadsinvolved rebellions by nomadic tribesmenagainst nominally Islamic rulers who held totraditional African concepts of divine kingship,mixing rituals of pagan origin with symbols

derived from Islam. The leadership of thesemovements usually came from the literate classof ulama—scholars, teachers, and students—who had studied with Sufi masters locally orhad acquired their reformist ideas in Mecca andMedina. Their followers were Fulani cattle-herders moving south in search of pasture, whoresented taxes imposed on them by the Hausakings, joined by disgruntled peasants, runawayslaves, and other outcasts. Ibrahim Musa(Karamoko Alfa d. 1751), a Fulani torodbe(scholar), waged a struggle against the localrulers. This resulted in the creation of the stateof Futa Jallon in the uplands of Senegambia.The jihad movement (which Ibrahim Musa’sdescendants exploited to capture slaves forexport and work in plantations) spread to FutaToro in the Senegal River valley. Here torodbesformed an independent Islamic state, before

merging with the local elites prior to the Frenchconquest. The most famous of the West Africanjihad leaders was Uthman Dan Fodio(1754–1817) a mallam (religious scholar) from awell-established family of scholars in the inde-pendent Hausa kingdom of Gobir. After attack-ing the king for mixing Islamic andpagan practices, Dan Fodio fol-lowed the classical Muhammadanscenario of making the hijrabeyond the borders of the king-dom, before waging jihadagainst the king and otherHausa rulers inthe name ofa purified

74

H A of Islam Spreads 15–22 21/5/04 9:48 AM Page 74

10° 20° 30° 40°50°

30°

20°

10°

Tropic of Cancer

Equator

SAN

Tlemcen

Tunis

Cairo

imbuktu

Gao

asi

Kukuwa Wara El Fasher

Dongola

Sennar

Suakin

MeccaJedda

MedinaAswan

Asyut

Alexandria

Massawa

Axum

Gondar

Awsa

Hodeida

Zabid

Aden

SaylaeBerbera

Harer

Mogadishu

Baraawe

NgarzagmuKano

Benin

BrassBohney

Old Calabar

Lagos

Porto Novo

Quida

AccraElmina

MAHIBORGU INGALA

IGBOBOBANGI

BABWA

T U A R E G

C H A DA R A B S

NILOTESGALLA SOMALI

MOSSIATES

NTEDAHOMEY OLD OYO

BENIN

AIR

A L G I E R STunis

HAUSASTATES

BORNUKANEM

WADAI DARFUR

FUNJ

OROMO

AWSA

ETHIOPIA

E g y p t

SO

KO

TO

O

T r i p o l iO

T T O M A NE

MP

IR

E

C y r e n a i c a

BAGIRM I

Mediterranean Sea

Red

S

ea

1804–17

Jihad States c. 1800

Extent of Islam, c. 1800

Center of Islamic learning

European trading post, 1600–1800

Arab trading post or city

States established by jihad with date

Major tribe

JIHAD STATES

Islam. His preaching conveyed a powerful mes-sage of social justice in the classic manner ofMuhammad, mixing theological attacks onidolatry with denunciations of illegal taxes,sequestration of property, compulsory militaryservice, and the enslavement of Muslims. By1808 the movement had overthrown most of theHausa kingdoms; in the next two decades it

75

expanded to include most of what is nownorthern Nigeria and the northern Camer-oons. In 1817 Dan Fodio retired to a life ofreading, writing, and contemplation, leavingthe empire to his son Muhammad Belo, whobecame the Sultan of Sokoto—the most power-ful Muslim emirate in what eventually becamethe British colony of Nigeria.

H A of Islam Spreads 15–22 21/5/04 9:48 AM Page 75

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

The Indian Ocean to 1499

Dhow is a generic term for a variety of

lateen-rigged craft that plied the Indian

Ocean. Designed for seasonal

monsoons, the dhows stayed close to the

coast, planning their runs to coincide

with the monsoon cycles.

Before the advent of Islam the Indian Ocean

was part of an overlapping and interconnect-

ed local, regional, and transcontinental net-

work of trade routes stretching between

China, Southeast Asia, East Africa, and the

Mediterranean.

The Periplus (Circuit) of the Erythrean

Sea, a Greek-language merchant-mariner’s

guide of the first century, describes two mar-

itime trade routes commencing from ports on

the Red Sea (i.e., Myus Hormus, Leuke

Kome, and Berenike). These connected mer-

chants of the classical Greco-Roman world

engaged in the trade of items such as textiles,

copper, spices, and slaves to their partners on

the western Indian Ocean littoral. One route

went down through the Red Sea to southern

Arabia by Muza (Mocha) and Dioscurides

(Socotra), to northeast Africa (Adulis and

Opone in Axum/Ethiopia), and down the

coast of East Africa by way of Menouthias

near Pemba as far as Rhapta (whose site is yet

to be discovered, but may be Bagamoyo on the

coast of modern Tanzania). The other route

76

50°40°

30°20°

N

Mombasa

Mogadishu

Berbera

Zayla

San’a

JeddaMedina

Shiraz

YanbuAydhab

Mecca

Cairo

Alexandria

QulzumJerusalem

Antioch

Aleppo

Ayla

Aden

Mocha Shihr

Muscat

Suhar

Hormuz

Bahrain

Basra

Zanzibar

Kilwa

Ar

Persian

Gul

f

Re

dS

ea

Socotra Island

Pemba island

Madagascar

Musira Is.

AR

A B I A

A

fr

ic

a

Om

a n

Hejaz

Axum

P E R

Tiflis

Tabriz

Baghdad

Mosul

Ca

sp

ain

Sea

Eu

ph

rates

Tigris

H A of Islam Spreads 23–30 21/5/04 10:12 AM Page 76

THE INDIAN OCEAN TO 1499

veered toward India’s northwestern shores by

Barygaza (Broach) and then south to Muziris

Cranganore and Komar (Cape Comorin).

The movements of people and goods were

regulated by the Indian Ocean’s predictable

monsoon cycle. The benign northeast or win-

ter monsoon lasts approximately half the year

(from November to March). Before the days of

powered navigation, the northeast monsoon

allowed the large lateen-rigged sails of the

Arabian, Persian, and Indian dhows to sail

such routes as Aden to Cochin with the sails

trimmed to keep the ship pointing as closely as

possible into the direction of the wind. They

traded up the Malabar coast of India on the

opposite tack before returning with their sails

77

120° 130° 140°110°100°90°80°70°60°50°

20°

10°

10°

Tropic of Cancer

40°

30°

Lhasa

Hanoi

Malacca

Canton

(Guangzhou)

Quanzhou

(Chuanchou)Delhi

Diu

Ahmedabad Cambay

SuratBroach

Daybul

Multan

Daman

Chittagong

Calicut

Malab

ar C

oast

Quillon

Shiraz

Muscat

Suhar

Hormuz

Ar

ab

i anS

ea

B a y o f B e n g a l

I N D I A N

O C E A N

So

ut

h

Ch

in

a

Se

a

Gulf

of

Siam

Java SeaFlores Sea

Cele

bes

Sea

Sulu

Sea

sian

Gul

f

Chang

Jia

ng

Ganges

Indus

Me

kon

g

Socotra land

Maldive

Islands

Cape

Comorin

J a v a

B o r n e o

Min

danao

S

u

m

a

t

r

a

Musira Is.

I N D I A

C H I N A

Om

a n

Khmer

Burma

Champa

P E R S I A

Annam

Tiflis

Tabriz

d

l

Herat

Urgench

Buchara Samarkand

Kashgar

Kaifeng

LuoyangHanzhou

Beijing

KarakorumAralS

ea

Yell

ow

Sea

Ca

sp

ain

Sea

A

m

uD

arya

SyrD

ary

a

Huang

He

Trade routes to 1500Trade routes

Under Islamic control

H A of Islam Spreads 23–30 21/5/04 10:12 AM Page 77

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

Saljuq ruler on his throne.

Their position at the western

end of the Silk Road enabled the

Saljuq sultans to indulge their

taste for luxuries, such as the

finest Chinese silks and jewels,

from Central Asia.

Manuscript, 13th century.

full and their yard arms swinging free before

the wind. The southwest monsoon, which

brings rain to western India and generates

more turbulent weather, was best avoided.

By the seventh century, the trading worlds

described in The Periplus had long disap-

peared. Western Indian Ocean ports and

trade routes were caught up in increasing

rivalry between the Byzantine and Sasanian

(Persian) Empires. The Byzantines supported

Ethiopian raids on South Arabia from ports

on the Red Sea, while the Persians secured

their control over the Persian Gulf (Bahrain)

and southern Arabia at Aden, Suhar, and

78

H A of Islam Spreads 23–30 21/5/04 10:12 AM Page 78

THE INDIAN OCEAN TO 1499

Daba. In between the two empires were the

Quraish, who would become the first

Muslims engaged in land-based trade at their

sanctuary at Mecca.

The early trajectory of Muslim conquest

and expansion was away from the Indian

Ocean and toward the Mediterranean. But

successive Muslim dynasties made efforts to

gain political and economic control over the

Indian Ocean. The Umayyad conquest and

occupation of Daybul in Sind in 712 was a

first step in this direction. Subsequently, the

Abbasids’ founding of their capital Baghdad

in 762 near the Tigris, with its access via

Basra to the Persian Gulf, provided further

impetus to Muslim maritime trade and settle-

ment from the shores of East Africa to south-

ern China. Mariners’ reports collected in the

Akhbar al-Sin Wal-Hind (c. 850) provide a

glimpse into what a typical round-trip mer-

cantile sea voyage from Siraf (south of

Shiraz) to Canton would have been like in

Abbasid times. Contemporary maritime

activity in the southwestern Indian Ocean,

from Arabia to East Africa (Bilad al-Zanj), is

attested to in the Muruj al-Dhahab of al-

Masudi (d. 928).

In 969, the Fatimids conquered Egpyt and

founded Cairo, posing a serious political and

commercial challenge to the Abbasids. The

Fatimids succeeded in diverting trade in the

western Indian Ocean from Baghdad and the

Persian Gulf to Fustat and the Red Sea. The

commercial importance of Egypt and the Red

Sea trade route to the western Indian Ocean

was maintained by the Fatimids’ successors,

the Ayyubids and Mamluks. Documents from

the Cairo Geniza collection offer evidence of

the complex network of Fustat-based traders,

stretching between North Africa and India via

the western Indian Ocean, operating between

the eleventh and thirteenth centuries.

Political and economic control over Indian

Ocean trade routes by Muslim dynasties based

in the Middle East was complemented by the

growth of Muslim communities, mercantile

centers, and independent states around the lit-

toral, many of which have complex and multi-

stranded histories that have yet to be studied.

The eastern African coast, and its Swahili-

speaking peoples, had multiple connections to

the Arabian Peninsula, the Persian Gulf, and

India. Muslim settlements (mosques and bur-

ial sites) at Shanga date to the latter half of

the eighth century and there is evidence to

support the presence of local Muslim dynas-

ties and their control of island settlements on

Pemba, Zanzibar, Mafia, and Kilwa between

c. 1000 and 1150. Many of these communities

were thriving when Ibn Battuta visited the

region by way of Mogadishu in 1331.

Ibn Battuta is also a source of information

for the presence of Muslims along China’s

southern coastline up to Quanzhou (Zaitun),

which he reached in 1347. At Quanzhou, buri-

als and a mosque (c. 1009) mark the presence

of a Muslim community at the trading port.

The histories of Muslim communities in

Southeast Asia are also informed by

transoceanic trade. By the fifteenth century, it

was the entrepot of Malacca on the Malay

coast that emerged as a major maritime cen-

ter in the larger Muslim Indian Ocean trading

network, eclipsing centers on Java and

Sumatra. Malacca had a sizeable Muslim

population that had strong connections to

western Indian merchants and ports such as

Cambay (Gujarat). Ironically, Ibn Majid, the

mariner credited with piloting Vasco da Gama

through the Indian Ocean in 1498, provides an

unfavorable description of Malacca. The port

fell to the Portuguese in 1511, marking the

firm establishment of the first European mar-

itime power in the Indian Ocean.

79

H A of Islam Spreads 23–30 21/5/04 10:12 AM Page 79

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

The Indian Ocean 1500–1900

Vasco da Gama’s voyage around the Cape ofGood Hope in 1498 was an epoch-makingevent, putting an end to the Muslim mono-poly of trade in the Indian Ocean and open-ing the way for the British and DutchEmpires in South Asia and the East Indies.The era of European imperialism began withmerchant adventurers who established trad-ing posts in the southern seas, which becamethe bases for further expansion. ThePortuguese were the pioneers, taking Kilwaand sacking Mombasa in 1505 beforeestablishing bases in Zanzibar and Pemba.In 1509 they defeated a combinedEgyptian-Indian fleet to take Goa on theMalabar coast. In 1515 they conqueredMalacca and in the same year Hormuzon the Persian Gulf. Portuguese hegemonywas soon replaced by that of the Dutch,whom the Portuguese had tried to excludefrom the lucrative pepper and spice trade.

80

20°

T

Re

dS

ea

Gulf of Ade

Ar

ab

ia

40°

30°

20°

Tropic of Cancer

Equator

0 500 km

0 500 miles

N1519

153

1547–49

1555155

1526

1511–1641

1509

1518

15181512

1502

1510–1616

1560–1637

1505

1509

15301535

1512–96

1514–16411518–1640

1519–1638

1570–1605

1540–1615

1507–16221515–1622

1550–1650

1515–1622

1524–38

1516–11

1520–22

1520

1520

15031505

1505–28

1539

1558

1510–1616

1537–1640

1560

1520–1613

1520–24

Canto

Ayutthaya

Singapore

Malacca

Pasei

Pidie

Bantam

Baros

AtjehGalle

Colombo

QuilonCochin

Cannanore

Bhatkai

Anjediva

Chaul

Bombay

Bandar Abbas

Diu

SyriamMasulipatam

Jaffna

Mangalore

DamanSurat

Cambay

Maskat

Aden

MogadishuBarawa

MalindiMombasa

Kilwa Kisiwani

Massawa

Hormuz

Agra

Delhi

Batticaloa

Hooghly

Nin

Macao

Changchow

Calicut

St Jo

(Sha

Socotra I.

Bahra

in I.

Pem

ba I.

Zan

zibar I.

Sri LankaMaldive Is.

BURMA

SIAM

AN

NA

M

M A N C H UE M P I R E

( C H I N A

SAFAVID EMPIRE(PERSIA)

Bay of

Bengal

Java Sea

Java

Bo

Sout

Chi

Se

ArabianSea

Pe

rsia

n

G

u

lf

Re

dS

ea

Gulf of Aden

IN

DI

AN

OC E A N

Su

m

atra

to Moçambique 1507

M O G U L

E M P I R E

OT

TO

MA

NE

MP

IR

E

Ar

ab

ia

A

f

r

i

c

a

Indian Ocean c. 1580

Portuguese possessionwith date of acquisition

Portuguese factory

Portuguese town

Portuguese trade routes

The forts guarding the entrance

to the harbor of Muscat were

originally built by the

Portuguese in the sixteenth

century on the site of earlier

strongholds. After surviving

Ottoman attacks, the

Portuguese garrisons

surrendered to the Omani Imam

Sultan bin Saif in 1650.

H A of Islam Spreads 23–30 21/5/04 10:12 AM Page 80

THE INDIAN OCEAN 1500–1900

The Dutch defeated the Portuguese atAmboyna in 1605, taking Banda in 1621,Ceylon (Sarandib, now Sri Lanka) in 1640,and Malacca in 1641. Batavia (now Jakarta),which would become the capital of theDutch East Indies, was founded in 1619.

Although the process was a gradual one,the Portuguese intervention introducedchanges in the patterns of trade and in thepolitical economies of the Muslim states inthe region. By the end of the seventeenth cen-tury England and Holland, two small coun-tries perched on the western periphery ofEurasia, had become (with France) the domi-nant forces in world trade. Cargoes of rawcommodities—timber, grain, fish, and salt—replaced the traditional trade in luxurygoods. The shift in cargoes heralded evenmore far-reaching changes, whereby theworld would be divided between coloniesproducing raw materials and industrial and

81

30°

Tropic of Cancer

Equator

0 500 km

0 500 miles

N1519–1668 Port.

1668 Neth.

1542

1555

15261609–50

16681668

1615

1616

1628–1750

16411655

1641

16411659

1659 to Neth.1630–64 English

1663

1644–1795/18151656

1658

16611663

16631639

1637 Neth., 1638 English1565–1781

1510

1509–1737

1530–1664 Port.1661 English

1535

1602

1520

1667

1657 1522–1621

1608/52

1545–1667 Port.

1601–70 English

1607–15 Neth.

1648/67 Neth.

1610

1601 English1649 Neth.1640

16391640

1605–1781 Neth.1611 English

1618–83

1612

1558

1640

1658

1620

165816161658

1609

1635–49

1607

1638/46–63

1520–16401657/77

1674–92 (Dutch protectorate)

Menado Djailalo

Ayutthaya

Singapore Sambas

1607–35 Neth.

1612 EnglishSukadana

Djambi

Palembang

Malacca1641

Jahore

PaseiSamudra

Perak1642

Kedah

1602Pattani

Pidie

Batavia

BarosTiku

PriamanPadang

PainanIndrapura

Makassar

Fort Larantuka

AtjehGalleColombo

QuilonCochin

Cannanore

Bhatkal

Goa

Chaul

Madras

Bombay

Diu

SyriamMasulipatam

Armagon

SadrasTranquebarNegapatam

Pipli

JaffnaTutticorin

Mangalore

DamanSurat

Ahmedabad

Agra

Delhi

TrincomaliNegombo

Hooghly

1616

1637

Serampore

Macao

Ft. San Salvador (Keelung)

1641–1859

1642–62

Ft. Zeelandia

1624–62

Nagasaki

(Deshima)

Sulu A

rch.

1596/1642Min

danao

1622–24Pescadores Is

.

Palaw

an I.

Lambok and Sumbawa Is.

Cera

m I

.

1623Aru

Is.

1672Tan

imb

ar I.1622/58Buru

I.

1675Weta

r I.

1613/67Buton Is

.

Halm

ahera

Bintan I.

Bangka I.

Billiton I.

Tanega S

him

a

1624–62Taiw

an (

Fo

rmo

sa)

Sri Lanka

Pulicat

Maldive Is.

BURMA

SIAM

AN

NA

M

M A N C H U E M P I R E

( C H I N A )

SAFAVID EMPIRE(PERSIA)

ZIP

AN

GU

(JA

PAN

)

Ea

st

Ch

ina

Sea

Bay of

Bengal

Java Sea

Java

Cele

bes

Tim

or

Borneo

Ph

ilip

pin

e Is.

South

China

Sea

Ne

w

Gu

ine

a

ArabianSea

PA

CIF

IC

OC

EA

N

Pe

rsia

n

G

u

lf

Re

dS

ea

Gulf of Aden

IN

DI

AN

OC E A N

Su

m

atra

Lambok I.

1669–75 (Dutch protectorate)Sumbawa I.

1640 Port.1653 Neth.

Kupang

Mo

lucca

Islan

ds

M O G U LE M P I R E

OT

TO

MA

NE

MPIR

E

Ar

ab

ia

Indian Ocean c. 1650

Dutch possessions

Portuguese possessions

Spanish possessions

British possessions

Danish possessions

Factory

21

1

2

1542

1533–45

1547–49

15551555

1526

1641

1520

1557

1558

1540

1522–1621

1511–99

1545–1667

1512–96

3

1512–1621

1564

Canton

Menado Ternate

utthaya

Singapore

acca

Bantam

Makassar

Fort Larantuka

Ningpo

Macao

Changchow

St John I.

(Shangchow

Shan)

Spice Is

.

Batjan I.

Am

bo

ina I

.

Tanega S

him

a

AN

NA

M

N C H UE M P I R E

( C H I N A )

ZIP

AN

GU

(JA

PAN

)

Ea

st

Ch

ina

Sea

Java Sea

Java

Cele

bes

Tim

or

Borneo

Ph

ilip

pin

e Is.

South

China

Sea

PA

CIF

IC

OC

EA

N

m

atra

H A of Islam Spreads 23–30 21/5/04 10:12 AM Page 81

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

As the British began to

establish themselves in India,

they imported their own

architectural styles, as shown

in a watercolor of a house

built at Chapra in 1796.

commercial centers producing high-valuegoods and services. Viewed from the perspec-tive of the twenty-first century, Vasco daGama’s voyage represents the beginnings of aprocess that culminates in “globalization.”

Two technological factors drove thesechanges: better sails and gunpowder. Theirposition on the eastern shore of the Atlantichad encouraged the Portuguese to developpowerful naval vessels capable of riding theAtlantic storms and sailing closer to thewind than the lateen-rigged Arab dhows.The Portuguese ships were larger and stur-dier than their Arab and Persian counter-parts, and thus able to hold more cargo andengage in longer runs. The new route aroundsouthern Africa to the Indies bypassed theWest Asian trade routes, bringing goodsfrom South Asia and the Indies—spices,cloths, and other valuable commodities—directly to Lisbon, enriching the merchantsthere but cutting out the intermediate benefi-ciaries of the trade between Europe and Asia

(these had included the Venetians andGenoese who plied the waters of the easternMediterranean as well as the Muslimtraders who carried goods by land). Thegunpowder revolution—like the revolu-tion in sailing techniques—was grad-ual, but reached equally far in itsconsequences. With the develop-ment of cannon, stone fortressesceased to be impregnable, lend-ing the military advantage towell-organized central powersthat could afford to make thecostly investment in artilleryand firearms. As militarytechnology advanced, a shifttook place in the balance ofpower between the tradi-tional warrior classes, forwhom military prowess was vestedin notions of tribal solidarity, honor,prestige, and courage (classic virtues of thenomadic conquerors), and economic powers

82

40°

30°

20°

Mecca

Medina

Aden

Zanzibar

Jerusalem

Damascus

Aleppo

Re

dS

ea

A

r

O T T

Had

Anglo-EgyptianSudan

ETHIOPIA

DjiboutiBr. Somalia

Italia

n Somalia

British EastAfrica

German EastAfrica

Egypt

H A of Islam Spreads 23–30 21/5/04 10:12 AM Page 82

THE INDIAN OCEAN 1500–1900

with sophisticated administrative centerscapable of keeping up with the latest militarytechnology. Under European pressure the frag-mented Muslim states that followed in thewake of Arab caliphate and the Mongol inva-sions were consolidated into larger units dom-inated by the three great “gunpowderempires”: Ottoman Eurasia, Shiite Iran, andMughal India.

Indian Ocean 1800 – 1900

Russian Empire, 1855To Russia by 1900

European, U.S., andJapanese territories in Asia

Occupied by Russia, 1900

British

Allied to British administration

French

Spheres of influence, c. 1907

British

French

Russian

German

JapaneseTreaty Port in China,with date of opening

Major railway

Dutch

Portuguese

German

United States

60°

140°

150

130°

120°

110°100°90°80°

70°

60°

50°

40°

50°

40°

30°

20°

Tropic of Cancer

Equator

R.A

m

u

Darya

R. Syr Darya

R.

Vo

lg

a

R.Irtysh

R.Y

enisey

R.Lena

R. A

mur

R.

Chang

Jian

g

R. Hu

an

g

Ho

R. Ganges

R.In

dus

St. PetersburgMoscowKiev

RostovOrenburg

Omsk Krasnoyarsk

Irkutsk

Chita

Vladivostok

Newchwang

Port Arthur

Seoul

Weihaiwei

KiaochowChefooTungchow

Peking (Beijing)

HarbinVerkhne

Urga

Samara

1858

1858

1858

Nanking 1899Tientsin

Chinkiang1861

Shanghai

NagasakiOsaka

1842

Hangchou 1895

Ningpo 1842

Wenchou 1895

Wuhu 1876

Foochou 1842Hankow

1862

Shashi

1895

Ichang1876

Canton

1842

Kiungchou

1858

1896

Pakhoi 1876

Chungking

Sianfu

1895

to Oman

1907–19British sphere

1867 British

Kwangchou

Saigon

Singapore

Rangoon

Chittagong

Madras

Yanaon

PondicherryKarikal

Colombo

Mahé

Goa

Bombay

Calcutta

Benares

AgraDelhi

KarachiMaskat

Mecca

Medina

Aden

Zanzibar

Jerusalem

Damascus

Aleppo

Baghdad

KabulPeshawar

Lahore

Khotan

Yarkand

Kashgar

Khokand

Khiva

Kazanlinsk

Bukhara

Samarkand

Krasnovodsk

Baku

Urumchi

Hami

Kuldja

Lhasa

Swatou

Hong Kong

Macao

Manila

1858

Amoy1842

Bla

ck S

ea

AralS

ea

Ar a b

i a nS e a

Kuria M

aria Is.

Socotra

Laccadive Is.Andaman Is.

Ceylon

(Sri Lanka)

Nicobar Is.

Mald

ive Is.

Bay of

Bengal

South

China

Sea

Sea

of

Japan

Ca

sp

ian

Sea

Persian

Gulf

IN

D

IA

N

OC

EA

N

Re

dS

ea

A

r

a

b

i

a

1907– 17 Russian sphere

(1912 Republic)

(1912 autonomous)

O T T O

MA

NE

MP

IR

EHad hramaut

PE R

S I A

AFGHANISTAN

Baluchistan

A s sam

T i b e t

S i n k i a n g

T u r k e s t a n

RU

S S I A N E M P I RE

M o n g o l i a

M a n c h u r i a

J AP

AN

ES

EE

MP

I RE

C H I N A

La

o

s

Annam

Sarawak

D u t c hE a s t

I n di e

s

Brunei

S I A M

Om

an Sind

CentralProvinces

Bengal

Upper Burma Tongking

Cambodia

FederalMalayStatesS

um

at

ra

B o r n e o

J a v a

Celebes

Timor

New

GuineaSabah

Philippine Is.

Mysore

Rajputana

N E P A L BHUTAN

Kashmir

Tuva

PunjabAnglo-ptiann

ETHIOPIA

DjiboutiBr. Somalia

Italia

n Somalia

h Easta

Egypt Kuwait

Bahrain

Korea

PAC

IFIC

OC

EA

N

0 500 km

0 500 miles

N

83

H A of Islam Spreads 23–30 21/5/04 10:12 AM Page 83

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

Rise of the Ottomans to 1650

The great period of Ottoman

expansion occurred during the

reign of Suleiman I “the

Magnificent.” The painting

below depicts an Ottoman fleet

attacking the French town of

Toulon in 1545.

The Ottoman Empire became the most far-reaching of all the Islamic states. It began itsremarkable expansion as a frontier state con-ducting raids on Byzantine territories fromBithynia near the Sea of Marmara early in thethirteenth century. In 1242–43 the Mongolsdefeated the Saljuqs, making them vassals,and pushing increasing numbers of Turkishnomads into the peninsula in search of pas-turage and booty. The breakup of Saljuqpower led to the creation of several pettystates under loose Mongol overlordship. Aftertaking Bursa, which they made their capital in

1326, the Ottomans became players in thefactional strife that beset the ByzantineEmpire in its latter days. It was as auxiliariesto one of the contending parties that theyfirst crossed the straits and occupiedByzantine territory in Europe. They occupiedGreece, Macedonia, and Bulgaria, and finallyestablished their control over the westernBalkans by defeating the Serbs at the Battle ofKosovo in 1389. Successive campaigns involv-ing coalitions of Latin and Orthodox powers

84

10°50°

40°

30°

20°

b

Corsica

Ion

Se

Bale

ari

cIs

lan

ds

B a r b a r y C o a s t

Tyrrehenian

Sea

Genoa

Paris

Algiers Bona

Wargla

Tunis

Tripoli

Sarajevo

Rome

Otra

Milan Venice

Vienna

ATLAM

SARDINIA

1518

1574

1566

M

Jerba1560

1529

1551

SICILY

SAV

OY VENETIAN

PAPAL

STATES

REP

.OF

GEN

OA

BOSNIHERZ

F R A N C E

H O L Y R O M A N

NAPLES

S P A I N

A L G E R I A

TUNIS

TRIPOLI

HU

HU

SWISSCONFED.

S

ah a r

Expansion of the Ottoman Empire 1328–1672

Ottoman territory, 1328

Ottoman territory, 1355

Ottoman vassal from 1394

Ottoman territory, 1402 (prior to Mongol attack)

Ottoman territory, 1481 (Muhammed II)

Ottoman vassal from 1475

Ottoman territory, 1520 (Selim I)

Ottoman vassal from 1541

Ottoman territory, 1566 (Suleiman I)

Ottoman territory, 1660

Ottoman territory, 1630–72

Ottoman vassal from 1664

E M P I R E

REPUBLIC

H A of Islam Spreads 23–30 21/5/04 10:12 AM Page 84

RISE OF THE OTTOMANS TO 1650

85

20° 30° 40° 50°

Tropic of Cancer

0 200 km

0 200 miles

N

N

ile

Atb

a

ra

Wadi Am

Euphrates

Terek

Donets

Dn

ieper

b

Dniester

Danube.

Tigris

Bl a

ck

Se

a

C

a

sp

ia

n

S

ea

C a u c a s u s

Persian

G

ulf

R

e

d

S

e

a

M e d i t e r r a n e a nS e a

Crete

Cyprus

Aegean

Sea

Ionian

Sea

ian

Azof

Athens

BenghaziAlexandria

Mecca

Sana

Medina

AleppoAdana

Famagusta

Konya

Salonika

Sofia

Sarajevo

Otranto

Vienna

Belgrade

AnkaraBursa

Sintori

VarnaSinope

Samsu Trebizond

Erzerum

Van

Baku

Bucharest

Kaffa

Basra

Tabriz

Baghdad

Buda

Constantinople

Cairo

Jerusalem

Aqaba

ATLA

R

1521

1517

1517

1516

1590

1510

1645 vassal

1578

1453

1444

1664

1541

Mohacs1526

Kosovo1389

Nicopolis1396

Chaldiran1514

Lepanto1571

1529

TRANSYLVANIABUJAK

SICILY

ENETIAN

AL

MOLDAVIA JE DISAN

ARMENIA

YEMEN

HAMID

BOSNIA-HERZEGOVINA

A N

NAPLES

POLI

E G Y P TC Y R E N A I C A

D o b r uj a

MOREA

B U L GARIASE R BIA

ALBAN

IA

WA LLACHIA

HUNGARY

HUNGARY

P ODOLIA

KHANATE OF THE CRIMEAP O L A N D

RUMELIA

KARASIGERMIYA

AYDIN

KARAMAN

CILICIA

TREBIZOND

KURDISTAN

MESOPOTAMIA

SHAHRZUR

LURISTAN

S A F A V I D

E M P I RE

AZERBAIJANKARABAGGEORGIA

DAGESTAN

SY

RI

A

HEJA Z

EL

HA

S A

(CARAMANIA

MENTESHE

TEKKE

a ra

A

r

a

b

i

a

520

m 1541

566

660

630–72

m 1664

PUBLIC

T U R K O M A N S

H A of Islam Spreads 23–30 21/5/04 10:12 AM Page 85

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

(including Naples, Venice, Hungary,Transylvania, Serbia, and Genoa) failed tostem the Ottoman advances into Europe. In1453 Constantinople fell to the forces ofMehmet the Conqueror, fueling Ottomanimperial ambitions and providing the basisfor further expansion. In 1521 the Ottomanscaptured Belgrade from the Hungarians. By1529 they had reached the gates of Vienna,the Habsburg capital. By the time of thedeath of Suleiman the Magnificent in 1566they controlled a swath of European territoryfrom the Crimea to southern Greece.

Ottoman victories were even more spec-tacular in the lands of Islam. After defeatingthe Safavids at Chaldiran in 1514, theOttomans annexed eastern Anatolia andnorthern Mesopotamia, enabling them tocontrol the central Asian trade routes linkingTabriz and Bursa. In 1516 and 1517 they tookover the Mamluk Empire in Syria and Egypt,giving them control of the holy places of theHejaz. Building on the Greek seamanshipacquired from their Byzantine predecessors,they contested the power of Venice in theeastern Mediterranean and challenged thedominance of Habsburg Spain in the westernMediterranean, taking Algiers (1529), Tunis(1534–35), Jerba (1560), and the strategicisland of Malta, the last Crusader strong-hold, in 1565, as well as Cyprus in 1570. Thisstring of naval victories finally provoked asuccessful counterattack. In 1571, the defeatof the Ottoman navy at the Battle of Lepantoby a Venetian–Habsburg coalition was cele-brated all over Europe as a triumph forChristendom. Although the Ottomans refur-bished their fleets and retook Tunis in 1574, abalance of power was achieved in theMediterranean, confirming the frontiers thatremained between the Muslim lands to thesouth and Christian lands to the north.

Paradoxically the early Ottoman state wasboth militantly Islamic and strongly influ-enced by Greek culture, heir to the Saljuqs

but also to practices and structures derivedfrom the Roman–Byzantine Empire itreplaced. Straddling the Christian Balkansand the western reaches of Dar al-Islam, itwas a bridge between rival civilizations. Beingclose to Constantinople, which had long beenthe goal of Muslim conquest, the state ruledby the Osmanli family (from which theEnglish spelling Ottoman derives) attractedmany of the ghazis (holy warriors) seekingglory in the jihad against Christendom. InAnatolia these Turkish incomers and pas-toralists tended to be prejudiced against theChristian villagers, some of whom may haveconverted to avoid persecution. Among theincomers, however, there were also dervishesand members of Sufi brotherhoods fromInner Asia, such as Hajji Bektash (d. 1297).He preached versions of Islam that tended tomerge Islamic beliefs, both Sunni and Shiite,with Christian beliefs and religious practices,facilitating the conversion of Greek andArmenian-speaking peoples. The Ottomanrulers assisted this process by excluding bish-ops and metropolitans from their sees, leav-ing the Christians without leaders, and byreplacing the Orthodox infrastructure of hos-pitals, schools, orphanages, and monasterieswith Islamic institutions staffed by Persianand Arab scholars. By the fifteenth centurymore than 90 percent of the Anatolian popu-lation had become Muslim, though substan-tial minorities of Christians and Jewsremained in the cities. While the peasantswere mostly converted, the nobility and civilservants of the old imperial system were inte-grated into the Ottoman armies and adminis-tration, giving the state a distinctly Byzantinecharacter. Though a measure of religiousautonomy was permitted through the milletsystem of self-governing minorities theOttoman state was highly centralized. Inother Muslim lands (including some of theArab provinces that came under the looserforms of Ottoman dominion) the practice of

86

H A of Islam Spreads 23–30 21/5/04 10:12 AM Page 86

RISE OF THE OTTOMANS TO 1650

87

This portrait was intended to show Suleiman to his

royal peers in Europe. The Ottoman sultans did

not display their images to their own subjects until

late in the nineteenth century.

Islam in law and society was virtuallyself-regulating. The rulers appointed theqadis (judges) but in most other respectsallowed the religious institutions such asthe mosques and madrasas where theulama were trained, the networks ofSufi lodges, and the guilds of artisansthat were often connected to them, toflourish independently. By contrast withother Islamic regimes, the Ottomansdominated, controlled, and shaped thesocieties they governed. Though theo-retically subject to the Sharia, the sul-tans supplemented the divine law withfirmans (decrees) regulating the statusand duties (including dress codes) of alltheir subjects. They brought the ulama,the Sufi lodges, and the guilds of arti-sans under state control by dictatingappointments, grading, and licenses.Society was divided into two classes: therulers and the ruled, the principal dis-tinction being the right of the askeri(rulers) to exploit the wealth of the sub-jects through imposts and taxes. In the-ory all the land was the personal prop-erty of the sultan. The ruling elites werenot confined to the ranks of pashas,beys, and ayan (Muslim notables) whodominated the empire in the provinces:they included patrician Greek families,ecclesiastical authorities, and prominentJewish and Armenian bankers, as wellas princely families from the Balkans.

H A of Islam Spreads 23–30 21/5/04 10:12 AM Page 87

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

The Ottoman Empire 1650–1920

At its peak in the sixteenth century theOttoman system was highly efficient. But italso contained crucial weaknesses, notably thesystem of succession. In nomadic societies theabsence of a fixed mode of succession has asound Darwinian rationale: after a strugglewith his peers, a chief will emerge who is fittestto lead his tribe. Transferred to the center of animperial system, the result will be civil war.

After a series of fratricidal struggles, theOttomans dealt with the problem of the suc-cession by confining the sultan’s male relativesto the palace’s Inner Courtyard or harem,thereby preventing future sultans from acquir-ing vital knowledge of military and secularaffairs. From the seventeenth century theOttoman sultans, who came to power as aresult of “Byzantine” maneuvers and haremintrigues, lacked experience in the field andfamiliarity with the realities of politics. Thepower of the state and the army held up brieflyunder ruthless viziers such as Mehmed Koprulu

88

10° 20°

50°

40°

30°

20°

0 200 km

0 200 miles

N

1830

1811

Po

Sava

Corsica

Sardinia

Sicily

Ionian

Sea

Bale

ari

cIs

lands

B a r b a r y C o a s t

A

driatic

Se

a

Tyrrehenian

Sea

Paris

Marseille

Barcelona

Algiers Bona

Wargla

Tunis

Tripoli

Sarajevo

Rome

Genoa

Milan Venice

Vienna

Belg

Alb

ana

F R A N C E

G E R M A N Y

IT

AL

YSPAIN

ATLAMA l g e r i a

Tunis ia

T r i p o l i

F e z z a n

S

HUNGARY

A U S T R I A - H U N GSWISS

CONFED.BA

BOSNIA

RAGUSA

1699

18

1881 French

1830 French

1878

17181913

Sa h

a

A f

1 9 1 2 t o I t a

Ottoman Empire 1683–1914

Territory lost by 1718

Territory lost by 1812

Territory lost by 1881

Territory lost by 1914

Ottoman Empire, 1914

Date of territory lost

Date granted autonomy

R

Abdul Hamid II was the last

Ottoman sultan to wield

effective power over the Empire.

An absolute monarch and

opponent of political

liberalization, he nonetheless

encouraged educational, legal,

and economic reforms.

H A of Islam Spreads 23–30 21/5/04 10:12 AM Page 88

THE OTTOMAN EMPIRE 1650–1920

89

20° 30° 40° 50°

Tropic of Cancer

200 miles

Nile

Atb

ar

a

Wadi Am

Eup

hrates

Sava

Dniester

DanubeT

igris

Bl

ac

k

Se

a

C

a

s

p

i

a

n

S

ea

C a u c a s u s

R

e

d

S

e

a

M e d i t e r r a n e a nS

ea

Cyprus

Bah

rain

Aegean

Sea

Ionian

Sea

Se

a

Sana

Mecca

Benghazi Alexandria

Medina

AleppoAdana

Famagusta

Konya

Athens

Salonika

SofiaSarajevo

enna

Belgrade

Ankara

Bursa

Sintori

Varna Sinope

SamsuTrebizond

Erzerum

Van

Baku

Bucharest

KaffaSevastopol

Azov

Basra

Tabriz

Baghdad

Constantinople

Cairo

Jerusalem

Aqaba

Mac

edon

ia

Alb

ania

P ER

SI A

Sy

ri

a

E g y p t

Crete

C y r e n a i c a

GREECE

Bulgaria

E. RumeliaSERBIA

WALLACHIADOBRUJA

HUNGARY

R I A - H U N G A R Y

MO

LDA

VIA

BESSARABIAJEDISAN

P ODOLIA

KHANATE OF THE CRIMEA

TREBIZOND

Mesopotamia

A n a t o l i a

KUWAIT

LURISTAN

AZERBAIJANKARABAG

GEORGIA

DAGESTAN

ARMENIA

Hejaz

YEMEN

El

Ha s a

BANAT

TRANSYLVANIA

BOSNIA

RAGUSA

1699 1718

1878

1881

1882British

Protectorate

1912to Italy

1878to Britain

from 1853

to Britain

1687 to Britain

1899 British protectorate

1830

1878

1718

1699

1829

1829 1878

1908

1913

19131913

1730

1730

1730

1730

1792

1774

1723

1699

1812

ha

r

a

A fr

i

c

a

A

r

a

b

i

a

1898

1878

1878

18111 2 t o I t a l y

Pers

ian

Gulf

R U S S I A N E M P I R E

H A of Islam Spreads 23–30 21/5/04 10:12 AM Page 89

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

(r. 1656–61), son of an Albanian Christian, andhis son Ahmed (r. 1661–76), allowing furtherexpansion north of the Crimea and (afterAhmed’s death) even a second siege of Vienna(1683). The process of decline, however, provedirreversible. The influx of Spanish silver fromthe Americas created a massive inflation prob-lem, undermining the commercial classes andthe ability of government to pay for troopswhose modern weaponry (muskets and gun-powder) required cash rather than booty.Provincial governors and local magnates gainedpower at the expense of the center, hiring pri-vate armies or raising taxes for themselves. TheJanissaries, who had evolved into a privilegedbody within the state, became enmeshed inlarge-scale nepotism and misrule. Land conces-sions that should have nurtured agriculturedegenerated into tax-farms, driving cultivatorsoff the land, and creating gangs of rural ban-dits or urban migrants who drifted into citiesalready overcrowded and subject to famine,plague, and disorder. The millet system, whichallowed the Christian and Jewish communities(and in Iraq the Shiite) a high degree of admin-istrative autonomy, undermined the legitimacyof the state by privileging Western traders andencouraging Greek and Balkan Christians tolook toward the Empire’s enemies in Russia andWestern Europe for inspiration and support.

Internally decentralized, the Empire provedno match for the rising powers of Europe,whose military and economic systems werebeginning to benefit from the revolution in sci-entific thought. During the last two decades ofthe seventeenth century, the European powersmade significant advances at the Empire’sexpense. Between 1684 and 1687 the Habs-burgs took most of Hungary north of theDanube and took Serbia in 1689. TheVenetians seized Dalmatia and southernGreece (Morea). Poland invaded Podolia, andthe Russians, under the newly modernizedarmy of Peter the Great, took Azov in theCrimea. Although the Ottomans regained

some of these territorial losses during the firsthalf of the eighteenth century, in the longerterm they were unable to stem the tide ofRussian advance. In 1768 the Russians began anew campaign, occupying Moldavia andWallachia (modern Romania) and the Crimea.Under the humiliating terms of the treaty ofKuchuk Kaynarca (1774) the Ottomans wereobliged to allow Russia a foothold on the BlackSea, as well as freedom of navigation and com-merce, with access to the Mediterranean andto overland trade in the Empire’s Asian andEuropean provinces. Although Moldavia andWallachia remained technically under Otto-man suzerainty, the increased autonomy theywere granted laid them open to Russian manip-ulation. Under Russian pressure a clause per-mitting the erection of a Russian church inIstanbul would be converted into a generalright of Russian intervention on behalf of allthe sultan’s Orthodox Christian subjects.

The flow of ideas that followed in the wakeof European victories would prove even moredevastating than military defeats. NapoleonBonaparte’s brief occupation of Egypt in 1798planted the seeds of modern scientific thoughtand revolutionary change in the Empire’swealthiest (but most neglected) province. Bydefeating the neo-mamluk amirs who governedEgypt under Ottoman authority, Napoleonopened the way for penetration of Westernideas under the modernizing dynasty ofMehmed Ali (r. 1805–48), an Albanian officerwho seized power in 1805, making himself anindependent ruler in all but name. The colonialambitions of a restored French monarchy ledto the loss of Algeria from 1830 and the estab-lishment of a protectorate in Tunisia (1881).The winds of nationalism that tore throughEurope in the wake of the French Revolutionreached the Christian communities in theBalkans, starting with the Serbian revolt of1804–13 and the Greek war of independence(1821–29). They culminated in the treaty ofSan Stefano in 1878, by which the Ottomans

90

H A of Islam Spreads 23–30 21/5/04 10:12 AM Page 90

THE OTTOMAN EMPIRE 1650–1920

91

were forced to concede the independence ofBulgaria, Serbia, Romania, and Montenegro.The final dismemberment of the Empire wasonly postponed because of rivalries betweenthe European powers, with Britain and Francepropping up the “sick man of Europe” againstRussia in the Crimea (1854–56) while Austriacompeted with Russia for ascendancy in theBalkans. In 1911, Italy invaded Tripoli andCyrenaica, forcing the Ottomans to concedetheir suzerainty. In 1912, the combined Balkanpowers (Serbia, Bulgaria, Greece, andMontenegro) took all the remaining Ottomanterritories in Europe, except for a strip of landaround Istanbul, before arguing among them-selves. In August 1914 the rivalries between theEuropean powers in the Balkans erupted into a

worldwide war, with the Ottoman Empireranged alongside Austria and Germanyagainst Britain, France, Italy, and Russia. Thedefeat of the Central Powers in 1918, the abdi-cation of the sultan in 1922, the abolition ofthe caliphate in 1924, as well as the exchangeof populations between Turkey and Greece in1921 brought the Ottoman Empire to its end.

The Dolmabahçe Palace, Istanbul. The classical Venetian-

style facade of this palace, like others built for the

Ottoman sultans in the nineteenth century, reveals

change in cultural orientation, as they abandoned their

former seclusion and displayed their power like

European monarchs.

H A of Islam Spreads 23–30 21/5/04 10:12 AM Page 91

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

Iran 1500–2000

Shah Suleiman and his courtiers

with Western visitors, shown

against a lyrical European-style

landscape. The Safavid rulers

exported carpets and silk to

Europe as well as ceramics

designed by Chinese craftsmen

for the Western markets. They

broke with the traditional

religious hostility toward

figurative painting by claiming

that the Imam Ali, revered by

the Shiites, had been a painter as

well as a calligrapher.

The history of modern Iran began with the

ruling Safavid dynasty (1501–1722) which

established Twelver Shiism as the state religion.

The dynasty’s founder Shaikh Safi al-Din

(1252–1334) was a Sufi teacher and mujaddid

(renovator) of Sunni allegiance who started a

movement of reform among the tribes of eastern

Anatolia and

northwestern Iran.

His descendant

Shah Ismail

(1487–1524) acti-

vated popular

e s c h a t o l o g i c a l

expectations in the

period of disorder

following the col-

lapse of the

Timurid Empire by

proclaiming himself the Hidden Imam, or

expected Shiite messiah. Led by a fearsome band

of warriors known as Qizilbashis (red heads)

from their distinctive red turbans, the movement

enabled Shah Ismail, who proclaimed himself

king in Tabriz in 1501, to conquer most of Iran in

the course of the next decade.

Though the power of the Safavid state, based

on the brilliant new capital built by Shah Abbas

(1588–1629) in Isfahan, was limited, relying for its

authority on a network of uymaqs or smaller

chieftains and the traditional iqta system of tax-

farming, the Safavid strategy of religious consoli-

dation gave Iran the distinctive Shiite character it

retains to this day. Once the Qizilbashis had done

their work Ismail’s messianic claims were deem-

phasized, and Shiite scholars were imported from

Syria, Iraq, Bahrain, and al-Hasa to promote the

“official” version of Twelver Shiism, according to

which the return of the Imam/Messiah is indefi-

nitely deferred. Sunnism was suppressed, the

tombs of Sufi saints desecrated, and khanaqas

(hostelries) given over to Shiite youth. Jews and

Zoroastrians were subjected to forcible conver-

sion. The pilgrimage to Mecca was discouraged in

favor of ziyaras (visits) to the lavishly-endowed

shrines of the Shiite imans. In the eighteenth cen-

tury, following the disintegration of the Safavid

Empire, Iran endured a period of anarchy with

Ottomans and Russians controlling the north, and

Afghans, Afshars, Zand, and Qajar tribal chiefs

vying for power in the south. Though Nadir Shah,

an Afshar chieftain who proclaimed himself Shah

in 1736, curbed the power of the Shiite ulama, the

turbulence of the eighteenth century permitted the

ulama to obtain a higher degree of institutional

autonomy than their Sunni counterparts.

Under the Qajar dynasty (1779–1925) the pow-

ers of the Shiite ulama were enhanced by zakat

and khums (religious taxes), which were paid to

them directly, while their custodianship over

shrines and waqfs (charitable trusts) gave them

access to rents from land and housing. The loca-

tion of two of the most important shrines at

Karbala and Najaf in Iraq, in Ottoman-controlled

territory, gave them a power base outside the

domain of the state. The mourning ceremonies

commemorating the martyrdom of the Imam

Hussein at Karbala and the associated taziya (pas-

sion plays) became characteristic features of pop-

ular religiosity, making Shiism a component ele-

ment in Iranian national identity.

As pressures from Russia and Britain began to

impinge on Iran in the nineteenth century, the

ulama came to the forefront of nationalist resist-

ance. In 1873 they forced the Shah to cancel far-

reaching economic and financial concessions

made to a British citizen, Baron de Reuter, and in

the 1890s they led a national boycott against a

tobacco monopoly granted to another Briton,

Major Talbot. The political momentum engen-

92

H A of Islam Spreads 23–30 21/5/04 10:12 AM Page 92

IRAN 1500–2000

dered by the tobacco agitation culminated in the

Constitutional Revolution of 1906, when a coali-

tion of liberal ulama, merchants, and members of

the Westernized intelligentsia forced the Shah to

convene a national assembly and to submit to a

form of parliamentary government. A brief period

of constitutional rule, during which tensions

between conservative ulama and the liberals came

to the surface, was brought to an end by the

Russians in 1911, when they intervened to restore

the Shah’s autocracy.

In 1925 Reza Khan Pahlavi, an officer in the

Cossack Brigade, came to power after a period of

instability following the Russian Revolution. Reza

Shah instituted a radical modernizing regime that

sought to break the power of tribal leaders and to

curb the autonomy of the ulama by introducing

secular education and government supervision of

religious schools. Secular courts were established

depriving the ulama of their legal monopoly,

which included the lucrative business of registering

land transactions. During the Second World War

Britain and Russia, who needed a compliant

Iranian government to facilitate the passage of

war material to the eastern front, forced Reza

Shah to resign and replaced him with his son, the

young Muhammad Reza.

After the Second World War oil, first discov-

ered in 1908 and leased to the British under gener-

ous concessions, became a bone of contention

when the nationalist Prime Minister, Muhammad

Mosaddeq, attempted to nationalize the Anglo-

Iranian Oil Company. In the crisis engendered by

a boycott of Iranian oil by Western oil companies,

the CIA intervened to help the army restore the

autocratic Pahlavi regime.

The collapse of the regime in 1979 and the

ensuing Islamic revolution were the result of a

complex combination of economic, cultural, and

political factors. Far from benefiting small tenants

and landless peasants, the Shah’s ambitious land

reforms in the 1960s favored large-scale enterpris-

es and agribusiness (in which the ruling family had

interests), while alienating the ulama, many of

whom were themselves wealthy landowners or

controlled extensive waqfs in land. The sudden

increase in oil prices after 1973 increased wealth in

the small modernized sector of the economy, while

adversely affecting small businesses in the bazaari

community, which had close links to the ulama.

The corruption of the Pahlavi family and ruthless

repression by SAVAK, the secret police, alienated

the educated middle classes, and especially the

younger generation of students, who had come

under the influence of Marxism and the leftist ver-

sions of Islamic ideology promoted by Dr Ali

Shariati and Jalal Al-e-Ahmed, author of a highly

influential tract entitled Westoxification. Poor

rural migrants to the cities provided the tinder for

revolution.

Under a deal reached between the Shah and

Saddam Hussein, Iraq expelled the dissident cleric

Ayatollah Ruhallah Khomeini from the Shiite cen-

ter of Najaf, where his lectures calling for a

restored Islamic government under ulama supervi-

sion found a receptive audience among ulama and

students. From his place of exile in a Paris suburb

Khomeini had access to the international media,

while taped copies of his fatwas and sermons

denouncing the Shah were smuggled into Iran.

Early in 1979 a series of massive demonstrations,

timed to coincide with the ritual of Ashura (the

Day of Mourning for the Imam Hussein), forced

the Shah into exile, bringing Khomeini home to a

tumultuous reception. For ten years, until his

death in 1989, he ruled the Islamic republic as the

supreme religious leader. Although the Ayatollah

Khamenei, Khomeini’s successor as the supreme

religious authority, lacks Khomeini’s charisma, the

right of the Guardianship Council which he con-

trols to vet candidates for the parliament has effec-

tively curbed its power to introduce changes that

the religious establishment regards as being con-

trary to its interests.

93

H A of Islam Spreads 23–30 21/5/04 10:12 AM Page 93

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

Central Asia to 1700

The Shah mosque (now Imam

mosque) in Isfahan, with the

names of God and Muhammad

written in bold geometric

characters on the minaret. Built

between 1612 and 1630, its

spectacular blue-tiled decoration

epitomizes the style and

splendor of Shah Abbas.

The history of inner Asia, like that of the Fertile

Crescent where Islam originated, was dominated

by the relationship between nomadic pastoralists

and settled peoples. In the vast semiarid steppe-

lands to the north and east of the Black and

Caspian Seas lived peoples whose livelihoods

depended mainly on cattle, horses, goats, sheep,

camels, and yaks. They were organized into patri-

archal kinship groups based on families, clans,

and confederations or hordes, the greatest of

which was that organized under the leadership of

Ghenghis Khan and his successors. Under

the leadership of Ghenghis Khan’s son Batu

(r. 1227–55) the Golden Horde of Mongol-

Turkish people (who became known as Tatars in

Russia) established its base from two sarays

(palace headquarters) on the Volga River. From

here they conquered the Ukraine, southern

Poland, Hungary, Bulgaria, and Russia, creating a

vast empire of which the ruler in Moscow was the

principal tributary. Leading Tatar families became

Muslims from the mid-thirteenth century after

contact with the sedentary peoples of Iran,

Khwarzm, and Transoxiana. Brought by the mer-

chants and Sufi dervishes who traveled along the

Silk Road, Islam in inner Asia acquired a mystical,

pluralistic character resulting from its encounters

with Zoroastrianism, Buddhism, Nestorian

Christianity, and older traditions of shamanism.

The conversion to Islam by Tarmarshirin

(r. 1326–34), the ruler of the lands in Transoxiana

bequeathed by Ghenghis Khan to his second son

Chagatai, caused a split in his clan. This was clev-

erly exploited by Timur Lenk, a member respect-

ed by the impoverished clan of Turkomans.

Though lame from birth Timur (r. 1370–1405),

known as Tamerlane in the West, was a brilliant

political strategist and military commander. By

uniting Transoxiana and Iran (previously ruled by

the Ilkhans, descendents of Hulegu) he regenerat-

ed Turkish-Mongolian power in Central Asia,

creating an empire that would stretch, at its

height, from western India (including Delhi) to

the shores of the Black Sea. After defeating the

Ottomans at Ankara in 1402, where he captured

the sultan, Bayazid I (r. 1389–1402), he became

well known in Europe. The disruption of

Ottoman power in Anatolia relieved the pressure

on Constantinople (which survived for another

half century) and reopened the trade routes to

China, while his defeat of the Golden Horde

assisted the rise of Christian Russia.

94

N

Bla

ck

Se

a

Me

di t

er

ra

ne

an

Se

a

Euphrates

1402: Ottomans defeated

by Timur. Ottoman Sultan

Bayezid I dies in captivity

1400

1400

1400

1401

1402

M A M L U KS U LTA N AT E

Odessa

Constantinople

Tifli

T

Baghdad

Mosul

AthensSmyrna

Ankara

Cairo

Damascus

Jerusalem

Alexandria

Aleppo

Sivas

Yelets

KonyaSALJUQS OF RUM

KaffaO T T O M A N

E MP I R

E TREBIZOND

A

r

a

b

i

a

H A of Islam Spreads 23–30 21/5/04 10:12 AM Page 94

CENTRAL ASIA TO 1700

Under Timur, his successor Ulugh Beg

(r. 1404–49), and the Uzbek Shaybanids

(1500–c. 1700) who inherited Timurid power in

inner Asia, Herat, Samarkand, and Bukhara

were transformed into world-class cities. They

were embellished by the plunder and legions of

skilled craftsmen and artisans Timur and his

successors had imported from Persia, India,

Iraq, and Syria. Though utterly ruthless and

cruel (before taking Delhi, he had thousands of

male prisoners executed so they would not be

able to change sides) Timur was far from being

an ignorant barbarian. He mastered Persian,

and surrounded himself with some of the most

distinguished scholars, artists, historians, and

poets of his time, setting the stamp of “royal”

Islamic high culture that would be imitated

with rather more refinement by his successors.

He was broad-minded on religious matters.

Though a Sunni Muslim who launched his con-

quests in the name of the Sharia under the pre-

text that his enemies were apostates and trai-

tors to Islam, he gave his protection to the

Shiites. Shaikks (Sufi pirs) were his chief spiri-

tual advisors. The Naqshbandi Sufi order,

named after Baha al-Din Naqshband (d. 1389),

who is buried near Bukhara, put down deep

roots in inner Asia during this period.

95

0 500 km

0 500 miles

N

Aral

Sea

Ca

sp

ia

nS

ea

Persia

nG

ulf

hrates

Am

uD

aryaV

olga

Ganges

Indus

1398: Timur invades India

and sacks Delhi

1369: Timur becomes master

of Transoxiana, formerly

part of the Chagatai Kharate

1404: Timur dies during

planned invasion of China

and is buried at Samarkand1379

1381 1383

1395: Capital of Golden Horde sacked by Timur

00

1401

1387

C H A G ATA I

K H A N AT E

E M P I R E O F T H E

G R E AT K H A N

Tiflis

Tabriz

Baghdad

Mosul

Herat

Urgench

BukharaSamarkand

Kashgar

Delhi

Kandahar

Multan

Shiraz

Balkh

Kabul

po

Derbent

New Sarai

Yelets

Transoxiana

Astrakhan

Nishapur

Isfahan

Otrar Tashkent

a

ZOND

Lake

Balkhash

a

S U L T A N AT E O F D E L H I

E M P I R E O F T I M U R

K H A N A T E O F T H E G O L D E N H O R D EThe Dominions of Timur

Ottoman Empire

Timur Empire

Empire of the Great Khan

Sultanate of Delhi

Khanate of the Golden Horde

Mamluk Sultanate

Chagatai Khanate

Major attacks and campaigns

H A of Islam Spreads 23–30 21/5/04 10:12 AM Page 95

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

India 711–1971

Islam first appeared in the South Asia subconti-nent with the Arab invasion of Sind (711–713). Inthe tenth century Fatimid dais (missionaries)from Cairo converted local rulers in Multan toIsmailism. However, these were replaced by Sunnigovernors appointed by the Ghurids in the after-math of the conquest of the Punjab by Mahmudof Ghazna, who sacked Lahore and devastatednorthern India in 1030. The systematic conquestof the subcontinent began with the Ghurids, whooccupied Multan, Lahore, and Delhi (1175–92)before one of their generals, Qutb al-Din Aybeg,established the first of several independent sul-tanates in Delhi. These endured from 1206 to1526 under a succession of different dynasties.The Delhi sultanates help to establish the distinc-tive character of Indian Islam, a legacy carried bythe Timurid Mughal Empire founded by Timur’sgrandson Babur in 1526. This lasted more thanthree centuries until its dissolution by the Britishafter the “Mutiny” or Great Rebellion in 1858.The Mughal Empire absorbed a number of inde-pendent Muslim dynasties that had been estab-lished in Bengal (1356–1576), Kashmir(1346–1589), Gujerat (1407–1572), and theDeccan (1347–1601). At the Empire’s greatestextent under Aurungzeb (r. 1658–1707) theemperor’s name was read from the pulpits ofmosques as far apart as Kabul and Mysore.

Some of the early Muslim rulers were firedwith iconoclastic zeal against “idolators” anddestroyed Hindu temples, replacing them withlarge mosques intended to symbolize Islamicdomination. The Tughluq dynasty (1320–1413),however, initiated a pattern of tolerance thatwould help to establish a pluralistic version ofIslam in India that contrasted with the more rigidand austere varieties of earlier times. To counterthe political influence of well-established Muslimfamilies, the dynasty’s founder MuhammadTughluq (r. 1325–51) appointed non-Muslims tomilitary and government offices, took part inlocal festivals, and allowed the construction of

temples. While there was an initial period ofMuslim immigration into India from Afghanistanand Central Asia after the conquests, the processof conversion and Islamization was slow and rel-atively limited. It is doubtful if more than 20 or 25percent of the Indian population became Muslim,with the Muslim populations concentrated in theIndus Valley, the northwestern frontier region,and Bengal. While the ruling classes were thedescendants of warriors from Afghanistan, Iran,and inner Asia, most of the converts were fromthe lower Hindu castes or tribal and rural peopleswhose lives were improved by joining the religiouscommunity of the rulers. The fullest diversity ofIslamic faith, practice, and tradition came to bereflected among Indian Muslims, Sunni, Shiite,and Sufi, with a vast number of variations. Thepluralistic character of Indian Islam is reflected inits magnificent architectural heritage wheremotifs drawn from Islamic and Hindu vernacu-lars were blended into a new, creative synthesis.Muslim devotional literature, including poetry,exists in a large number of Indian languages inaddition to Arabic and Persian, the languagestaught in the institutions of higher learning alongwith law, theology, and mysticism.

While the ruling dynasties reflected an urbanpattern of Muslim life, which had much in com-mon with the cosmopolitan culture of otherMuslim regions such as Iran and Central Asia,rural Muslim populations retained a strong ver-nacular heritage, with local Hindu rituals andcustoms often mixed with Islamic beliefs andpractices. Sufi teachers and religious orders playeda particularly important role in the spread ofIslam in South Asia. Among the most importanttariqas were the Suhrawardiyya and the Chistiyya.Though organized hierarchically in a way that fit-ted the character of Indian society, the social rolesof the tariqas differed greatly. Whereas theSuhrawardis maintained close relations with theDelhi sultans, benefiting from endowments andgifts of land that gave their leaders the status of

96

H A of Islam Spreads 31–40 21/5/04 10:47 AM Page 96

INDIA 711–1971

Taharic. 1192

30°

20°

Tropic of Cancer

10°

70° 80° 90°

ri

H

elm

a

nd

R.C

hena

b

R.R

avi

R.Sutl

ej

R.Ind

us

Mout

hs

of

G.

of Cutch

R . Luni

R.

Tapti

R. Mahanadi

R. Son

R.G

ange

s

R. Brahmaputra

R.G

anges

R. G

ogra

R

.Ju

mna

R.C

ham

bal

R. Su

tlej

R.

Ind

us

R. Brahmaputr

a

Mouths of the

Gan

ge

s

R. G

odavari

R.B

him

a

R.K

istn

a

R

. Indravati

R. Penner

R. Cauvery

Palk

Str

ait

La

cc

ad

iv

eI

sl

an

ds

R. Narm

ada

Rann of Cutch

th

e

Ind

us

R.Indus R. Shelu

m

Gulf of

Cambay

Gulf of

Mannar

A r a b i a n S e a

Ceylon

B a y o f B e n g a l

INDIAN OCEAN

Kabul

SirsaUch

Srinagar

Sonargaon

Ghazni

Banu

Lahore

Nagarkot and Kangra

Brahmaputra

Jawalamukhi

Gangadvara

Kathmandu

WarandsiPrayaga

Lhasa

Nalanda

Anuradhapura

Polonnaruva

Kandy

Bodh Gaya

Ratnagiri

Thanesar

Ajmer

Canderi

Khajuraho

Burhanpur

Gulbarga

Konarak

ChandragiriKanchipuram

Kumbakonam

Puri

Bhubaneswar

BijapurGolconda

Ahmadabad

Khambhat

ManduBaruch

Bidar

Mamallapuram

Chidambaram

Tanjore

Madurai

Sravana

Balligave

Vijayanagar

Daulatabad

Arbuda

Sringeri

Korkai

Jaffna

Sanchi

Dharmanatha

Pushkar

Somnath

Girinagara

Mathura

ManerJaunpur PanduaBihar Gaur Sylhet

Chittagong

Delhi

Dipalpur

Multan

Kurram

Pass

We

st

er

n

Gh

at

s

H

i

m

a

l

a

y

as

E

a

s

t

e

r

n

G

h

a

t

s

T h a r

D e s e r t

D e c c a n

M a l w a

J a u n p u r

Punjab

G u j e r a t

O r i s s a

B e n g a l

T i r h u t

PANDYAS

CHOLAS

0 200 km

0 200 miles

N

Timur’s invasion, 1398–99

Chola state at its maximum extent, c. 1100

Eastern border of Ghaznavid Emirate, c. 1150

Empire of Muhammad of Ghur, c. 1206

Expansion of the Delhi Sultanate

Under Qutb al-Din Aybeg,1206–10

Under Itutmish, 1210–36

Under Ala-al-Din Khalji, 1296–1316

Under Muhammad ibn Tughluk, 1325–51

Vijayanagar at its maximum extent, c. 1485

Muslim India

Major religious sites, c. 1100–1400

Buddhist shrine

Hindu shrine

Muslim shrine

97

H A of Islam Spreads 31–40 21/5/04 10:47 AM Page 97

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

98

60°

30°

20°

Tropic of Cancer

10°

70° 80° 90°

Hari Rud

Hu

rgK

ash

H

ar

Fa

rahud

Amu Darya

Helm

an

Helm

and

C

henab

Ravi

Sutl

ej

Indus

M

outh

sof

G.

of Cutch

Luni

Mahanadi

Son

Brahmaputra

Ganges

Gogra

Jum

na

Sutlej

I

ndus

Brahmaputr

a

Moutho

f

the Ganges

Go

davari

I

ndravati

Cauvery

Palk

Str

ait

La

cc

ad

iv

e

Is

la

nd

s

Narm

ada

Rann of Cutch

the

R.Ind

us

Hin

gol

Indus

Gulf of

Cambay

Gulf of

Mannar

A r a b i a n S e a

Bay of Bengal

I N D I A N O C E A N

We

st

er

n

Gh

a

t

s

H

i

m

a

la

ya

s

E

a

s

t

e

r

n

G

h

a

t

s

T h a r

D e s e r t

D e c c a n

M a l w a

V i j a y a n a g a r

G o l c o n d a

A g r a

A l l a h a b a d

B i h a r

O u d h

D e l h i

Ajmer(Rajputana)

G u j e r a t

K h a n d e s h

B e r a r

G o n d w a n a

Ahmadnagar

C e y l o n

B i j a p u r

T a t t a

B a l u c h i s t a n

K a b u l

M u l t a n

L a h o r e

K a s h m i r

Or i s s a

T I B E T

A F G H A N I S T A N

B e n g a l

Kandahar

Multan

Peshawar

Jodhpur

Lahore

Attock

Samana

Dehli

LaswariFatehpur Sikri

BianaAgra

Lahari Bandar

SarkhejAhmadabad

Baroda

Surat

DamanAssaye

Allahabad

Asirgarh

NagpurKaranja

Buranphur

Vizagapatam

Bimlipatam

Balasore

Dacca

Rajmahal

Lhasa

ChinsuraCalcutta

ChandernagorePlassey

Kasimbazar

PatnaBenares

Lucknow

Chittagong

Pipli

Serampore (Frederiksnagar)

Hooghly

Golconda

NegapatamTranquebarTegnapatanFort St. DavidPondicherry

SadrasMadras

Pulicat

Nellore

Nizampatam

Masulipatam

Chandragiri

Bijapur

Satara

Poona

Ahmadnagar

Hyderabad

Vengurla

Janjira

Bombay

Bassein

Diu

Chaul

Mangalore

Bhatkal

Goa

Kayal

Tuticorin

Madura

Tanjore

Calicut

Colombo

Quilon

Cochin

Broach

Cambay

Hindaun

Ajmer

Gwalior

Kabul

JATS

SIKHS

SATNAMIS

RAJPUTS

MARATHAS

Panipat 1526

0 200 km

0 200 miles

N

The Mughal Empire 1526 – 1707

Empire at Akbar’s death, 1605

Mughal subab (province)

Mughal conquest by 1525

Mughal conquest by 1539

Empire at the death of ShahJahau (Aurungzeb), 1707

Maratha territory, c. 1700

Under Maratha influence, c. 1700

Maratha raids, 1664–1700

People in rebellion against the Empire, c. 1700

Battle

JATS

French settlement

Dutch settlement

British settlement

Danish settlement

Portuguese settlement

Major European trading settlements, c. 1700

Agra

H A of Islam Spreads 31–40 21/5/04 10:47 AM Page 98

INDIA 711–1971

provincial notables, the Chistis made a point ofrefusing endowments and rejecting governmentservice, living by cultivating wastelands and fromdonations by their devotees.

The pirs (Sufi shaikks), who won convertsamong tribal or marginal peoples or from thelower Hindu castes, used local languages (includ-ing ritual languages) to convey the Islamic mes-sage in social and religious milieus that were verydifferent from those prevailing in the regionswhere Islam originated. At a popular level it mat-tered little if a holy man presented himself as aMuslim or a devotee of Shiva: what inspiredbakhti (devotion) was his individual aura of holi-ness. At an intellectual level the philosophical jus-tification for religious collaboration betweenIslam and what would come to be known asHinduism (a term invented by Europeans in thenineteenth century) could be found in the writ-ings of the great Andalusian mystic Ibn al-Arabi,whose doctrine of “unity of being” could be har-monized with the spiritual teachings of the Vedasand the Upanishads. The high point of Hindu-Muslim religious harmony was reached duringthe reign of Akbar I (1556–1605), a supporter ofthe Chistis who instituted the Din-i-Ilahi (divinereligion). This was an imperial cult with Akbar atits center combining the roles of Sufi master andphilosopher-king.

In due course, however, practices seen by theulama as syncretic or idolatrous would becomethe targets of reformist movements inspired bymore orthodox teachings emanating from thecenters of Islam to the west. The leaders of thistendency were Shaikh Ahmad Sirhindi(1564–1624) and his follower Shah Wali Allah(1702–63). The public form of this reaction beganunder Akbar’s grandson Aurungzeb, whoreversed the policy of accommodation withHindus. He imposed the jizya (poll tax) on non-Muslims, ordered the destruction of Hindu tem-ples, and founded Muslim colleges for the studyof the Sharia, as well as banning music at court.The reformist currents helped to preserve a dis-tinctive Muslim identity during a century of

Mughal decline, when the British became thedominant power in India. Reformers in the tradi-tion of Shah Wali Allah encouraged Muslims toavoid collaboration with power or social mixingwith non-Muslims. While Sufi devotional prac-tices (including worship at the shrine of saints andcolorful popular festivals) continued to attract thepoor, the reformist currents gained groundamong the emerging class of literate profession-als. The reform college of Deoband, founded in1867, used the new technology of print in Urduand the burgeoning rail network to reach a massMuslim audience throughout the subcontinent,

99

g30°

20°

Tropic of Cancer

10°

60° 50° 40°R. A

mu Darya

R.R

av

R.

Ind

u

R.G

ange

R. Brahmaputra

R

.G

ange

R

.Indu

s

R. G

od

avar

Palk

Str

ait

La

cc

ad

iv

eI

sl

an

ds

R.Indus

Gulf of

Mannar

A r a b i a n S e a

Bay of Bengal

I N D I A N O C E A N

1780

1740

1771

1760

1759

1790 1787

1752

1752

1739

1739

1736

1783

17761779

1759

1769

1779

1791-92

1738

1738

1737

1757

1761

1790

1761

17611789

1792

1790

1720

1724

1738

1761

1739

NE P A L

B U K H A R A

AFGHANISTAN

K A S H M I R

BELUTSHISTAN

S i n d

P u n j a b

M u l t a nD E L H I

L a h o r eL a d a k h

B i h a r

B e n g a l

B h u t a nSi k

ki m

No r t h

e r n Ci r

c a r s

R A J P U T A N A

M A R AT H A

C O N F E D E R A C Y

A G R A

Nizam’s Dominions

MYSORE

MALABAR

GOLCONDA

COCHIN

Goa

Ceylon(Dutch)

G u j e r a t

C H I N A

T i b e t

TR

AVAN

CORE

Ca

rn

at

ic

C u t t ack

AgraJodhpur Lucknow

Karachi

Pondicherry

JaffnaCochin

Bangalore

Benares

Quetta

Faizabad

Kabul

Lahore

Dehli

Ajmer

Kathmandu

Rampur

Dacca

Calcutta

Yanam

Lhasa

Chandernagore

Hyderabad

Bombay

Diu

Hyderabad

Madras

KarikalNegapatam

KandyColombo

Mangalore

Mahé

Nagpur

Kandahar

Rawalpindi

Battle

Maratha territory,c. 1785Mysore territory,c. 1785

Center of Gurkhapower, c. 1785

India, Invasions, andRegional Powers 1739–60

English base, 1700

French base, 1700

Dutch base, 1700

Portuguese base, 1700

British territory,c. 1785

0 200 km

0 200 miles

N

Haidar Ali of Mysore

Gurkhas

Chinese

Ahmad KhanAbdali ofAfghanistan

Nadir Shahof Persia

Campaigns

Marathas

H A of Islam Spreads 31–40 21/5/04 10:47 AM Page 99

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

reinforcing Muslim communal distinctiveness.“To like and appreciate the customs of the infi-dels,” wrote leading Deobandi scholar MaulanaAshraf Ali Thanawi, “is a grave sin.”

The sense of Muslim separateness wasencouraged by the British, who tended to stressthe importance of religious ties over family, lin-eage, language, caste, regional, or class affilia-tions among India’s variegated communities. TheIndian Councils Act of 1909 institutionalized sep-

arate Hindu and Muslim electorates at local level,thereby consolidating a separate identity ofMuslims legally and politically. From there the“two-nations” theory, which held that Muslimsand Hindus constituted distinct and separatenations, was a small but inevitable step. The samelogic decreed that the Muslims of India were enti-tled to their own territorial homeland. The stateof Pakistan, created on Indian independence in1947, was constructed out of a disparate variety

30°

20°

Tropic of Cancer

10°

60° 50° 40°

Herat

Faizabad

Kabul

Lahore

JammuAmritsar

Jullundur

Firozpur

Dehli

Meerut

AgraMainpura

Lucknow

AllahabadKalpi

Kanpur

Gwalior

Jhansi

IndoreMhow

Jabalpur

Nimach

Bhopal

Fatehpur

Sitapur

Rampur

Bareli

Dacca

CalcuttaDum-Dum

Lhasa

Chittagong

BasseinRangoon

Moulmein

MandalayChandernagore

HyderabadKarachi

AjmerJodhpur

Erinpura

Baroda

DiuSurat

Nimach

BombayPoona

Bijapur

Hyderabad

Madras

Pondicherry

Karikal

Jaffna

Yanam

Cuttack

Trincomalee

KandyColombo

Mangalore

Mahé

Cochin

AnjengoTrivandrum

Bangalore

Nagpur

Benares

AzamgharPatna

Lhasa

Darjeeling

Kathmandu

Quetta

Kandahar

Rawalpindi

Peshawar

Amu

Darya

Chenabb

R.R

avi

R.Sutl

In

dus

Gang

es

Brahmaputra

G

anges

In

dus

Bra

hmaputra

God

avari

Palk

Str

ai

Indus

Gulf of

Mannar

Arabian Sea

Rann of

Cuch

Bay of Bengal

Andaman Is.

I N D I A N O C E A N

Laccadive

Islands

NE P A L

B U K H A R A

A F G H A N I S T A N

RUSSIAN EMPIRE

PERSIA

Kashmir and Jammu

Ladakh

B a l u c h i s t a n

S i n d

P u n j a b

B i h a r

Bhutan

S i k r i Bengal

L o w e rB u r m a

U p p e rB u r m a

Carchar

A s s a m

O r i s s a

R a j p u t a n aO u d h

Nizam’s Dominions

Mysore

Goa

Ceylon

Coorg

B e r a r

I N D I A

Central Indian Provinces

B a h a w a l p u r

C H I N A

T i b e t

Tu r k e s t a n

N o r t h e r nC i r c a r s

Travancore

Ca

rn

at

ic

C u t t ack

Hi

nd

u

Ku

sh

18391891

1846 British protectorate

1818 British protectorate

1882 British protectorate

1857

1913–14 to Britain

1831 Britishprotectorate

1815 1818

to Portugal Daman

1753

1893

1842

1857–58Manipur1886 British protectorate

1826

1857

1857

1798 to Britain

1826

1886 to Britainformerly Chinese territory

NorthEast Frontier Agency

N

British Conquest ofIndia

1753–75

British annexation

1792–1805

1815–1858

Portuguese

Other territories

French

After 1858

Dependant state

Minor dependant state

Area most affected by the Indian mutiny of 1857

Major center of uprising

British campaigns

Under British supervision,later annexed

Boundary of British India, c. 1890

0 200 km

0 200 miles

100

H A of Islam Spreads 31–40 21/5/04 10:47 AM Page 100

30°

60° 50°

N

0 200 km

0 200 miles

Faizabad

Kabul

Lahore

Dehli

Amritsar

Rampur

Rawalpindi

Chenab

Indus

Ganges

In

dus

Indus

NEPAL

AFGHANISTAN

P A K I S T A N

Jammu andKashmir

Xinjiang Uygur Zizhiqu

HimchalPradesh

Haryana

TAJIKISTAN

P u n j a b

C H I N A

I N D I A

T i b e t

1965

1971

1962Chinese attack on Aksai Chin area

Sikh struggle forseparatist state (Khalistan)

under Indian control

Under Pakistani control

Aksai Chin areaclaimed by India,occupied by China

Area of sporadicconflict since 1964

1963claimed by India as part of Kashmir border agreed by Pakistan and China

197 1 Line of control

Conflict over Kashmir1949 – 1971

Religious unrest and rivalry

Pakistani attacks

Indian attacks

INDIA 711–1971

of Muslim communities located in the territoriesof Sind, Baluchistan, the Northwest Frontierprovince, the western half of the Punjab, and apart of Bengal, a mainly Muslim territory locat-ed more than a thousand miles to the east, sepa-rated by Indian territory. In western Pakistan,more than half the people were Punjabis, some 20percent were Sindhis, 13 percent were Pashtuns,and 3–4 percent were Baluchis, with the remain-der, apart from small Hindu and Christianminorities, Muhajirs, or refugees from India. Theexchange of populations following partition ledto a massive bloodbath, in which hundreds ofthousands of people were killed in communalrioting. The unresolved dispute over Kashmir,where the Hindu ruler chose to accede to theIndian Union against the wishes of his Muslimsubjects, has contributed to three wars betweenIndia and Pakistan, in 1949, 1965, and 1971, aswell as to a continuing cycle of insurgency andrepression. Pakistan’s political fragility wasreflected by the succession of military govern-ments that alternated with periods of precariousdemocratic rule by parties accused of corruptionand lacking Islamic legitimacy. In the final analy-sis the army, controlled by the British-trainedPunjabi officer class, proved the only institutioncapable of holding the country together. In 1971,with military help from India, East Pakistanbroke away from western Pakistan to form theindependent Muslim state of Bangladesh. Thefractious relationship between India and Pakistan(both of them now nuclear powers) has yet to beresolved. The erosion of India’s secular cultureconsequent on Hindu political revival and officialIslamophobia occasionally tolerated in somestates—notably Gujerat—has made the positionof the Muslim minority remaining in India—which numbers some 120 million, about 10 per-cent of the population—more vulnerable than atany time since partition. The legacy of theMuslim conquests has yet to be fully absorbed inIndian popular consciousness. A mosque inAyodhya, said to have been built by Babur on thesite of a temple devoted to the hero-deity Rama,

The Taj Mahal, Agra, India

(completed 1653). One of the

world’s best-known monuments,

it is the most enduring emblem of

Mughal rule in India. It was built

by the Emperor Shah Jahan in

memory of his wife Mumtaz

Mahal. Shah Jahan, who was

deposed by his son Aurungzeb, is

also buried there.

101

and destroyed by Hindu militants in 1991, is stilla powerful source of contention between India’sHindu and Muslim communities. In the commu-nal riots that followed the mosque’s destruction,thousands of Muslims were killed—a story tragi-cally repeated in 2003 when Hindu pilgrimsreturning from Ayodhya were attacked byMuslims in Gujerats, causing widespread com-munal conflict in the region.

H A of Islam Spreads 31–40 21/5/04 10:48 AM Page 101

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

Russian Expansion in Transcaucasia and Central Asia

Imam Shamil of Daghestan (c. 1797–1871), on horseback, from a Russian engraving of c. 1850.

Shamil waged a heroic campaign (1834–59) against the Russians under the spiritual authority of

his father-in-law, a shaikh of the Naqshbandiyya Sufi order. Though eventually defeated and sent

into exile, his memory remained alive in Daghestan and Chechnya, where it has inspired

successive anti-Russian and anti-Soviet revolts up to the present day.

The Russian expansion into Transoxiana and

the Caucasus region, which would culminate

in the incorporation of more than fifty mil-

lion Muslim peoples into the Soviet Union,

began in the fifteenth century when the rulers

of Moscow threw off the Tatar yoke. By the

1550s Moscow had absorbed the autonomous

Muslim states of Kazan and Astrakhan, giv-

ing it control of the Volga and the northern

shores of the Caspian Sea and opening the

way for the conquest of the Kazakh steppes.

The Kazakhs had pulled out of the confeder-

ation of Turkish-Mongol tribes that had cre-

ated the Timurid and subsequent empires,

remaining qazaq (freely roaming) lords of the

steppes. The Russians built a string of forts

between the Ural and the Irtysh rivers. This

enabled them to bring the whole region under

Russian control, a process marked by the abo-

lition of the Kazakh khanates in the 1820s.

However, Kazakh resistance, inspired by

Islam, would last until the 1860s.

In its earlier phases Russian rule over its

Muslim populations was extremely harsh.

The Tatar nobility were subjected to forced

conversion and expelled from important

cities. Their lands were given over to the

Russian nobility and monasteries, who plant-

ed them with Orthodox serfs and monks. The

policy was relaxed under Catherine the Great,

who regarded Islam as a more civilizing influ-

ence than Christianity. Muslims were guaran-

teed religious freedom, mosques were built

with state sponsorship, and institutions creat-

ed with broad authority over the Muslim pop-

ulation. The situation, however, was not to

last. In the Crimea, which Russia had

acquired from the Ottomans in 1783, the

Russians took over Tatar lands and confiscat-

ed waqfs (religious endowments) for the ben-

efit of European colonists. Further east the

mainly pastoral peoples of Inner Asia fell

prey to the colonizing ambitions of Russian

generals and the desire of the tsars to secure

trading advantages with Iran, India, and

102

H A of Islam Spreads 31–40 21/5/04 10:48 AM Page 102

RUSSIAN EXPANSION IN TRANSCAUCASIA AND CENTRAL ASIA

China, forestalling potential British rivalry.

Tashkent was occupied in 1865, Samarkand in

1868, and Bukhara was forced to open its

frontiers to Russian traders. In the north

Caucasus the Russians overcame resistance

inspired by the Naqshbandi and Qadiri

orders, overthrowing the Islamic state estab-

lished by Imam Shamil in 1859. By 1900 the

tsarist conquest of Transcaucasia and Central

Asia was virtually complete.

Far from leading to the dissolution of the

tsarist empire in Asia the Bolshevik revolution

of 1917–18 led to its consolidation. In their

struggle against their own conservative reli-

gious establishments, intellectual advocates of

Islamic reform, known as jadidists, joined the

Communist Party. They hoped to modify

Russian policies to meet the needs of the

Muslim populations and to promote versions

of Muslim nationalism in alliance with Soviet

Russia. The Muslim nationalists were outma-

neuvered by Stalin and the party centralizers.

Their leading advocate Mir Said Sultan Galiev

(b. 1880) was arrested in 1928 and disap-

peared soon afterward. However, a sense of

shared values between Islam and communism

(social justice, the priority of public over pri-

vate interest, of community over the individ-

ual) encouraged them to work for their inter-

ests within the party by adopting a strategy of

taqiyya (dissimulation). But official Islam suf-

fered serious assault during the 1930s when

Stalin launched his “second revolution” from

above. Mosques were placed in the hands of

the Union of Atheists, to be turned into muse-

ums or places of entertainment, while two of

the five “pillars” of the Islamic faith, the pil-

grimage to Mecca and the collection of zakat

(the religious dues used to maintain mosques

and provide funds for the needy) were effec-

tively forbidden. The ban on Arabic script

and its replacement by Latin and later Cyrillic

scripts ensured that future Soviet generations

would have much less access than in the past

to the canonical texts of Islam.

The potential for political solidarity among

Soviet Muslims was attacked by a deliberate

policy of divide and rule. Central Asian states

of today owe their territorial existence to

Stalin. He responded to the threat of pan-

Turkish and pan-Islamic nationalism by parcel-

ing out the territories of Russian Turkestan

into the five republics of Uzbekistan,

Turkmenistan, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, and

Tajikistan. The prosperous Fergana Valley,

which lies at the core of the region and had

always been a single economic unit, was divid-

ed between Uzbeks, Tajiks, and Kyrgyz. Stalin’s

policies demanded that subtle differences in

language, history, and culture between these

mainly Turkic peoples be emphasized in order

to satisfy the Leninist criteria on nationality,

which required a common language, a unified

territory, a shared economic life, and a com-

mon culture. To the new territorial configura-

tions were added the straitjackets of collec-

tivization and monoculture. Under Khrus-

chev’s Virgin Lands scheme vast tracts of

Kazakhstan were given over to cereal produc-

tion, and when the mainly pastoral Kazakhs

resisted, Slavs and other peoples were imported

to do the work. In Uzbekistan more than 60

percent of gross domestic production was

turned over to cotton. This served the interests

of the ruling party elites, some of whose mem-

bers became involved in gargantuan frauds

based on the systematic falsification of pro-

duction figures. It also left a devastating envi-

ronmental legacy by starving noncotton crops

of irrigation and drying up the rivers and lakes,

including the Aral Sea.

Distrusting the loyalty of Muslims during

103

H A of Islam Spreads 31–40 21/5/04 10:48 AM Page 103

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

104

50°40°

0 500 km

0 500 miles

N

Baku

Yezd

Isfahan

Tehran

Baghdad

Chikishilyar

Guryev

Tsaritsyn

Astrakhan

Resht

Turkmanchai

Tabriz

Kuba

Derbent

ShemakhaShusha

Nakhichevan

Erivan Gandzha

Aleksandropol

Tiflis

KutaisPetrovsk

Krasnovodsk1869

Fort Shevchenko1846Vladikavkaz

Mozdok

Pyatigorsk

Stavropol

Kars

Batumi

Poti

U R A

KHANATE OFCRIMEA

KHANATE OF ERIVAN

KHANATE OF KARABAGH

KHANATE OF TALISH

KHANATE OF

SHIRVAN

KHANATE OF KUBA

K

K. OF NAKHICHEVAN

KHANATE

OF GEORGIA

BLACK SEAPROVINCE

ABKHAZIA

DAGHESTAN

B l a c k

S e a

C

a

sp

ia

nS

ea

P E R S I A

T U R K E Y( O T T O M A N

E M P I R E )

GR

EA

TKABARDIA

1730

1783 to Russia

1829

1810

1829

1858

1864

18031804

18061804

18291878

1805

1813

18061806

18061830

1884 1824

1853

1907–21

1873

1881

1817

1784

1859

1804 1806

1828

founded 1877

founded 1827

from 1761 nominally dependentfrom 1825 complete Russian control

Russian vassal from 1731

CIRCASSIANS

K

TU

RK

O

ME

KA

R

A

R

U

S

S

I

A

the Second World War because some of them

collaborated with the Germans, Stalin

deported the whole population of Chechnya-

Ingushiite and the entire Tatar population of

the Crimea to Central Asia.

Although there were undoubted benefits

resulting from industrialization and the

introduction of almost universal literacy, the

retreat of Soviet power following the jihad

in Afghanistan inevitably saw an upsurge of

non-communist ideologies, including local

nationalisms, pan-Turkism, and militant

forms of Islam. The resurgence of Islamic

activity after 1989 after more than half a

century of repression may partly be

accounted for by the mystical Sufi tradi-

tions. Originating in Central Asia, they had

retained their roots. Naqshbandi Sufism, in

particular, was able to survive official perse-

cution as the tradition of “silent” rituals

enabled meetings to take place under other

guises. Additionally old family networks

based on the asabiyya of extended kinship

groups persisted or even flourished by tak-

ing control of communist institutions. In

Chechnya where Russia has fought two bru-

tal wars in 1994–96 and 1999–2002 to sup-

press local independence movements, the

persistence of Sufi networks and allegiances

after seven decades of Soviet rule provides a

better explanation for anti-Russian activity

than the foreign-funded Islamist or

“Wahhabi” militants targeted by spokesmen

in the Kremlin.

In Central Asia, despite the retreat of

Russia, general disillusionment with Soviet

rule, and the collapse of the local economies,

the old communist nomenklaturas have man-

aged to cling to power under new, so-called

democratic labels that barely conceal the real-

ity of bureaucractic authoritarian rule.

H A of Islam Spreads 31–40 21/5/04 10:48 AM Page 104

RUSSIAN EXPANSION IN TRANSCAUCASIA AND CENTRAL ASIA

105

° 60° 70° 80° 90°

50°

40°

30°

rAshkhabad

Meshed

Herat

Kushka

Penjdeh

Merv

Khiva

Bukhara

Tashkent

Turgai

ryev

Chimkent

Przhevalk(Karakol)

Kokand

Kuldja

Semipalatinsk

Turkestan

Samarkand1868–70

Naryn1868

Verny1854

Djilek1861

Ulutau1846

Aralskije (Raim)1847

Irgiz1845

Perovsk(Ak-Mechet)

1853

Kazalinsk1859

Tokmak

Kopal1847

ovodsk

ko

URYANKHAITERRITORY

A K M O L I N S K

C H I N A

I N D I A

K a s h m i r

P u n j a bA F G H A N I S T A N

T U R G A I

U R A L S K

KHANATE OF BUKHARA

KHANATE OF KHIVA

S EM

I P A L A T I N S K

Aral Sea

Lake Balkhash

A

1854

K o k a n d W a l l

1730

1824

1853

1873

Russian Prot. from 1868

Russian Prot. from 1873

Well Irkibai

1873

1895

1884

1865

1876

1885

1881

1731–1824

1854

1871

1864

1864

1763

1707–18

1912–21under Russian Prot.

1871–81

K y z y l K u m

Ka

ra

Ku

m

Pa

mi r s

TU

RK

O

ME

N

K I R G H I S

KA

R

AK

A L P A K S

T A D J I K S

K A Z A K H S

Well Orta-Kuju

Syr Darya Wall

I

AN E

MP

I

R

E

Expansion of Russia in Asia1598–1914

Russian Empire 1598

Acquisitions by 1796

Acquisitions by 1801

Acquisitions by 1825

Acquisitions by 1855

Acquisitions by 1881

Acquisitions by 1894

Acquisitions by 1914

Russian sphere of influence

H A of Islam Spreads 31–40 21/5/04 10:48 AM Page 105

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

Expansion of Islam in Southeast Asia c. 1500–1800

As in other regions peripheral to the Islamicheartlands, Islam came to Southeast Asia bytrade rather than conquest. In some casesMuslim merchants, who carried the prestige ofIslamic high culture, married into local rulingfamilies, providing them with wealth, diplo-matic skills, and knowledge of the wider world.Adoption of Islam made it easier for chiefs inthe coastal regions to resist the authority of theHindu rulers who held sway in central Java.Sufi teachers, some of them also merchants,

who arrived from Arabia and India, were ableto present Islamic teachings in forms that peo-ple raised in Hindu traditions could under-stand. As trade expanded the adoption of Islammade it easier for smaller communities tobecome part of larger societies, favoring thefurther expansion of trade.

The development of Islam in this largelypeaceful, organic fashion was disrupted, butnot reversed, by the appearance of thePortuguese, who established themselves as a

106

NEW

J a v a

Mataram

Su

ma

tr

a

B o r n e o

Brunei

Palawan

Saigon

Rattani

Kelantan

Kedah

SingkeFansur

Trengganu

Pahang

Vijaya

Hue

Singapore

Johore

Palembang

Tanjungoura

DemakCheribon

GresikPajang

MajapantPanarukan

Tuban

Brunei

BanjermasinMartapura Ambon

Bandanera

Macassar

TidoreTernate

Batavia

Bangkok

PasaiSamudra

Banlam

Malacca

Bali

Sumbawa

Sumba

Flores

Serang

Moluccas

Mindinao

Timor

Celebes

Lom

bok

Lo

m

b

ok

Stra

it

Dam

p

ier

Stra

it

Min

doro

Strait

Sunda Strait

B a n d a S e a

T i m o r S e a

Celebes Sea

Flores Sea

S u l u S e a

A r a f u r a S e a

J a v a S e a

S o u t h C h i n a

S e a

PA

Karim

ata

Strait

Makassar

Stra

it

Straitof

M

alacca

Gulf of

Siam

A n d a m a n

S e a

PH

I LI P P I N

ES

Batang

Bay

AUSTRALIA

I N D I A N

O C E A N

MalayPeninsula

CHAMPA

S I A M

ACEH

BATAK

MIN

AN

GK

ABAU

H A of Islam Spreads 31–40 21/5/04 10:48 AM Page 106

EXPANSION OF ISLAM IN SOUTHEAST ASIA c. 1500–1800

leading maritime power from the sixteenthcentury. Having taken Goa in 1509, thePortuguese conquered Malacca on the MalayPeninsula in 1511. Paradoxically, this aided thespread of Islam by sending Muslim teachersand missionaries to the courts of rulers inAcheh and Java, which became centers ofresistance to the Portuguese. The appearanceof the Dutch (who founded Batavia, laterJakarta, in 1619) in search of pepper, cloves,nutmeg, and tin complicated the picture, butdid not reverse the spread, or appeal, of Islamin the region. Indeed conflict with the Dutch

and Portuguese along with the expansion oftrade had the reverse effect, bringing contactwith the Ottoman Empire and an influx ofscholars and Sufis from Mughal India, espe-cially in Acheh.

Differences between the coastal regions andthe interiors, the legacies of Hindu and Buddhistkingships, the varying impacts of Portuguese,Dutch, and British rule, and the different degreesof resistance they engendered produced con-trasting Islamic styles throughout the MalayPeninsula and Indonesian archipelago. A com-mon element is the rainfall and rich tropical soilthat makes much of the land highly produc-tive—this fed colonial appetites for cash cropssuch as coffee and, later, rubber. In SoutheastAsia Islam encountered societies of settled culti-vators and relatively ancient polities whose deepterritorial roots contrast strikingly with theflows of pastoral peoples that dominate Islamichistory in Central or Western Asia. In someinstances the tides of the faith coming fromIndia and Arabia left a residue of ritual andpractice that combined with the older traditions.In Java, for instance, villagers will describethemselves as Muslim, but their actual culturecombines Islamic with Hindu and animist ele-ments. Elsewhere, as in Minangkabau, after aperiod of economic upheaval in the eighteenthcentury, reformist currents preaching closeradherence to the Sharia became dominant, gen-erating social conflicts that resulted in Dutchintercession and conquest (1839–45). Generally,the Islamic legacy in Indonesia has crystallizedinto two broad tendencies—the rural abanganstyle, which allows a tolerance for non-Shariacustoms including matrilineal forms of inheri-tance, and the stricter santri tradition of thecities. Though modern Islamists in bothMalaysia and Indonesia generally oppose plural-ism and cultural mixing, the fact remains thatboth nations have undergone industrial revolu-tions that have placed them well ahead of Iran,Pakistan, and the Arab-Muslim countries interms of economic development.

107

15°

10°

10°

15°

NEW GUINEA

Papua

ra

it

S e a

C o r a l

S e a

B i s m a r c k

S e a

PA C I F I C O C E A N

Expansion of Islam inSoutheast Asia1500 – 1800

Islamic trade routes

Modern borders

Area of Islamic conversion by 1500

Area of Islamic conversion by 1800

Cape York

TRALIA

H A of Islam Spreads 31–40 21/5/04 10:48 AM Page 107

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

British, French, Dutch, and Russian Empires

The enormous increase in the power of the

European countries that began to take over the

Muslim world from about 1800 can be traced

back to the scientific revolution of the seven-

teenth century and the industrial revolution to

which it gave birth. Before the mid-1600s

Western and Muslim civilizations were on rela-

tively equal terms, militarily and economically.

By 1800, however, the balance had shifted deci-

sively and permanently toward what would

come to be thought of as “the West.”

Napoleon’s ill-fated expedition to Egypt was

not halted by the neo-Mamluks, whom he

defeated at the Battle of the Pyramids, but by

the British admiral, Nelson, who destroyed the

French fleet at Aboukir Bay. Henceforth it

would be competition—military and economic

—between European nations, rather than con-

flicts between the Islamic world and the West,

that would determine the historical agenda for

the Muslim peoples.

Numerous explanations have been advanced

to account for the cumulative rise in European

power. These range from the spirit of capitalism

engendered by the Protestant reformers and the

sudden access to wealth brought back from the

Americas, to the radical methodology of ques-

tioning everything advocated by the French

philosopher René Descartes, one of the progeni-

tors of the scientific revolution. Whatever the

causes, the effects were far reaching and irre-

versible. European capital was systematically

reinvested to finance technical innovation in

industrial methods of production, such as cot-

ton spinning, which could destroy traditional

methods by competition. European military

power, benefiting from constant technical

improvements, was deployed to protect and

extend markets for manufactured products,

leading to the collapse of local economies and

the capacity of non-European powers to offer

resistance. From the perspective of previous eras

(for example, that of the Crusader Kingdoms

and the gradual loss of al-Andalus to the

Christians) the process was extraordinarily

rapid. By 1920 European power encompassed

virtually the whole of the planet, except for

regions considered too unpopulated, poor, or

remote to be worthy of imperial designs.

Muslim leaders, both spiritual and secular,

were at the forefront of resistance to European

world conquest. In Java Prince Dipanegara, a

member of one of the ruling families that suc-

cumbed to Dutch influence and pressures from

European cultivators, launched a revolt embrac-

ing displaced peasants and religious leaders that

lasted from 1825 to 1830. In Bengal, where the

British East India Company had been trading

since the early 1600s, the defeat of a local ruler,

Nawab Siraj al-Dawla, who tried to curb the

power of the company at the Battle of Plassey

(1757), opened the way to the British conquest.

After further defeat at Buksar in 1764 Muslim

resistance shifted to the large, formerly Hindu

kingdom of Mysore, where Haidar Ali, a

Punjabi soldier, created with French assistance a

disciplined force along European lines. His son

and successor Tipu Sultan (1750–99) secured a

notable victory over a British army at the Battle

of Conjeveram, near Madras, before eventually

being killed at Seringapatam in 1799, a battle

that effectively ended resistance to British rule in

southern India. Afterward resistance shifted to

the Northwest Frontier or to within the ranks of

the British-led Indian army. In the late 1820s

Sayyid Ahmed Barelwi (1786–1831), a mission-

ary preacher in the reformist Naqshbandi tradi-

tion who had spent three years in Mecca, tried

to rally the Yusufzai Pushtuns in the Northwest

Frontier province as part of a broader campaign

108

H A of Islam Spreads 31–40 21/5/04 10:48 AM Page 108

BRITISH, FRENCH, DUTCH, AND RUSSIAN EMPIRES

of reform in Indian Islam. His aim of creating

an Islamic state on liberated territory outside

British control was frustrated by the Sikhs, who

defeated him at Balakot in 1831. The Northwest

Frontier, however, continued to be the focus of

resistance to British rule long after Barelwi’s

death. Between 1847 and 1908 there were no

less than sixty rebellions against the British.

Many of them had millennarian overtones and

nearly all were legitimized as jihads against

infidel rule.

Many of these movements against European

imperialism were led by men trained in the dis-

ciplines and hierarchies of the Sufi tariqas. In

the Caucasus the Imam Shamil, a leader in the

Naqshbandi tradition, waged a campaign

against Russian penetration lasting from 1834

to 1839. Although the Islamic state he founded

was eventually incorporated into the tsarist

empire, Shamil’s memory remained vibrant

among the peoples of Daghestan and Chechnya,

who mounted successive revolts against the

Russians in 1863, 1877, 1917–19, during the

Second World War, and against the post-

communist administrations of Boris Yeltsin and

Vladimir Putin. In Cyrenaica, the Sanusiya

order, which had accepted Ottoman suzerainty,

became the source of organized resistance after

the Italian invasion in 1911.

The British and French encountered similar

movements of resistance throughout Muslim

Africa. Abd al-Qadir, a shaikh of the Qadiriyya

order, led the resistance to French rule after the

conquest of Algiers in 1830. He established an

Islamic state in the western Sahara. This lasted

until 1847, when the French finally overwhelmed

it and sent him into exile. In 1881 Muhammad

Ahmad, a shaikh of the Sammaniya branch of

the Khalwatiya, proclaimed himself Mahdi in the

Upper Nile region, and launched a jihad against

the Egyptian government and its foreign backers,

who were penetrating the region under European

commanders. The defeat of the Mahdi’s succes-

sor at Omdurman in 1898 was hailed by Winston

Churchill, who witnessed the battle, as “the most

signal triumph ever gained by the arms of science

over barbarians.” The “arms of science” on this

occasion were the British machine guns. Familiar

weapons in small-scale punitive expeditions in

much of Africa in the 1890s, here they were used

for the first time against an army of more than

fifty thousand men.

109

60°

50°

40°

30°

Tropic of Cancer

20°

10°

15° 15° 30° 45° 60° 90° 120° 150° 60°75° 105° 135° 165°0°

Eurasian Empires c. 1700

Spanish possessions

Portuguese possessions

British possessions

French possessions

Dutch possessions

Danish possessions

Russian possessions

Daman

Paris

Moscow

Okhotsk

St Petersburg

Madrid

Cairo

Constantinople

Delhi

Diu Macao

Nagasaki

BombayGoa

Mangalore

Quilon

Atjeh

BataviaMakassar

Masulipatam

Calcutta

Colombo

Singapore

Loanda

Fernando Póo

St LouisGorée

Fort JamesAlbreda

Accra

Elmina

Assinie

S. Salvador

Canary Is.

Formosa

Philippine Is.

Borneo

Sum

atra

Java

Celebes

Comoro Is.

Madeira

Minorca

A

ra

bia

S a h a r a

Iceland

GREATBRITAIN

FRANCE

NETH.

SPAIN

THE EMPIRE

POLAND

SWEDEN

ALGIERSTUNIS

EGYPT

PERSIA

MOGUL EMPIRE

BURMA

JAPAN

SIAM

ANN

AM

M A N C H U E M P I R E

( C H I N A )

T i b e t

M o n g o l i a

Korea

AFGHANISTANMOROCCO

PORTUGALO T T O M A N

E M P I R E

R U S S I A N E M P I R E

ZA

NZ

IBA

H A of Islam Spreads 31–40 21/5/04 10:48 AM Page 109

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

Nineteenth-Century Reform Movements

The tajdid (reform) movements, which havedominated Islamic thought and practice sincethe eighteenth century, have internal and exter-nal dimensions. Internally the example ofMuhammad’s attacks on the pagan idolaters ofMecca in the name of the “original” monothe-istic religion taught by God to Adam, Ibrahim,and Ismail, followed by the hijra to Medina, thebuilding of a new society, and his purging ofMecca’s infidelities after his triumphant recon-quest, is in itself a paradigm of religious reform.Throughout Islamic history the Prophetic sce-nario has been adopted by men of renownedlearning and piety who have attacked orreplaced corrupt rulers in the name of restoringthe true Islam of Muhammad and his genera-tion. Many such movements occurred in theeighteenth and nineteenth centuries. Some ofthese movements were religious responses tolocal practices, such as the custom of praying atthe tombs of Sufi saints, condemned by theArabian Wahhabis. Others, such as the reformmovements in the Senegambian region of WestAfrica, involved local resistance to non-Muslimpolitical elites; many others, such as the jihadmovements on India’s Northwest Frontier or theMahdiya in the Nilotic Sudan, were responsesto European penetration.

Most of the militant movements of resistanceand reform, however, occurred among tribal peo-ples in peripheral regions. Even when led by menof learning, such as the Mahdi MuhammadAhmad or Uthman Dan Fodio, they could onlysucceed if backed by military-tribal power. Onceit became clear that military solutions were notgoing to work because of the overwhelmingpower of the West, Muslim thinkers began tointerpret the reformist scenario intellectually.Where the tribally based movements distin-guished between correct religious practice andunacceptable innovations, intellectual reformerssought to regenerate Islam by distinguishingbetween usul (fundamentals) of Islam, which

were timeless and adaptable, and furu (the detailsof revelation), which applied to particular cir-cumstances. All of the reformers recognized thatif Islam was to survive and prosper under mod-ern circumstances, Muslims must embrace mod-ern learning and modern education. In India SirSayyid Ahmed Khan (1817–98) founded a collegeat Aligarh aimed at creating a modern generationof Muslim officials, lawyers, and journalists—men who in the course of time would becomeleaders of the Pakistan movement. A more con-servative group of Indian ulama founded theacademy at Deoband in 1867, which combinedthe study of revealed knowledge (Koran, hadith,and law) with rational subjects like logic, philos-ophy, and science. By taking advantage of therailway system to distribute printed materials inUrdu, the Deobandis were able to reach all partsof Muslim India. This made Deoband the centerof a new kind of Muslim awareness that spreadto other countries, with many students comingfrom Afghanistan, Central Asia, Yemen, andArabia. A graduate of Deoband, MaulanaMuhammad Ilyas, founded the reformistTablighi Jamaat (preaching association) in 1927.Originally aimed at converting the Mewatis, apeasant community near Delhi, to stricterIslamic observance it combined adherence to theSharia with Sufi meditations on the spirit ofMuhammad as practiced by the Chisti order, towhich Ilyas himself belonged. The TablighiJamaat, which formally eschews involvementwith politics, is one of the fastest growing Islamicmovements worldwide, with branches in morethan ninety countries.

In Egypt the most influential reformer wasMuhammad Abduh (1849–1905). Originally a dis-ciple of the anti-British pan-Islamic activist Jamalal-Din al-Afghani (1839–1970), Abduh accompa-nied Afghani to exile in Paris after the Britishoccupation where they coedited a short-lived butinfluential Arabic pan-Islamist journal Al-urwa al-

wuthqa “The Strongest Link.” In 1885 Abduh

110

H A of Islam Spreads 31–40 21/5/04 10:48 AM Page 110

NINETEENTH-CENTURY REFORM MOVEMENTS

broke with his mentor’s hostility to imperialismand, returning to Egypt via Syria, decided likeAhmad Khan to work with the grain of Britishpower, seeing in it a necessary force for modern-ization. After rising in the legal service to becomechief mufti or law officer of Egypt, Abduh soughtto modernize the Sharia and to introduce subjectssuch as modern history and geography into thecurriculum of al-Azhar in Cairo, the foremostacademy of Sunni Islam. He paid particular atten-tion to the principle of maslaha (public interest) toenable the law to be changed in accordance withmodern requirements, stating, “If a ruling hasbecome the cause of harm which it did not causebefore, then we must change it according to theprevailing conditions.” Abduh believed that, prop-erly understood, revelation must be in harmonywith reason, because Islam was “natural religion”designed by God to fit the human condition. LikeAhmed Khan he sought to distinguish between theessentials and nonessentials of revelation, preserv-ing the fundamentals while discarding thoseaspects that were historically contingent or time-specific. He tirelessly opposed what he saw as thehidebound conservatism of the traditional ulamaand, again like Ahmad Khan, emphasized the

need for new applications of the principle of ijti-had (individual judgement) to meet modern con-ditions. Abduh’s views were disseminated throughhis legal rulings, writings, and lectures and afterhis death through the periodical al-Manar (“TheLighthouse”), published by his Syrian discipleRashid Rida, a member of the reformistNaqshbandi order, which ran from 1897 to 1935.As a mujaddid (reformer or renovator) of modernIslam Abduh’s influence can hardly be underesti-mated. In Southeast Asia the Java-based mission-ary Muhammadiyah movement founded in 1912by Ahmad Dahlan, which now has millions ofmale and female adherents, owes much to Abduh’sideas. In the Arab world Dahlan is regarded, withAfghani, as the founder of the Salafiyya move-ment, inspired by the example of the “pious fore-bears,” classically thought of as the first three gen-erations of Muslims who received the message ofIslam in its original context. Modern Salafists whocan claim a part of Abduh’s intellectual legacyrange from militant activists who seek to establishmodern Islamic states, if necessary by violentmeans, to secular nationalists who interpretAbduh’s ideas as requiring a complete separationbetween political and religious realms.

A locomotive drags its crowded

carriages up the narrow-gauge

Darjeeling Railway, c. 1900. The

Deobandi reformist movement

took advantage of the railway

network to disseminate Islamic

literature throughout the country,

adding to the sense of Muslims

as a distinct community in India.

111

H A of Islam Spreads 31–40 21/5/04 10:48 AM Page 111

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

Modernization of Turkey

British troops at Gallipoli,

together with other Western

Allies, were deployed on the

peninsula from 25 April 1915

until 9 January 1916. Their

objective was to threaten

Constantinople and to open a

supply route to Russia across the

Black Sea. The Turkish forces

were commanded by Lieutenent

Colonel Mustafa Kemal, whose

drive and energy thwarted the

Allied plan. His success would

lead him to the office of

National President.

The modernization of Turkey extends back atleast two centuries, when the Ottoman SultanSelim III (1789–1807) attempted to introduce aseries of educational and military reforms. Hisefforts threatened the interests of the ulamaand Janissaries and he was deposed. But after astring of defeats in the Caucasus and Greece hissuccessor Mahmud II (r. 1807–39) made newefforts at reform by introducing new Western-oriented schools, destroying the Janissary corpsand dissolving the Bektashi Sufi order linked toit. The autonomy of the ulama was weakenedby the state takeover of waqfs (religious endow-ments), Sharia courts, and schools. A symbolicseparation of religion and state was effected bya decree abolishing the wearing of turbans. Foreveryone except the official ulama turbans,often the mark of allegiance to one of the Sufitariqas, were replaced by the fez, the red-feltcylindrical hat imported from the Maghrib.Mahmud’s ambition to create a centralized,absolutist state (along the lines of prerevolutionFrance or Prussia) was carried on by his succes-

sors in a series of programs known as theTanzimat-i Hairiye (Auspicious Reorderings)that lasted from 1839 to 1876. Modern postalsystems, telegraph, steamship navigation, andrailroads were introduced alongside radicallegal reforms with Western-style courts and lawcodes. A new civil code, the Mejelle, followedthe Sharia law in content, but differed from tra-dition by being administered by state courts.

In 1855 the jizya (poll tax)—a formal markof religious inferiority—was replaced by a taxon exemption from military service. The newcentralized government that was coming intobeing was founded on a social base of new professionally trained bureaucrats. The smallurban middle class enjoyed a rising economicstatus that enabled it to challenge the religion-based power-structure of the religious commu-nities. The Tanzimat reforms altered the previous basis of Ottoman society by abolishingthe autonomy of Islamic educational and judi-cial institutions, bringing them under state con-trol. The reforms stimulated the emergence of

112

H A of Islam Spreads 31–40 21/5/04 10:48 AM Page 112

MODERNIZATION OF TURKEY

113

26°

30°

44°

40°

22°

22°

40°

Vjo

s

a

Ax

io

Aliakm

on

Stru

ma

Lake

OhridLake

Prespa

Lake

Scutari

Vjo

sa

Ax

io

s

Ne

sto

s

Aliakm

on

Strum

a

Drin

i

Marica

Tundza

Danube

Sava

Drin

a

Is

kar

Mo

ra

va

Arg

e

s

Oit

Lake

Ohrid

Lake

Prespa

Lake

Scutari

Corfu

Limnos

Thasos

Samothrace

Gorkceada

Salonika

Uskub

Sofia

Scutari

Monastir

Pristina

Belgrade

Temesvar

Jassy

Constanta

Salonika

Uskub Philippopolis

SofiaBurgas

Constantinople

Gallipoli

Bucharest

Adrianople

Scutari

Durazzo

Monastir

Pristina

B l a c k

S e a

S e a o f

M a r m a r a

A e g e a n S e a

Adriatic

Sea

OT

TO

MA

N

EM

P I R E

Stra

it

of

Otra

nto

B U L G A R I AS E R B I A

A L B A N I A

G R E E C E

A U S T R I A – H U N G A R Y

R U S S I A N

E M P I R E

B U L G A R I A

B e s s a r a b i a

S E R B I A

Kosovo

A L B A N I A

M O N T E N E G R O

R O M A N I A

T r a n s y l v a n i a

M o l d a vi a

M a c e d o n i a

GR

EE C E

D o b r u j a

T h r a c eSerbian Armyrescued by Allies and transported to Salonika

Allied landing 5 October 1915:The following offensive to assist Serbiais driven back by Bulgarian 2nd Army

The Balkans 1 1914–18

German attacks

Austro-Hungarian attacks

Austro-Hungarian retreat

Serbian counterattack

Serbian retreat

Bulgarian attacks

Romanian attacks

Romanian retreat

Russian retreat

Turkish counterattack

Allied attack

Allied retreat

German front line

Austro-Hungarian front line

Bulgarian front line

Romanian front line

The Balkans 2September–November 1918

British advance andfront lineFrench advance andfront line Serbian advance and front lineItalian advance andfront line

Greek front line

1

1

22

1

2

3

4

5

6

8

Allied front lines, 15 September 1918

Allied front lines, 29 September 1918

Austrian invasion of Serbia repulsed 29 July – 15 December 1914

Germans advance up the Morava valley October 1915

Allied attempt to take Gallipolipeninsula fails Feb.–Dec. 1915

Bulgarian attack breaks throughSerbian formations October 1915

Serbian retreat November 1915

Romanian forces invade Transylvania27 August 1916

Bulgarian advance forces back Russian-Romanian defense Oct. 1916

German counteroffensive forces Romanians to retreat Sept.–Dec. 1916 7

1 2

3

45

6

7

8

H A of Islam Spreads 31–40 21/5/04 10:48 AM Page 113

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

Mustafa Kemal Atatürk,

1881–1938, founder of the

Turkish secular state.

the “Young Turks,” a movement among theintelligentsia who wished to move in a Europeandirection. In 1908 the vanguard of this move-ment, the Committee for Union and Progress(CUP), which had infiltrated the army, came topower in a military coup. The sultan was forcedto restore the constitution he had suspended in1876 and there was a front of parliamentarygovernment. The real power remained with thearmy and the CUP, which embarked on a radicalprogram of secularization, reducing the powersof the shaikh al-Islam (the chief religious func-

tionary), and imposing government control overSharia courts and Muslim colleges. Thoughnationalist in outlook the Young Turks aimed tokeep control of the eastern part of the Empire.

With help from Germany, whose military advis-ers were driving reforms in the army, theBerlin–Baghdad railroad was constructed. Thefirst decade of the twentieth century also sawthe construction of the famous Hejaz railwayfrom Damascus to Medina (the link to Meccawas never completed). While facilitating thepassage of pilgrims to the holy places of Islam,the railway was also designed to speed the pas-sage of troops into the Peninsula to control trib-al revolts in Syria and Arabia. The Ottomanscontinued to lose territory during the seconddecade of the twentieth century with the loss ofLibya, Albania, and most of their Europeanpossessions in the Balkan wars. The coup degrâce came with the First World War (1914–18).Having joined the Central Powers (Austria andGermany) against Britain, France, and Russia,the Empire lost its remaining Arab provinces tothe three-pronged attack launched by Britain inIraq and Palestine, and to the Arab tribes led bythe Sharif of Mecca’s son Faisal with the help ofthe British adventurer T. E. Lawrence.

Despite the loss of its Arab provinces Turkeyitself retained its independence as a Muslimcountry after the First World War, thanks to theefforts of Mustafa Kemal (later to be calledAtatürk, “Father of the Turks”). A Young Turkgeneral, he had saved Istanbul by defending theGallipoli Peninsula from invasion by the Britishimperial forces in 1915. After forming a provi-sional nationalist government Atatürk mobi-lized the Turkish people against the partition ofthe Anatolian heartland, and losses to French-controlled Syria and to Greece, as well as toKurds and Armenians (whose proposed state inthe northeast was effectively partitionedbetween Turkey and the newly emergent SovietRepublic). Having defeated the Greeks (whohad been awarded the mainly Greek areaaround Smyrna (Izmir) under the humiliatingterms of the 1920 Treaty of Sèvres) Kemal woninternational recognition for complete andundivided Turkish sovereignty in Anatolia,Adrianople (Edirne), and eastern Thrace

114

H A of Islam Spreads 31–40 21/5/04 10:48 AM Page 114

MODERNIZATION OF TURKEY

(European Turkey) at the Treaty of Lausanne in1923. Atatürk resolved its problems with Greeceby the brutal but effective means of an exchangeof populations.

Having established his authority as the vic-tor or ghazi-warrior over Turkey’s enemies,Atatürk embarked on a radical program ofmodernization. In 1923 the sultanate was sepa-rated from the caliphate, and the former abol-ished. The following year the caliphate wasabolished, along with the Sharia courts.Islamic law was replaced by adapting the Swiss

civil code to Turkish needs. The Latin alphabetwas introduced for the Turkish language(which had previously been written in Arabicscript), with a view to separating Turkey fromthe Islamic past and making literacy moreaccessible. The Sufi orders were banned anddriven underground. The fez, which had ironi-cally acquired the status of an “Islamic” itemof headgear, was abolished, to be replaced bythe peaked cloth cap worn by European work-ers at that time.

115

15°

20°

25°

Tropic of Cancer

30°

35°

40°

30° 35° 40° 45° 50° 55° 60°Black Sea

Caspian

Sea

Pe

r

s

i

a

n

Gu l f G

ul

f

of

Oman

A r a b i a n S e a

R

e

d

S

e

a

Mediterranean Sea

Cyprus

Mashad

Kerman

Bandar-Abbas

Jask

Muscat

Mukalla

Aden

Sana

Abha

MeccaJedda

MassawaAsmara

Aduwa

Dhahran

Riyadh

ShirazKuwait

Basra

Isfahan

Sharud

Tehran

Rasht

Kermanshah

Tabriz

Baku

AdrianopoleIstanbulGallipoli

Mudania Nicoea

UskudarSkelessi

Eskisehir

UsakAlasehir

Izmir

Antalya

KonyaKayseri

Ankara

SinopeZongdulak

Sivas

TrebizondKars

Malatya

Gaziantep

Aleppo

Urfa

Mosul

Kirkuk

Erzurum

Habbaniyya Baghdad

Karbala Kut-el-Amara

Al Jawf

Homs

Latakia

Damascus

Tripoli

Amman

Beirut

JerusalemTel Aviv

Tabuk

Gaza

Medina

Alexandria

Cairo

Wadi Halfa

Aswan

Eup

hrates T

igris

Nile

R.A

tbara

Blue

Nile

T U R K E Y Ar menia

U S S R

S y r i a

Lebanon

Terr. ofAlawites

Hatay

Palestine

Transjordan

E G Y P T

A n g l o -

E g y p t i a n

S u d a n

A B Y S S I N I A

Y E M E N

O M A NH E J A Z A N D N E D J

HejazN e d j

A s i r

QATAR

KUWAIT

I r a q

P E R S I A

E r i t r e a

H a d h r a m a u t

P I R A T E C O A S T

Aden Protectorate

kingdom from 1926

neutral zones

1916 independent1925–26 to Nedj

1920–22to Greece

1889 to Italy

from 1912to Italy

to Britain1878 leased

1914 annexed1923 ceded by Turkey

1920–22to France

Bursa

Sakarya

0 200 km

0 200 miles

N

The New Turkey 1926

British possession, 1914

British mandate, 1920

Under British protection, 1914

French mandate, 1920

Italian possession

Ottoman Empire, 1914

Turkey after the Treaty of Sèvres, 1920

Temporary Italian occupation (to 1921)

Turkish campaign, 1920–23

Area ceded by USSR, 1921

Major battle

Turkey after the Treaty of Lausanne, 1923

H A of Islam Spreads 31–40 21/5/04 10:48 AM Page 115

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

The Muslim World under Colonial Domination c. 1920

The defeat of the Ottoman Empire in the FirstWorld War brought the vast majority of Muslimsocieties under direct or indirect colonial rule. By1920 the only independent Muslim states wereTurkey (revitalized under Kemal Atatürk), Persia,where the Qajar dynasty would shortly bereplaced by the Pahlavis (1923), Afghanistanunder the modernizing regime of KingAmanullah (1919–29), northern Yemen, wherethe Zaidi Imam Yahya won control after theOttoman defeat, Central Arabia (Najd), and theHejaz, the Muslim holy land containing the citiesof Mecca and Medina, still under control of theHashemite family. The remainder of Dar al-Islam was either under direct colonial rule orunder some form of internationally recognizedEuropean “protection.” Two new principles werebeing established that would bring these formercolonies or semi-colonies into the internationalsystem: the fixing of boundaries (usually for theconvenience of European states) and in the caseof shaikhdoms bound by treaty to Britain, the“freezing” of dynasties to ensure continuity ofgovernment (though not necessarily through theEuropean system of primogeniture). Legitimacyof succession would prevent the disruptive dis-putes that often followed the death of a tradi-tional ruler and bind his heirs into the existingtreaty arrangements.

By 1920 France controlled the whole of north-western Africa except for the coastal strips ofSpanish Sahara and Spanish Morocco. Italy wasextending its rule far beyond the coastalprovinces of Tripoli and Cyrenaica (though thistask would not be completed until 1934). Britain,which since 1882 had occupied Egypt, the cultur-al center of the Muslim world, permitted the for-mer Ottoman province a nominal independenceunder a constitutional monarchy, but retainedoverall strategic control. This led to the paradoxof a formally neutral country becoming host tothousands of British and Empire troops duringthe Second World War. Following Kitchener’s

destruction of the Islamic state created by theMahdi Muhammad Ahmad in 1898, Britain tookcontrol of the Anglo-Egyptian Sudan, whoserealm now extended deep into Equatorial Africa.Having taken Tanganyika from Germany, Britaincontrolled most of the Swahili coast except forthe portion that formed part of ItalianSomaliland. From Aden Britain contested theBab al-Mandeb—the strategic entrance to theRed Sea—with Italy, which ruled in Eritrea, whileretaining its grip on the Arabian littoral fromAden to Basra, having locked the shaikhdomssouth of Arabia and the Gulf into exclusivetreaties that guaranteed British control ofdefense and foreign policy.

In the Indian subcontinent, the British hadlocked some 560 princely rulers—some of them

116

A L G E R I A L I B YAEG

A NE G Y

S U

MO

ROCCO

F R E N C H W E S T A F R I C A

NIGERIA

BELGIA

CONGO

PORT. GUINEA

SIERRA-LEONE

GAMBIA

TUNISIA

LIBERIA

RomeMadrid

Belgrade

I

KharSt-Louis

Freetown

Luanda

AccraLagos

Ca

Athens

CA

MER

OO

N

TO

GO

ITALY

SP. MOROCCO

SP. SAHARA

RIO DE ORO

Gibraltar

Madeira

Canary Is.

S a h a r a

Malta

Fernando Póo

FREN

CH

EQU

AT

OR

IAL

AFR

ICA

GOLD COAST

Br. Mand

ate

Belg Man

FRANCE

SPAINPORTUGAL

SWITZ. AUS.ROM.

BULG.YUG.

GREECE

HUN.

H A of Islam Spreads 31–40 21/5/04 10:48 AM Page 116

MUSLIM WORLD UNDER COLONIAL DOMINATION c. 1920

117

L I B YAEGYPT

A N G L O -E G Y P T I A N

S U D A N

A B Y S S I N I A

C A

KENYABELGIAN

CONGOTANGANYIKA

A

ERITREA

YEMEN HADHRAMAUT

DJIBOUTIBR.

SOMALI-LAND

ITALIAN

SOM

ALI

LAN

D

UGANDA

Belgrade

Istanbul

Tehran

Tashkent

Khartoum

Nairobi

Cairo

Riyadh

Delhi

Bombay

CalcuttaChandernagore

Nanking

Hong Kong

Shanghai

Peking (Beijing)

Canton

Saigon

Madras

Djakarta

Manila

Athens

AddisAbaba

SumatraBorneo

Java

Celebes

Halmahera

New

Guinea

Luzón

Philippine

Islands

Mindanao

Taiwan

Ryu Kyu Is.

ROO

N

Ceylon

Diu Daman

Goa

KwangchowwanMacao

Mahé

Singapore

Pondicherry

Yanaon

Timor

Weihaiwei

Karikal

Malta

ZanzibarAmirantes

Seychelles

Chagos Is.

Socotra

Laccadive Is.

Maldive Is.

Andaman Is.

Nicobar Is.

Cocos Is. Christmas Is.

FREN

CH

EQU

AT

OR

IAL

AFR

ICA

OMAN

FRENCHINDO-CHINA

MALAYASARAWAK

BR. BRUNEIN. BORNEO

Br. Mandate

Belgium Mandate

French Mandate

Under Br. Prot.

1921–24 People’s Rep.

Sovietinfluence

Britishinfluence

British Mandate

US.ROM.

BULG.YUG.

GREECE

HUN.

TURKEY

AFGHANISTAN

TIBET

SINKIANG

M O N G O L I A

PERSIAIRAQ

I N D I A

C H I N AKOREA

SIAM

B U R M A

NEPAL BHUTAN

D U T C H E A S T I N D I E S

SYRIA

JORDAN

KUWAIT

BAHRAIN

H E J A ZA N D

N A J D

JAPA

NE

SEE

MP IR

E

R U S S I A N E M P I R E

Mecca

Medina

ADEN

European Imperialism inthe Muslim World

Independent Muslim state,1920

Territory under colonial rule 1920

British

French

Italian

Portuguese

Dependent princely state

Area of British influence

Area of Russian influence, 1907–21

Muslim concentration: Muslimslive in scattered communities throughout China

Spanish

Dutch

United States

Russia

who had liberated Damascus from OttomanTurkey with British help, had intended to makeSyria an independent Arab state in accordancewith a somewhat ambiguous undertaking hisfather had received from Sir Henry McMahon,the British High Commissioner in Egypt in 1915.In the aftermath of the war, however, it becameclear that for the Muslim world imperial interestswould supersede the national right of self-determination famously proclaimed by PresidentWoodrow Wilson as the basis for the postwar set-tlement in Europe. Protest at the double standardthat allowed the recognition of national rightsfor the subjects of Christian empires in Europe(including Czechs, Slovaks, Hungarians, Jews,and Irish, as well as former Ottoman subjects inthe Balkans) while denying them to Muslims ani-mated the anticolonial resentment that wouldsurface throughout former Ottoman territories.

Muslims—into a mosaic of different treaties andagreements, placing them and their Muslim sub-jects under the umbrella of British rule. InSoutheast Asia Britain controlled the Malaystates, while the Netherlands had extended itssway beyond its original colonies in Java andSumatra. In Muslim Central Asia and theCaucasus region, the communist revolution andsubsequent civil war had consolidated the powerof Moscow within a new regional order.

In the core region of the Mashriq, Palestinehad been opened to Jewish settlement under theterms of the mandate granted to Britain by theLeague of Nations. Under the terms of the secretSykes-Picot agreement reached with France in1916 Britain also acquired mandates—a euphe-mism for colonies—in Transjordan and Iraq,while France took control of Lebanon and Syria.Faisal ibn Hussein, son of the sharif of Mecca

H A of Islam Spreads 31–40 21/5/04 10:48 AM Page 117

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

Balkans, Cyprus, and Crete 1500–2000

Stari Most bridge, Mostar,

Bosnia-Herzegovina. Before its

destruction by Bosnian-Croatian

artillery fire in 1993, the bridge

was one of the finest surviving

examples of Ottoman

engineering and design.

Completed in 1566 by

Khairuddin, a pupil of the great

Ottoman architect Sinan, it

spanned 30 meters with an arch

rising to 27 meters above the

Neretva River. The rebuilding of

the bridge has become a symbol

for the restoration of Bosnia’s

fractured community

relationships.

The Saljuq and subsequent Ottoman conquests

in the Balkans left a residue of Muslims in

Europe who arrived as settlers or adopted Islam

by conversion. Unlike the conquest of Anatolia,

where the Byzantine ecclesiastical institutions

were suppressed as imperial rivals, the Orthodox

Church in the Balkans was given effective juris-

diction of the Christian communities. This fac-

tor may have limited conversions in the Christian

Balkans as compared with Anatolia.

The permanent Islamic presence in Europe

was first established by Turkish migrants to

northern Greece, Bulgaria, and Albania in the

fourteenth and fifteenth centuries, with the lead-

ing role played by the tekkes (hospices) founded

by Sufi holy men, which often became the nuclei

of village communities. In rural areas conver-

sions were facilitated by Sufi orders such the

Mevlevis and Bektashis. They found ways of

conveying Islamic ideas to peasants with

Christian or “heretical” beliefs, such as those of

the Bogomils, an initiatory gnostic sect whose

influence spread throughout Catholic southern

Europe in the eleventh and twelfth centuries.

Conversion was greatest in Albania, Bosnia-

Herzegovina, and Bulgaria, especially among

the Pomaks of the Rhodopes, whose mountain-

ous lands extend into the modern states of

Greece and Macedonia, as well as Crete. Thanks

to official Ottoman support for Orthodoxy,

however, the fact that Christians remained the

overwhelming majority in the Balkans would

make them, initially, more susceptible than the

Empire’s Muslim subjects to the forces of

nationalism and revolution that swept through

Western Europe in the nineteenth century. A cen-

sus conducted between 1520 and 1530 showed

that 19 percent of the Balkan population was

Muslim, 81 percent was Christian, and there was

a small Jewish minority. The largest concentra-

tion of Muslims was in Bosnia (about 45 per-

cent). Most of the Muslims lived in cities. For

example, Sofia (now capital of Bulgaria) had a

Muslim majority of 66.4 percent.

With the turning of the tide of conquest in

Catholic Hungary, the rise of Orthodox nation-

alisms in Greece, Serbia, Romania, and

Bulgaria, and the dismemberment of the

Ottoman Empire in Europe, Muslims lost their

political protection. Many of those who failed

to retreat with the Ottoman armies were mas-

sacred or forcibly converted to Christianity.

Large numbers migrated after the Russo–

Turkish war of 1878, the Balkan wars of

1912–14, and after the First World War, when

there was a formal exchange of populations

between Muslim Turks living in Greece (includ-

ing Crete and the Dodecanese islands) and

Greeks on mainland Anatolia. Cyprus, which

like Crete had been taken by the Ottomans

from the Venetians (1571), became part of the

British Empire after the Congress of Berlin in

1878, preventing its Orthodox majority from

opting for union with Greece (as Crete did in

1913) and thus excluding it from the exchange

of populations in 1920. The island has been

divided since 1972, when Turkey intervened

militarily to prevent a nationalist military gov-

ernment from uniting the island with Greece.

Albania is still largely Muslim (70 percent) by

118

H A of Islam Spreads 31–40 21/5/04 10:48 AM Page 118

BALKANS, CYPRUS, AND CRETE 1500 – 2000

culture. After a prolonged antireligious cam-

paign by the communist government, which

declared the country to be the world’s first offi-

cially atheist state, Islamic beliefs and practices

are being revived. Substantial Muslim minorities

remain in Bulgaria (13 percent), although the

Bulgarian Turks (who number around 600,000)

have migrated to Turkey in considerable num-

bers following a sustained campaign of

Bulgarianization by communist and post-

119

20° 30°

40°

1878

1878

1878

1908

N

0 200 km

0 200 miles

Ti

sza

Mo

rava

Dr

ina

Drin

Var

dar

Stru

ma

Maritsa

BugDn

iestr

Prut

Siret

Danu

be

Ott

ul

B l a c k S e a

S e a o f

A z o v

C r i m e a

Sea of

Marmara

A e g e a n

S e a

I o n i a n

S e a

M e d i t e r r a n e a n S e a

Crete

C y c l a d e s

Cyprus

Galati

Sofia

Plevna

Craiova

Bucharest

Varna

Izmail

BurgasYamboli

AthensCorinth

Gallipoli

Constantinople

Mudania

Dedeagach

Salonika

Üsküb (Skopje)GusinjeCattaro

Prizren

Belgrade

Nish

Mitrovica

Durazzo

Scutari

(Shkadra)

Navarino

Larisa

Smyrna

Angora(Ankara)

Mitilini

(Lesbos)

Rhodes

Chios

Cerigo

Euboea

Samos

Lemnos

Corfu

Thasos

Io

ni

a

n

I

s

la

n

ds

D

o

d

e

c

an

es

e

EPIRUS

MOLDAVIA

PR. OFMONTE-NEGRO

SANJAKOF

NOVIPAZAR

DOBRUJA

M A C E D O N I A

THESSALY

LIVADIA

E A S T R U M E L I A

B U L G A R I A

P R . O FS E R B I A

B O S N I A

W A L L A C H I A

K I N G D O MO F

H U N G A R Y

R U S S I A NE M P I R E

KINGDOMOF

GREECE

OT

TO

MA

N E M P I RE

AL

BA

NI

A

BESSARA B I A

R O M AN

IA

1824–40 to Egypt1908 to Greece

1881 to Greece

1863 to Greece

1878 to Serbia

created 1858

various minor border adjustments in favourof the Ottoman Empire 1897

1878 to Britain

Aust. Prtot. 1878Annexed by Austria1908–09

1878to Russia

until 1917

Adrianople

The Balkans,Crete, and Cyprus1878–1912

date of independence1878

communist governments (including the elimina-

tion of Muslim first and family names).

In Bosnia Muslims constitute about 45 percent

of the population. The civil war (1991–95)

between the Serbs and the Muslim-Croat coalition

led to a series of atrocities including massacres and

attempts at “ethnic cleansing,” which prompted

intervention by NATO air forces and the signing of

the 1995 Dayton Accords dividing Bosnia into sep-

arate Muslim-Croatian and Serbian states.

H A of Islam Spreads 31–40 21/5/04 10:48 AM Page 119

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

120

20° 30°

40°

1913

Tis

za

Mo

rava

Dr

ina

Dri

n

Var

dar

Str

um

a

Maritsa

BugDniestr

Prut

Siret

Danu

be

Ott

ul

Crete

C y c l a d e s

Cyprus

Galati

Sofia

Plevna

Craiova

Bucharest

Varna

Izmail

BurgasYamboli

AthensCorinth

Gallipoli

Constantinople

Mudania

Dedeagach

Adrianople

Salonika

Üsküb (Skopje)KumanovoGusinjeCattaro Djakova

Belgrade

Nish

Mitrovica

Durazzo

Scutari(Shkadra)

Navarino

Tripolis

LarisaJanina

Smyrna

Mitilini

(Lesbos)

Rhodes

Chios

Cerigo

(Kythira)

Euboea

Samos

Lemnos

Corfu

Thasos

Io

ni

a

n

I

s

la

n

ds

D

o

d

e

c

a

ne

se

EPIRUS

MOLDAVIA

K. OFMONTE-NEGRO

DO

BR

UJ

A

THESSALY

PELOPONNESE

THRACE

L I V A D I A

K I N G D O M O F

B U L G A R I A

K I N G D O M O F

S E R B I A

P R . O FA L B A N I A

B O S N I A

K I N G D O M

O F

H U N G A R Y

R U S S I A N

E M P I R E

KINGDOM

OFGREECE

BESSARAB I A

K I N G D O MO

FR

O

MA

NI

A

1913 to Serbia

1915 to Bulgaria

1913 to Bulgaria

1913 to Bulgaria

1913 to Greece

1913 to Bulgaria

1913to Romania

1913 to Montenegro

1912Italian occupied

Annexed in 1914by Britain

until 1917

B l a c k S e a

S e a o f

A z o v

Sea of

Marmara

A e g e a n

S e a

M e d i t e r r a n e a n S e a

I o n i a n

S e a

O T T O M A N

E M P I R E

M

AC

E D O N I A

The Balkans,Crete, and Cyprus1912–13

Ottoman territory in 1913

date of independence1913

N

0 200 km

0 200 miles

H A of Islam Spreads 31–40 21/5/04 10:48 AM Page 120

BALKANS, CYPRUS, AND CRETE 1500 – 2000

121

20° 30°

40°

Tis

za

Mo

rava

Dr

ina

Dri

n

Var

dar

Str

um

a

Maritsa

BugDniestr

Prut

Siret

Danu

be

Ott

ul

Crete

C y c l a d e s

Cyprus

Galati

Sofia

Plevna

Craiova

Ploesti

Bucharest

Varna

Ankara

Izmail

BurgasYamboli

AthensCorinth

Gallipoli

Constantinople (1923 Istanbul)

Mudania

Dedeagach

Adrianople (1923 Edirne)

Salonika

Üsküb (Skopje)KumanovoGusinjeCattaro Djakova

Belgrade

Nish

Mitrovica

Durazzo

Scutari(Shkadra)

Navarino

Tripolis

LarisaJanina

Smyrna

Mitilini

Rhodes

Chios

Kythira

Euboea

Samos

Lemnos

Corfu

Thasos

Io

ni

a

n

I

s

la

n

ds

D

o

d

e

c

a

ne

se

EPIRUS

MOLDAVIA

TRANSYLVANIA

MONTENEGRO

DO

BR

UJ

A

THESSALY

PELOPONNESE

THRACE

B U L G A R I A

YU

GO

SL

AV

I A

A L B A N I A

BOSNIASERBIA

VOJVODINASLAVONIA

H U N G A R YU . S . S . R

G R E E C E

BESSARABIA

1920–22to Greece

1920–22to Greece

1918–20to Romania

Italian

B l a c k S e a

S e a o f

A z o v

Sea of

Marmara

A e g e a n

S e a

M e d i t e r r a n e a n S e a

I o n i a n

S e a

T U R K E Y

M

AC

E D O N I A

R O M A N I A

The Balkans,Crete, and Cyprus1920–23

demilitarized zone 1920–22

N

0 200 km

0 200 miles

H A of Islam Spreads 31–40 21/5/04 10:48 AM Page 121

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

Muslim Minorities in China

This Chinese minaret symbolizes

the adaptability of Muslim

architecture to local vernacular

forms. Unlike the traditional

cathedral or church, there is no

religiously prescribed

architectural form for the

mosque other than the mihrab (a

decorated niche) indicating the

direction of prayer.

The Muslim communities of China are

descended from Arab, Persian Central Asian,

and Mongol traders who married Chinese

women and mostly lived in small communities

clustered around a central mosque. Their

descendents, along with those of other incom-

ers who arrived from Mongolia and Central

Asia over the course of centuries, are known as

the Hui. The Hui number roughly half of

China’s twenty million Muslims. Unlike other

groups, which tend to be concentrated in areas

bordering on the Central Asian republics, they

are spread throughout the country, though

there is a particular concentration in the

Ningxia Hui Autonomous region. The Hui are

recognized by the state as a national minority—

the third largest in China—and the only minor-

ity to be defined by religious affiliation. The

other recognized Muslim minorities include the

Uighurs of the Xinjiang region, and the

Kazakhs, Kyrgyz, Uzbeks, Tatars, and Tajiks

whose homelands are located in the territories

of the former Soviet Union.

Though they developed a distinctive way of

living as a Muslim minority outside the bor-

ders of Dar al-Islam the Hui were far from

being isolated from the spiritual currents flow-

ing from the Islamic heartlands. Sufism made

substantial inroads from the seventeenth cen-

tury, with shaikhs from the Naqshbandiyya,

Qadariyya, and Kubrawiyya orders establish-

ing networks of tariqas and brotherhoods

throughout mainland China. During periods

of turbulence from the seventeenth to nine-

teenth centuries the orders helped organize a

series of Muslim-led rebellions in Yunnan,

Shaanxi, Gansu, and Xinjiang. Much of this

unrest was the result of intra-Muslim violence

caused by the impact on local Hui communi-

ties of reformist ideas imported from Arabia.

For example, in 1781 a Naqshbandi shaikh,

Ma Mingxin (b. 1719), who had studied in

Arabia and Yemen for sixteen years, was exe-

cuted after leading a movement, known as the

122

H A of Islam Spreads 31–40 21/5/04 10:48 AM Page 122

the more traditionalist Hanafis known as

Gedimu (from the Arabic qadim, meaning

old). Though all Muslim groups were perse-

cuted during Mao Zedong’s Cultural

Revolution (1966–76), with at least one major

massacre of Hui in the wake of an uprising in

Yunnan, state patronage of the Yihewanis per-

sisted in the more relaxed climate that followed

the accession of Deng Xiaoping.

After the incorporation of Hong Kong into the

People’s Republic of China, the small

Muslim community on the island

has also built relations with

other groups on the

mainland.

MUSLIM MINORITIES IN CHINA

123

Bay of Bengal

East

Chin

a

Sea

Taiw

an

(Form

osa)

Yell

ow

Sea

Sea

of

Japan

Sea

of

O

khotsk

Darya

R.Syr

Darya

Irtysh

R.

R.Y

enisey

Lena

R. A

mur

R

.C

hang

Jia

ng

R.H

uang

Ho

R. Ganges

Indus

JA

PA

NE

SE

EM

PI

RE

Manchuria

I n n e r M o n g o l i aM O N G O L I A K

ho

rch

in

R U S S I A NE

MP

IR

E

( C h a h a r )

T i b e t

C H I N A

H u i - P u

D z u n g a r i a

Kokand

Kashmir

AFGHANISTAN

Punjab

O udh

Bengal

B r i t i s h I n d i a

Assam

B urma

SIAM

N E P A LBHUTAN

Chi

hli

Sh

an

s i

Ko r e a

H u p e h

H u n a n Kiangsi

Kiangsu

Kwangtung

Kwansi

Kweichow

Yunnan

AnhweiHonanShensi

S z e c h w a n

Kansu

Shantung

Fukien

Chekiang

Nerchinsk

Mukden

Chin-t’ien

Nanking

Peking (Beijing)

Lhasa

Urga

Urumchi

Aksu

Kashgar

FrenchIndo-China

1864 to Russia

1871–81to Russia

1912 to Russia1900–05 occupied by Russia

1905 occupied by Japan

after 1905 Japanese influence

T’ai-p’ing

capital

1860T’ai-p’ing

rebellion

outbreak

1895

to Japan

1905

to Japa

n

1910 to Japan

1912 independent

1860 to Russia

140°

130°

120°

110°

100°90°80°

60°

50°

40°

50°

40°

30°

20°

Tropic of Cancer

N

China under the ManchuDynasty 1840–1912

Area of rebellion

British attacks, 1840–41 (the Opium War)

Muslim rebellion, 1863–73

Anglo-French attacks, 1858–60

Sino-French War, 1883–85

Chinese attacks

French attacks

New Teaching or New Sect, which attacked the

cult of saint-worship. In the 1860s and 70s

another Naqshbandi shaikh, Ma Hualong,

launched a major rebellion, which cut off the

Qing (Manchu) Empire from the northwest,

opening the way for rebellion of the Uighurs in

Xinjiang. In more recent times a Wahhabi-

inspired reformist movement at the turn of the

twentieth century known as the Yihewani

(from the Arabic ikhwan, meaning brother-

hood) was active in opposing practices deemed

idolatrous. Such practices included the venera-

tion of Sufi saints or the wearing of Chinese

mourning dress. Under communist rule the

Yihewani received more state patronage than

H A of Islam Spreads 31–40 21/5/04 10:48 AM Page 123

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

The Levant 1500–2002

Unlike Egypt, which the Ottomans and their

clients ruled as a single substate or province, the

Levant, comprising Syria, Mount Lebanon, and

Palestine, remained a patchwork of communities

bound by a variety of tribal, ethnic, and religious

affiliations under local leaders. The latter were

formally subjects of the Ottoman sultans until the

twentieth century, when France and Britain divid-

ed the region into client states with precarious

national identities. The Levant remained subject

to occidental cultural influences long after the

Crusades, with the Maronite Church based in the

124

32°

36°

32°

36°

0 50 km

0 50 milesN

Antalya

Nicosia Famagusta

Latakia

Iolib

Hama

Homs

Tripoli

RayakZahle

Damascus

Metulla

Al-Suwaida

Gar-al-Azraq

Kaf

Amman

NazarethHaifa

Acre

HaderaNetanya

Tel Aviv

RehovotJerusalem

BethlehemHebron

Beersheba

BayirEl Quseima

El Arîsh

Gaza

El Qantara

Damietta

NablusPetah Tikva

Jerico

Saida

Beirut

Aleppo(Hales)

Kilis

GaziantepCeyhanAdana

Mersin

Iskenderun(Alexandretta)

Urfa

Larnaca

Limassol

Gulf of

AntlyaG

öksu

Eu

ph

rates

A

ssi

(Oronte

s)

VI

LA

YE

TO

FB

E

IR

U

T

Jo

rd

an

W

a

d

i

Sirh

an

Su

ez

Can

al

Gulf

of

Iskenderu

n

M e d i t e r r a n e a n S e a

Lake

Harzala

Lake

Burullus

C Y P R U S

E G Y P T

MUTASARRIFLIKOF JERUSALEM

VILAYETOF

DAMASCUS

VILAYET OF ALEPPO

R K E Y

S Y R I A

Safed

Ben ShemenJaffa

0 m

100

200

500

1000

1500

2500

Haifa

Jewish settlements 1886–1914

Anti-Zionist societies established (alsoin Cairo and Constantinople (Istanbul))

The Last Years of Turkish Rule 1882–1916

Line west of which should be excluded from future Arab State(McMahon, 25 October 1915)

Areas declared by Sharif of Mecca to be part of a purely Arab kingdom(5 November 1915)

Zionists purchase 2400 acres of land 1910–11

Anti-Zionist newspapers published 1908–14 protesting Jewish land purchase from Arabs

Official attempts to prevent Zionist immigrants landing

H A of Islam Spreads 41–48 21/5/04 10:59 AM Page 124

THE LEVANT 1500 – 2002

northern Lebanese highlands adopting Latin rites

and acknowledging Papal supremacy. The south-

ern highlands overlooking the plains of Galilee

were the homeland of the Druze people, a schis-

matic Shiite sect regarded as heretical by other

Muslims. Under the Maan family (1544–1697)

and the Shihabs (1697–1840), who replaced them,

the division of power between the Maronites and

Druzes was relatively even, with Ottoman gover-

nors balancing the interests of both groups. How-

ever, the decline in Ottoman power from the eigh-

teenth century saw increasing tension and sectar-

ian rivalry between Maronites and Druzes, abet-

ted by competition between France and Britain.

This led to a succession of massacres and bitter

sectarian wars between 1838 and 1860.

125

25°

30°

35°

40°

35° 40° 45° 50°

Tropic of Cancer

C a s p i a n

S e a

Persian

Gu

lf

R

e

d

S

e

a

M e d i t e r r a n e a n

S e a

Mendares

Kiz

ilIr

mak

Kilkit

Sa

yan

Euphrates

Kura

Qez el Ouzan

Tigris

N

ile

Wadi Sah

ba

MeccaJedda

Yanbu‘al Bahr

Al WajhAl QatifDhahran

Al Hufuf

Riyadh

Kuwait

Bandar-eSharpurAbadan

Basra

Abu DhabiAhvaz

ShushtarDezful Esfahan

Kashan

Qom

TehranQazvin

Rasht

Hamadan

BorujerdKermanshah

Khorramabad

Tabriz

Baku

GallipoliBiga

Bursa

Izmit

EskisehirSivrihisar

AkhisarManisa Usak

AlasehirAfyonIzmir

Aydin Nazilli

Antalya

Konya

Karaman

Aksaray

Adana

Kayseri

Ankara

AmaysaTokat

Siyas

Gumusane

Erzincan

Malatya

BitlisAdiyaman

MarasDiyarbakir

GaziantepHakkari

Antakya Aleppo

UrfaMardin

Mosul

Kirkuk

Khvov

Yerevan

Erzurum

Tbilisi

Habbaniyah Baghdad

Karbala Al Hillah

An Najaf

SakakahAl Jawf

Hama

Homs

Latakia

Damascus

Tripoli

Amman

Beirut

Jerusalem

Haifa

Beersheba

Tel-Aviv

Tabuk

Gaza

Tayma'Ha'il

BuraydahUnayzah

Medina

Alexandria Port SaidDamanhur

Tanta

El Giza

Zagazig

El Faiyum

Cairo

El Minya

Beni Suef

Bahariya Oasis

Oasis ofFarafra

Gena

Asyut

Wadi Halfa

Nicosia

Limmasol

Rhodes

T U R K E Y

S Y R I A

P A L E S T I N E

E G Y P T

J E B E L S H A M M A R

QATAR

BAHRAIN

K U WA I T

I R A Q

P E R S I A

R U S S I A N E M P I R E

C Y P R U S

A R M E N I A

AlexandrettaH

EJA

Z

N E J D

(underBritish

protection)

(underBritish

protection)

(under British protection)

S U D A N(under British protection)

(British)

Sykes–Picot Plan May 1916

French rule

Arab State, to be under French protection

area to be under British, French and Russian protection

British rule, including Haifa enclave

Arab State to be under British protection

Russian rule

0 150 km

0 150 miles

N

H A of Islam Spreads 41–48 21/5/04 10:59 AM Page 125

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

126

The Ottoman defeat in 1918 saw the division

of the Levant between French and British

spheres of influence, with the victorious allies

creating four colonial dependencies—Iraq,

Syria, Lebanon, and Palestine—out of the for-

mer Ottoman provinces. After ousting Faisal,

son of the ruler of Mecca and leader of the Arab

revolt against the Turks who had set up a provi-

sional government in Damascus, the French

imposed direct rule on Syria and Lebanon while

Britain opened up Palestine for European Jewish

settlement and established client monarchies in

Transjordan and Iraq. While creating a modern

bureaucracy in Syria along with an infrastructure

of roads and communications networks, the

French undermined national integration by

organizing administrative districts that reinforced

ethnic and religious divisions. In particular they

20°

25°

30°

35°

30° 35° 40° 45° 50°

Tropic of Cancer

Pe

rs

ia

n

G

ulf

Re

d

S

ea

M e d i t e r r a n e a n

S e a

Sa

yan

Euph rates

Qez el Ouzan

Tig r is

N

ile

WadiSah

ba

MeccaAt Taif

Jedda

Yanbual Bahr

al-Wajh al-QatifDhahran

al-Hufuf

Riyadh

Shiraz

Firuzabad

Kuwait

Bandar-eSharpurAbadan

Basra

Ahvaz

ShushtarDezful

Isfahan

Kashan

Qom

SemnanDamavanTehran

Qazvin

Babol

Rasht Lahijan

Khorramabad

Antalya

Konya

KaramanAdana

AdiyamanMaras

Diyarbakir

Gaziantep

Iskenderun

Hakkari

Antakya Aleppo

UrfaMardin

Mosul

Kirkuk

Habbaniyah Baghdad

Karbala Al Hillah

An Najaf

SakakahAl Jawf

Hama

HATAY

TERR. OFALAWITES

Homs

Latakia

Damascus

Tripoli

Amman

Beirut

Jerusalem

Haifa

Beersheba

Tel-Aviv

Tabuk

Gaza

TaymaHail

BuraydaUnayza

Medina

AlexandriaPort Said

DamanhurTanta

al-Giza

Zagazig

al-Faiyum

Cairo

al-Minya

Beni Suef

Gena

Asyut

Wadi Halfa

Aswan

Nicosia

Limmasol S Y R I A

L E B A N O N

P A L E S T I N E

T R A N S -J O R D A N

E G Y P T

A N G L O - E G Y P T I A NS U D A N

T R U C I A LS T AT E S

H E D J A Z A N D N E J D

Q AT A R

K U WA I T

I R A Q( M E S O P O T A M I A )

P E R S I A( I R A N )

C Y P R U S

T U R K E Y

N E U T R A L Z O N E

BAHRAIN

0 150 km

0 150 miles

N

League of Nations Mandate 1921

French Mandate, 1921, (areas formally under Ottoman rule)Arab areas helped by Britain in their revolt against Ottoman rule, then becoming independent

British Mandate, 1921, (areas formally under Ottoman rule)

Areas under British rule or control in 1914

Palestine in 1922

H A of Islam Spreads 41–48 21/5/04 10:59 AM Page 126

33°30'

Damour

Sidon

Hammadiye

Tyre

Bint Jubail

Kiryat Shmona

Marjayoun

Jezzine

Rachaya

BaabdaAley

Zahle

Beirut

Damascus

Jebel

Barouk

Mt Hermon

M e d i t e r r a n e a n

S e a

S Y R I A

I S R A E L

Awali

Zah

ara

ni

Litani

Jo

rd

an

U N F o r c e( a f t e r 1 9 7 8 )

U N F o r c e( a f t e r 1 9 7 8 )

I s r a e l i S e c u

ri

ty

Zo

ne U

NB

uf

fe

rZ

on

e

G o l a n

H e i g h t s

L

E

B

A

N

O

N

Rayak

0 25 km

0 25 miles

N

Invasion of LebanonJune 1982 – September 1983

Israeli front line 6 June 1982

Israeli front line3 September 1983

Syrian forces

Maronite forces

Druze forces

Lebanese forces

Israeli attacks

Israeli withdrawal

UN forces

THE LEVANT 1500–2002

127

favored the military recruitment of the Alawi

(Shiite) sectarians from the highlands above

Latakia. After independence the Alawis were able

to take control of the nationalist Baath (Renais-

sance) Party, establishing a sectarian dictatorship

that combined socialist ideologies imported from

Eastern Europe with the time-honored Arab sys-

tem of asabiyya (group solidarity).

The French enlarged Lebanon by adding the

districts of Tripoli, Sidon, the Biqaa Valley, and

South Lebanon to the smaller Ottoman province,

substantially increasing the proportion of Mus-

lims from the Sunni and Shiite communities.

Building on Ottoman precedents they instituted a

constitution by which power was divided between

the main religious groups, with Maronites retain-

ing supreme power through the offices of presi-

dent and commander-in-chief of the army,

regardless of demographic changes. The division

of power along sectarian lines was reaffirmed in

the 1943 National Pact, which established the

basis for rule after independence. The system

ensured a modicum of social peace but militated

against national development. When Palestinians

used Lebanese territory to launch attacks against

Israel in the 1970s the Israeli reprisals reopened

sectarian divisions leading to widespread civil

war (1975–82) and the fragmentation of Lebanon

into zones controlled by rival Christian, Shiite,

Sunni, and Druze militias. The chaos was com-

pounded by the 1982 Israeli invasion aimed at

expelling the Palestinians and installing a

Maronite regime allied to Israel. While the for-

mer objective was achieved with the expulsion of

the Palestine Liberation Organization (PLO)

from its Lebanese bases, the principal outcome of

the invasion was the establishment of a de-facto

Syrian hegemony and the emergence of the Shiite

Hezbollah, backed by Syria and Iran—a more

effective enemy to Israel than the Palestinians.

The Israeli occupation of South Lebanon proved

costly and ineffectual, provoking the government

into making a unilateral withdrawal in 2002.

32°

28°

36°

Damascus

Metulla

Es Suweida

Kaf

Amman

NazarethHaifa

NetanyaTel Aviv-

Jaffa

JerusalemBethlehem

Hebron

Beersheba

Bayir

Shubaih

Hejaz

Gaza

Dhaba

Tebuk

Haqal

AqabaTaba

NablusJerico

Saida

Jo

rd

an

Wad

iA

rab

a

Mediterranean

Sea

T R A N SJ O R D A N

IRA

Q

N E J D

EG

YP

T

S Y R I A

0 80 km

0 80 miles

N

Pledges and Border Changes1920 – 1923

The Palestine Mandate, granted to Britain

Separated from Palestine by Britain in 1921, and given to the Emir Abdullah.

Ceded by Britain to the French Mandate of Syria, 1923

H A of Islam Spreads 41–48 21/5/04 10:59 AM Page 127

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

Prominent Travelers

Ibn Battuta spent more than a

year in the Maldive Islands,

where, with some reluctance, he

accepted the post of qadi

(judge). He regarded the people

as “upright and pious” but

disapproved of the way women

were bare from the waist

upwards.

The pilgrimage to Mecca gave rise to a rich

genre of travel writing. Pilgrims kept jour-

nals of their travels or dictated their

accounts to scribes, providing fascinating

details about everything from food to

architecture.

One of the most interesting accounts is

the Safarnama (travelogue) of the Persian

philosopher-poet Nasir Khusraw (1004–c.

1072), who journeyed to Cairo by way of

Nishapur, Rayy, Lake Van, Aleppo, and

Jerusalem. From Cairo he made two pilgrim-

ages to Mecca before returning to Central

Asia as the chief Ismaili dai (missionary) for

the Fatimid Imam-caliph al-Mustansir

(r. 1036–94). Attacked for his preaching by a

Sunni crowd in the city of Balkh, (probably

at the instigation of Saljuq officials) he took

refuge in Badakhshan in the western Pamirs,

where he spent the rest of his life under the

protection of an Ismaili prince. The Ismailis

of the Pamirs (located in eastern

Afghanistan and the autonomous region of

Gorno-Badakhshan in the former Soviet

Republic of Tajikistan) revere him as their

founding saint. In local legend, he not only

converted the people to the Ismaili faith, but

named all their villages, canonizing the

topography of places far removed from each

other (in the same way that Ireland’s patron

saint is associated with regions as far apart

as Mayo, Tipperary, Antrim, and Armagh).

While his poems reflect the loneliness of

exile, the rationalist temper of his philo-

sophical writings made him acceptable to

the communists who took over the region in

1920 and he retains his status as a national

hero in Tajikistan.

The Cairo Nasir described in his book is

a model for wise and just administration.

The artisans are decently paid, leading to an

improved quality of their products. The sol-

diers are paid regularly, making them less

likely to molest the peasants. The judges get

good salaries, ensuring fairness and sparing

citizens from corruption and injustice. If a

merchant is caught cheating a customer,

according to Nasir, “he is mounted on a

camel with a bell in his hand and paraded

about the city, ringing the bell and crying

out: ‘I have committed a misdemeanor and

am suffering reproach. Whoever tells a lie is

rewarded with public disgrace.’”

128

H A of Islam Spreads 41–48 21/5/04 11:00 AM Page 128

PROMINENT TRAVELERS

The Arabic version of the pilgrimage-

travelogue is known as a rihla. The genre

was devised by the Andalusian Ibn Jubair

(1145– 1217), who wrote a famous account

of the two-year journey he made from

Granada, starting in February 1183, to

Mecca. Here he spent nine months before

returning from the Muslim Holy Land by

way of Iraq and Acre, where he boarded a

Genoese ship bound for Sicily. After surviv-

ing a dramatic shipwreck in the Straits of

Messina, he reembarked at Trapani, arriving

safely at Granada in April 1185. Ibn Jubair’s

narrative provides an abundance of informa-

tion about the countries and cities through

which he passed, and is an invaluable source

of information about the Crusades, the state

of navigation in the Mediterranean, and the

political and social conditions of the times.

It served as a model for many other narra-

tives, most importantly the rihla of the

greatest of all Muslim travelers, the Moroc-

can Ibn Battuta (1304–c.1370), whose jour-

neys took him from his native Tangier to

China and Subsaharan Africa. Ibn Battuta

made at least six pilgrimages to Mecca in

the course of his travels and the earlier parts

of his narrative conforms to the rihla genre.

However, as his journeys became more

extended his book grew more comprehen-

sive, evolving into an unrivaled description

of the known world. As with Marco Polo’s

129

Tropic of Cancer

70°

40°

50°

30°

60°50°40°30°

0 ft6001,5003,0006,00012,000

Bukhara Samarkand

Balkh

HaratQainTabas

Nain

Yazd

Shiraz

Isfahan

Merv

SarakhsMarv Rud

Nishapur

Tabriz

Aklat

Baghdad

Basra

Bahrayn

Lahsa

Falaj

Simman

Damghan

BistamRayy

Daylam

Medina

Aswan

al-Jar

JeddaMecca

Aydhab

Asyut

CairoHaifa

Acre

Tyre

Beirut

Tripoli

Alexandria

Tinnus

Qulzum

Jerusalem

Damascus

AleppoHarran

Maarrat al-Numan

Taif

KufaM

ed

it

er

ra

n

ea

n

Se

a

Ca

sp

ia

nS

ea

Aral

Sea

Pe

rs

ia

n

G

u

l

f

Jaxart

es(Sayhun)

O

xus

(Jayhun)

Lake

Van

TH

EH

IJ

AZ

AR

AB

I A

S Y R I A

QARMATI STATE

UMANSIND

OF BAHRAYN

I R A Q

I N D I A

B A D A K H S H A N

T R A N S O X I A N A

K H W A R I Z M

AZERBAIJAN

ARMENIA

BYZANTIUM

P E R S I A ( I R A N )

E GY

P T

Re

dS

ea

Nile

In

du

s

JNasir Khusraw’s Journeysc. 1040

H A of Islam Spreads 41–48 21/5/04 11:00 AM Page 129

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

equally famous travelogue, Ibn Battuta did

not write his book himself but dictated it to

a collaborator—in his case the Granadan

scholar Ibn Juzay (1321–c.1356). He wrote

down Ibn Battuta’s narrative at the behest

of the ruler of Fez, Abu Inan

(r. 1349–58). By the time the book was writ-

ten the rihla genre had already become well

established among educated people and

questions arise (as with most other trave-

logues) as to the reliability of some of Ibn

Battuta’s descriptions. A modern scholar

suggests that Ibn Juzay may have “systemat-

ically exaggerated in the direction of fanta-

sy tendencies which in the original work

were certainly more moderate” and re-

arranged some of Ibn Battuta’s itineraries

for stylistic reasons. Scholarly quibbles,

however, cannot detract from Ibn Battuta’s

reputation as one of the greatest travelers of

all time. The wealth of information he

passed down to posterity about the world of

his era is unparalleled. Like all great travel-

ers, his observations tell us as much about

his own social world as the countries in

which he traveled. He had a sharp eye for

detail. His curiosity takes his readers behind

life’s obvious appearances, with every sen-

tence underpinned by a wealth of question-

ing: “The Chinese infidels eat the flesh of

swine and dogs, and sell it in their markets.

They are wealthy folk and well-to-do, but

they make no display either in their food or

in their clothes. You will see one of their

principal merchants, a man so rich that his

wealth cannot be counted, wearing a coarse

130

40°

30°

20°

Tropic of Cancer

0° 10°10° 20° 30° 40° 50°

0 100 km

0 100 miles

N

Travels of Ibn Jubair1183–85

HUNGARYHOLY

ROMANEMPIRE

FRANCE

HammadidsZirids

S y r i a

G r a n a d a

I r a q

CASTILE

ARAGON

POR

TU

GA

L

Rome

TrapaniGranada

Damascus

Acre

Medina

Mecca

Alexandria

F A T I M I D C A L I P HA

TE

B Y Z A N T I N E E M P I R E

A r a b i a

Sici ly

R

e

d

S

e

a

M e d i t e r r a n e a n S e a

B l a c k S e a

St. of Messina

H A of Islam Spreads 41–48 21/5/04 11:00 AM Page 130

PROMINENT TRAVELERS

cotton tunic.” The contrast with Muslim

societies, where textiles were highly valued

and the fabrics worn in public an important

indicator of wealth and social status, is

implicit. In the empire of Mali Ibn Battuta

admires the Africans for their devoutness,

and especially their zeal for learning the

Koran by heart, “They put their children in

chains if they show any backwardness in

memorizing it, and they are not set free until

they have it by heart.” He disapproves, how-

ever, of their diet and their women’s lack of

attire: “Women go into the sultan’s presence

not properly covered, and his daughters also

go about naked…. Another reprehensible

practice among many of them is the eating

of carrion, dogs, and asses.”

Construction of an astrolabe.

This eleventh-century map was

designed to establish the

direction of Mecca—of great

importance to Muslims at prayer.

131

30°0° 15°15° 45° 60° 75° 90° 105° 120° 135° 150°

60°

0°Equator

Tropic of Cancer

15°

30°

45°

Rome

Venice

Kiev

Constantinople

Baghdad

Antioch Balkh

Multan

Samarkand

Kilwa

Zanzibar

Momcasa

Malindi

Mogadishu

Timbuktu

Marrakesh Jerusalem

Astrakhan

Tabriz

Hormuz

New Sarai

Bulgar

Fez

Tangier

Granada

Niani

Jenne Aden

Mecca

Cairo

Acre

Delhi

Calicut

Angkor

Pagan

Khanbaliq

Karakorum

Guangzhou

Hangzhou

Quanzhou

Moscow

Sumatra

Java

E U R O P E

A F R I C A

C H I N A

T I B E T

A S I A

MALI

II-KHANATE

KHANATE OF THE

GOLDEN HORDE

EMPIRE OF THE

GREAT KHANCHAGATAIKHANATE

MAMLUKS

Arabian

Peninsula

Ceylon

S a h a r a

G o b i

Anatolia

Red

Sea

Mediterra

ne

an

S ea

Arabian

Sea

Bay of

Bengal

South

China

Sea

East

China

Sea

Aral Sea

Lake Balkhash

Lake Baikal

Black sea

I N D I A N O C E A N

Caspian

sea

1346

1341

1327

–30

1352–54

1325–27

13

30

Am

uD

arya

N

iger

Nile

Persia

n

Gu lf

In

dus

Ganges

Mal

dive

s Is.

Travels of Ibn Battuta1325 – 1354

Journey 1325–27

Disputed journeys

Journey 1327–41

Journey 1341–54

Disputed journeys

H A of Islam Spreads 41–48 21/5/04 11:00 AM Page 131

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

Britain in Egypt and Sudan in the 19th Century

General Charles George “Chinese”

Gordon (1833–85) was killed by

the forces of the Mahdi on the

steps of the governor’s house in

Khartoum after a siege lasting five

months. Seen by the British public

as a Christian martyr, his death

was avenged by Kitchener’s

reconquest of Sudan in 1898. This

drawing by the Victorian

illustrator Lowes Dickenson is

entitled “Gordon’s Last Watch.”

British control of Egypt began with the mod-ernizing regime of Muhammad Ali—who wasformally the Ottoman governor of Egypt butreally an independent ruler—and his descen-dant Ismail Pasha (r. 1863–79), a passionateEurophile. His ambitious plans for economicdevelopment—including railroads and tele-graph and the construction of the Suez Canal(opened 1869)—led to national bankruptcyand the imposition of a foreign-managedfinancial administration. A group of nativeEgyptian army officers, supported by ulama,landowners, journalists, and the pan-Islamistactivist Jamal al-Din al-Afghani (1839–97)were opposed to the debt-management regimeand took control of the war ministry, forminga parliamentary government under the “rebel”minister Urabi Pasha. William Gladstone, theBritish prime minister, bombarded Alexandriaand landed troops who defeated Urabi at theBattle of Tel al-Kebir. Under the British resi-dent Sir Evelyn Baring (later Lord Cromer),who held the financial reins of government, the

Egyptian economy was managed efficiently—but in the imperial interest. Agricultural pro-ductivity improved, barrages were built tocontrol the floodwaters of the Nile, and therailroad system was extended. Increasingquantities of raw cotton were grown forexport but the British limited industrializationfor fear of encouraging competition.

Egyptian penetration into Sudan began inthe 1820s, when Muhammad Ali overthrewthe Funj sultanate as part of his bid to createan Egyptian empire in Africa. In 1830 Khar-toum on the White Nile was founded as a newfortified capital. Using European officers tocommand local levies and Egyptian troops,Muhammad Ali’s successors expanded theirterritory to the Upper Nile and equatorialprovinces. Acting on the principles of admin-istrative reform that were being applied inEgypt and the Ottoman Empire, the Egyptiansimposed state trading monopolies—with slaveraids becoming state business—while stan-dardizing legal practice under the official

Ottoman Hanafi code. This undercutthe authority of local ulama (who wereMalikis) as well as weakening local Suficults. Paradoxically this helped thespread of reformist tariqas including theSammaniyya and Khatmiyya inspired bypilgrims returning from the Hijaz,where the reformist spirit had beenstrong since the eighteenth century.

When the Egyptian state monopolieswere abolished in the 1850s Europeansbegan entering Sudan to take over thetrade in gum arabic, ostrich feathers,and ivory, damaging local business.Under pressure from Britain the govern-ment signed a convention abolishing theslave trade (1877). The ensuing resent-ments flared up in the great rebellionlaunched by Muhammad Ahmad. Ashaikh of the Sammaniyya, he enjoyed a

132

30°

20°

10°

Tropic of Cancer

Lake

Chad

Zair

e R.

Benue

R.Nig

e

rR

.

Nile

R.

M e d i t e r r a n e a n S e a

R

e

d

S

e

a

1874 to Egypt

1862–83 to Egypt

1866 vice-royaltyof the Ottoman Empire

Yoruba

Somal

ilan

dA d a m a w a

AlgeriaTunis

Tripoli

Fezzan

Cyrenaica

E g y p t

Egyptian Sudan

Kordofan

Equatoria

DarfurWADAN

BORNUSOKOTO

EMPIRE

Benin

ETHIOPIA Harar

Massawa

NANDI

I B O

KAMBA

SOMALI

Ottoman Africac. 1880

French possessions

Ottoman possessions

African states

H A of Islam Spreads 41–48 21/5/04 11:00 AM Page 132

BRITAIN IN EYGPT AND SUDAN IN THE 19th CENTURY

10° 20° 30° 40° 50°

30°

40°

20°

1

Tropic of Cancer

Equator

Alexandria

Bengazi

Constantinople

Cairo

Aswan

Tripoli

Muzuk

Jagbub

Dongola

Khartoum

Omdurman

Senna

Fashoda

al-ObeidGondar

Magdala

Harar

Djibouti

Zaila

Addis Ababa

Massawa

Adowa

Suakin

Mecca

SuezCanal1869

from 1882under British occupation

headquarters ofSanusi Order

1887–90 Italian occupation

1818–66 to Egypt

18951896

1868

Mahdist capital

from 1862 to France

from 1885

1874 to Egypt

R

ed

S

ea

M e d i t e r r a n e a n S e a

Lake Tana

Dahlak

Is.

Lake

Turkana

Lake

Victoria

Nile

R.

Blu

eN

ile

W

hite

Nile

Nuba Mts

ETHIOPIA

M A H D I S TS T A T E YEMEN

E G Y P T

G R E E C E

T r i p o l i

F e z z a n

WADAIDarfur

1871 to Egypt

from 1885

Equatoria

ADAM

AWA

ZANDE

FrenchCongo

Congo Free State

Brit ish East Afr ica

German East Africa

C y r e n a i c a

Eritrea

H a r a r

I TA

LY

O T T O M A NE

MP

I

R

E

DARFUR

SHILLUK

TIGRÉ

AMHARA

QWARA

GOJJAM

WALLEKA

JIMMA

GHIMIRA

OROMO

SIDAMA

HARARSOMALI

SHOA

NUER

DINKA

BU

GANDA

SO

MA

LI

Libyan

Desert

INDIAN

OCEAN

Caspian

Sea

Black Sea

A n a t o l i a

A

r

a

b

i

a

1 8 7 4 – 8 4 t o E g y p t

Tel-el-Kebir1882

1883

1883

1898

0 100 km

0 100 miles

N

Northeast Africa1840–98

Ottoman Empire, 1840

Ottoman Vice-Royalty of Egypt under Muhammed Ali, 1840

Main area of activity of Sanusi Order, Islamicreformist movement,after 1856

To Egypt, 1871–74

Northern boundary of Free Trade Zone Berlin Act, 1885

Ethiopia at its maximum extent under Menelik of Shoa (Menelik II), c. 1907

Mahdist state, 1881–98

Occupied by Britain, 1882

To Italy by 1889

To France by 1890

To Belgium

133

H A of Islam Spreads 41–48 21/5/04 11:00 AM Page 133

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

great reputation for piety. Declaring himself tobe the Mahdi (the Muslim messiah, widelyexpected to appear at the end of the thirteenthhijri century in November 1882), he roused theBaqqara cattle-herding tribes against the “infi-del” Turko-Egyptian government. Havingannihilated a force of 8,000 levies under HicksPasha at Sheikhan, the Mahdi went on to takeOmdurman and Khartoum. General Gordon(who had disobeyed his instructions to evacu-ate the garrison) was killed here on the stepsof the Governor’s mansion. This left the Vic-torian public in Britain with a thirst forrevenge. The Mahdi died (probably of typhus)six months after his triumphal entry intoKhartoum. Under his successor, the KhalifaAbdullahi al-Taishi, the movement continuedto expand southward into the Nuba Moun-tains and Bahr al-Ghazal regions. Thisbrought many non-Muslim animists includingthe Nuer, Dinka, and others into their orbit,planting the seeds of future conflict.

Having challenged and humiliated Britishpower in a strategically sensitive region whereFrance also had imperial designs, the Mahdiststate was doomed. In 1898 the Khalifa’s armyof 50,000 was massacred by an Anglo-Egyptian force commanded by General Her-bert Horatio Kitchener. The Khalifa’s spearsand elderly rifles were no match for the newGatling guns Kitchener had brought up theNile in his flotilla of armored steamers.

The defeat of the Mahdi led to more than ahalf-century of British rule under the Anglo-Egyptian Condominium. The Mahdi’s formerfollowers—known as the Ansar, after Muham-mad’s original “helpers” in Medina—adoptedthe “peaceful” jihad, extending their influencein urban areas. In 1944 their leader Sayyid Abdal-Rahman, a son of the Mahdi, formed theUmma Party, which remained well-disposed tothe British while working for independence.The Khatmiyya formed the National UnionParty, which favored a union with Egypt tocounter the influence of the Ansar. Though

the union was overwhelmingly rejected afterthe 1952 Egyptian revolution the bitter rivalrybetween the two religiously based parties per-sisted, opening the way for military rule underGeneral Ibrahim Abbud (r. 1954–64) and later,under Jafar Numairi (r. 1969–85). InitiallyNumairi tried to heal the divisions betweenthe Muslim north and predominantly non-Muslim (Christian and animist) south bygranting limited autonomy to the Bahr al-Ghazal, Equatorial, and Upper Nile provinces.In 1983, however, Numairi radically switcheddirections, launching a campaign of totalIslamization. He was supported by Hasan al-Turabi, leader of the National Islamic Front(the Sudanese version of the Muslim Brother-hood). Though overthrown in 1985 afterbecoming increasingly erratic and unstable,the program of Islamization continued underGeneral Umar al-Bashir, who seized powerwith Turabi’s support in 1989. Turabi’s insis-tence on Arabizing and Islamizing the non-Muslim population, which was subjected toIslamic punishments, provoked increasingresistance among Southerners. Many joined orsupported the Sudan People’s LiberationMovement led by Colonel Garang. The strug-gle between north and south, Africa’s longest-running civil war, has been described by aleading historian as a “civil war of genocidalproportions… with tactics that include starv-ing the civilian populations and forcing themto migrate.” [Ira Lapidus, A History of Islam-

ic Societies, 2nd edition Cambridge, 2002, p.768.] Peoples adhering to African religions,such as the Nuer and Dinka, have been sub-jected to forcible conversion. Bashir used theNIFs program, which included purges and exe-cutions of non-Islamists in the top ranks ofthe army and civil service, to smash the powerof the traditional political parties, dominatedby the Sufi (mystical) brotherhoods. Ten yearsinto the dictatorship, Turabi had served hispurpose. In December 1999 the General oust-ed him in a “palace coup.”

134

H A of Islam Spreads 41–48 21/5/04 11:00 AM Page 134

BRITAIN IN EYGPT AND SUDAN IN THE 19th CENTURY

135

10° 10° 20°20°

30° 40° 50°

30°

20°

10°

10°

20°

30°

Tropic of Cancer

Tropic of Capricorn

Equator

Cairo

Tripoli

Mourzouk

Tunis

Alexandria

Aswan

Wadi Halfa

Tangier

Fez

Ifni

Oran

Algiers

St. Louis

Kayes

Segu

Dakar

Freetown

Monrovia

Lomé

Porto NovoLagos

Douala

Kribi

Massawa

Assab

Obok

Harar

Gondar

Khartoum

El Fasher

El Obeid

Sennar

Kano

Yola

SokotoKuka

Mombasa

Witu

Mozambique

Tananarive

Durban

Johannesburg

Cape Town

Lüderitz

Tete

Benguela

Loanda

Libreville

Cabinda

Ambriz

LeopoldvilleBrazzaville

Macâmedes

Beira

Timbuktu

Bussa

Canary Is.

Pemba Is.

Zanzibar Is.

R. Zambezi

Co

ng

o

R.

Ub

an

giR

.

Benue

R.

Nige

rR

.

N

ile

R.

Orange R.

Limpopo R.

M e d i t e r r a n e a n S e a

R

e

d

S

e

a

I N D I A N

O C E A N

SOUTH ATLANTIC

OCEAN

MOROCCO

Ri o

de

Or o

An

go

la

Lake Chad

Lake

Victoria

Lake

Tanganyika

Lake

Nyasa

S a h a r a

1884 to Ger.

1886–91 to Portugal

1885 to Italy

Berber1884 to MahdiMarewe

1885 to Mahdi

1885 to Mahdi

1881–98

1875–85 to Egypt

1884–85 Br. protectorate

c.1881–1907conquest under Menelik II

1885–90 to Germany

1885 Frenchprotectorate

1884 Germanprotectorate

1883 to Germany

to Italy

conquered1871–90

1881 protectorate

Ottom. Prov.

Ottom. Prov.

1882 British occupation

to Sp.

1884

Span

ishpro

tector

ate

Canary Is.

Madeira

Fernando Póo

Principé

São Tomé

LOZI

BUGANDA

BU

NYORO

S P A I NPORTUGAL

A l g e r i aTunis

Cyrenaica

Fezzan

Tripoli

Vice-royaltyof Egypt

DARFUR

WADAI

KANEMBORNU

CALIPHATE

SOKOTO

ADAMAWA

BAGIRMI

Cape Colony

MATABELEEMPIRE

ZULULAND

NatalB.

SOUTHAFRICANREPUBLIC

BENINLIBERIAIvoryCoast

GoldCoast

Ashanti

Samory’sOperations

YATENGA

WAGADUGUGURMA

MAMPRUSSI

DAGOMBA

SierraLeone

Port. Guinea

Gambia

Senegambia

ETHIOPIA

EQUATORIA

MAHDI’S DOMINION

RABEH’SEMPIRE

GermanEast

Africa

Congo Free State

LUBA

Rio Muni

Gabon

LUNDA KAZEMBE

MadagascarTAWANA

Walvis Bay

GermanSouth -west

Africa

ZANDE

Br. Somaliland

A r a b i a

P or

t ug

ues

eE a s t A

f r i ca

BECHUANA

Orange

FreeState

Comoro Is.

Aldabra Is.

ERITREA

0 500 km

0 500 miles

N

Africa after the BerlinConference 1885

British possessions

French possessions

Ottoman possessions

Portuguese possessions

Spanish possessions

German possessions

African state

Boundary of Free Trade Zone (Berlin Act), 1885

H A of Islam Spreads 41–48 21/5/04 11:00 AM Page 135

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

France in North and West Africa

The French conquest of northwest Africa beganin earnest in 1830 when the government of therestored Bourbon monarch, Charles X, support-ed by Marseille merchants with long-standinginterests in the wool trade, invaded Algeria.While the French occupied Algiers and other

c o a s t a ltowns, thereplacementof Ottomanpower in theinterior byEuropeansprovoked amovement ofresistance byAbd al-Qadir, sonof the headof theQadiriyya,in alliancewith the Sul-tan ofM o r o c c o .Fo l l ow i n gthe defeat ofthe Moroc-can army byG e n e r a l

Thomas-Robert Bugeaud at the Battle of Isly in1844, the way was opened for French coloniza-tion. Bugeaud destroyed orchards, crops, andwhole villages, killing large numbers of peopleand leaving many thousands to starve. Vast areasof land were confiscated, with Arab and Berberclans displaced to make way for French and otherEuropean colonists. There were insurrectionsagainst the French throughout the nineteenthcentury culminating in a massive uprisingcrushed in 1871. Colonization of the productivelands of the Algerian littoral continued well intothe twentieth century. By 1940 European settlers

held some 2.7 million hectares, between 35 and40 percent of the arable land, with wine (forbid-den to Muslims) the dominant export.

The cultural destruction was massive. Tradi-tional Islamic colleges were abolished or had theirrevenues seized, and though they were supposedto be replaced by French schools, only a smallminority of Algerian Muslims benefited. Unlikethe British, who preferred to rule their empirethrough pliant surrogates, France had a policy ofassimilation, and though its application was lim-ited, it brought into being a small Francophoneelite that identified with French civilization. In the1920s and 30s a nationalist movement combiningIslamic reformers grouped around Abd al-Hamidbin Badis (Ben Badis) and Arab nationalistsinspired by Messali Hajj gained ground, plantingthe seeds for the full-grown war of independencethat erupted in the late 1950s, with support fromthe Soviet bloc, Egypt, and other Arab countries.In 1958 a counter-movement by French colonistsopposed to independence toppled the governmentof the Fourth Republic and brought General deGaulle to power in France. Contrary to thecolonists’ expectations, however, de Gaulle con-ceded Algerian independence. After protractednegotiations at Evian, France recognized Algeriansovereignty in 1962. However, the economic,social, and political ties between France and Alge-ria remained close, with the FLN—the nationalistparty that negotiated independence—replacingthe French administration as a quasicolonialFrancophone minority ruling over a majority ofArabic and Berber speakers. In December 1991the army intervened to prevent the Islamic Salva-tion Front (FIS) from coming to power in nation-al elections. More than 100,000 Algerians losttheir lives in the ensuing civil war, which partlyrepresented a struggle between a Francophoneelite committed to Western values and theIslamists who claimed to possess a superior cul-tural legitimacy.

French colonial ambitions in Algeria spilled

136

10° 10° 20°0°

Tripoli

TunisCeuta

Tangier

FezMazagan

Oran

Algiers

Arguin

St. Louis

Pador

Bissau

Freetown

Monrovia WhydahAccra

WaraTimbuktu

Lake Chad

Bight

of

Benin

C o n g o

B a s i n

S a h a r a D e s e r t

Ub

an

gi

Benue

Nige

r

Mediterranean

Sea

Canary Is.

Fernando Póo

Principé

São Tomé

Annobón

Madeira

MO

R O C C O

S u l t a n a t e

S P A I NPORTUGAL

A l g e r i a TUNIS

Cyrenaica

WADAIBORNU

IBADANEMPIRE

ADAMAWAILORIN

BENINASHANTI

GOLD COAST

FUTA TORO

FUTA JALLONPORT. GUINEA

Sierra Leone

SENEGAL

KHASSO

KAARTA

SEGU

LIBERIA

MASINA

DA

HO

MEY

S OK O

T O

Tripoli

Fezzan

1830 to France

1816 to Br.

1787–1807 to Britain

to France

Nominally Subjectuntil 1881

1521–1835autonomous

to Spain

founded 1821

1821 to Britain1483 to Portugal

1483 to Portugal

1483 to Portugal

1778 to Sp.

1778 to Spain

1827–34 to Br.

1418 to Spain

1496 to Spain

to Spain

1830–48 to Fr.

0 500 km

0 500 miles

N

Africa c. 1830

British possessions

French possessions

Ottoman and Egyptianpossessions

Portuguese possessions

Spanish possessions

African states

Major legal slave route, with date where known

H A of Islam Spreads 41–48 21/5/04 11:00 AM Page 136

FRANCE IN NORTH AND WEST AFRICA

over into neighboring Tunisia, an autonomousOttoman province that France took over pro-gressively after 1881. By 1945 there were some144,000 European settlers occupying about one-fifth of the cultivable land. These settlers, how-ever, never formed such a powerful domesticlobby as their counterparts in Algeria. Afterbeing defeated in Indo-China after the SecondWorld War France conceded Tunisian independ-ence in 1956. The same pattern of French eco-nomic penetration followed by administrativecontrol and colonization occurred in Morocco,with the important difference that the countryretained its status as a Muslim polity under theSharifian dynasty (claiming descent from theProphet) that came to power in the seventeenthcentury. Like the Iranian rulers of his day, theMoroccan Sultan was short of revenues fromwhich to pay his armies. This was especially soafter the production of one of his most valuablecommodities, sugar, passed into Europeanhands with the development of plantations inthe Canaries and the Americas. In order to main-tain his hegemony over insubordinate tribes, thesultan mortgaged his customs revenues and bor-rowed heavily from French banks. When thisprovoked a revolt among the ulama the Frenchintervened directly, imposing a protectorate(alongside a smaller one granted to Spain) in1912. Moroccan land was opened up to purchaseby Europeans, who by 1953 controlled about 1million hectares, or 10 percent of the crop land,and 25 percent of orchards and vineyards(though Europeans formed barely 1 percent ofthe population). Unlike in Algeria and Tunisia,however, the dynasty was able to place itself atthe head of the movement for independence. In1953 the French made Sultan Muhammad V intoa hero by sending him into exile when he refusedto agree to a system of dual sovereignty. Aftermassive protests and violence the French allowedthe sultan to return, conceding independence in1956. The dynasty remains in power under Sul-tan Muhammad’s grandson, Muhammad VI.

The pattern of colonial conquest followed

by nationalist revolt was repeated less starkly inother parts of the French empire in Africa,where France had economic ambitions but littleinterest in colonization. Its primary economicinterest was to stimulate the production of cashcrops such as peanuts, timber, and palm oil.The French collected taxes in cash and usedforced labor onbanana, cocoa, andcoffee plantations.They built railways totransport goods fromthe interior to theAtlantic, destroyingthe time-honoredcamel trafficacross the Sahara.African trade wasundermined, withLevantine Arabs,Greeks, and SouthAsians taking over theretail trade in Frenchcolonies. African edu-cation was neglected,with only 3 percent ofAfricans in the Frenchempire enabled to goto school. Neverthelessa small Francophoneelite was fostered,which would come topower after independ-ence. In 1958 de Gaulleoffered to France’sAfrican colonies thechoice between imme-diate independence orself-government within the French economiccommunity. Only Guinea opted for immediateindependence (a costly decision that seriouslyimpaired its economic development). France’sremaining dependencies in West Africaacquired complete independence in the courseof the 1960s.

137

10° 10° 20° 30°0°

Northwest Africa to 1914

British possessions

French possessions

Spanish possessions

Portuguese possessions

Belgian possessions

German possessions

Italian possessions

Independent state

0 500 km

0 500 miles

N

Cairo

Tripoli

Murzuq

Benghazi

Tunis

Alexandria

Tangier

Fez

AgadirIfni

CasablancaOran

Algiers

St. Louis

Dakar

Accra

Fort LamySokoto

Douala

LagosLomé

Timbuktu

L. Chad

M e d i t e r r a n e a n S e a

S a h a r a

N i g e r

French EquatorialAfrica

C h a d

Ubangi Shari

Dah

omey

French Guinea

French SudanSenegal

IvoryCoast

Upper Volta

Fren

chEq

uato

rial

Afr

icaF r e n c h W e s t A f r i c a

Kamerun

Rio Muni

NigeriaGoldCoast

Togoland

LIBERIA

Port. Guinea

Gambia

SierraLeone

Rio deOro

Morocco

Tunisia

A l g e r i a

L i b y a E g y p t

Anglo-Egyptian

Sudan

B e l g i a nC o n g o

SpanishSahara

SpanishMorocco

H A of Islam Spreads 41–48 21/5/04 11:00 AM Page 137

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

Growth of the Hajj and Other Places of Pilgrimage

The hajj is one of the five “pillars” or reli-

gious duties that every Muslim is obliged to

perform at least once in his or her lifetime.

Today the duty is made comparatively easy

by affordable air transportation. The hajj ter-

minal at Jedda airport—a vast tented struc-

ture spread over several acres—accommo-

dates more passengers at one time than any

other airport terminal in the world. The hajj

physically connects Muslims from all parts of

the world with each other. It attracts about

one million pilgrims from abroad each year,

and about the same number of pilgrims from

within Saudi Arabia (including Saudis and

foreign residents). About 50 percent of the

overseas pilgrims are from the Arab world, 35

percent from Asia, 10 percent from subsaha-

ran Africa, and 5 percent from Europe and

the Western Hemisphere.

The origins of the rites of the hajj are

obscure. Shortly before his death in 632

Muhammad took the preexisting cults of

Mecca and its vicinity and reformed them.

Spread over several days the reformed versions

include the tawaf (circumambulation) around

the Kaba, the square temple at the center of

the sanctuary in Mecca; the say or ritual run-

ning between the hillocks of Safa and Marwa;

a day spent on the plain of Arafat; the

onrush—now a massive jam of people and

traffic—through Muzdalifa; the stoning of

the jamarat (pillars) representing the devil at

Mina. In reforming the pagan hajj Muham-

mad may have redirected a series of solar,

rainmaking, and other rituals surrounding the

Black Stone. A mysterious “heavenly rock” or

a meteorite, it is set in the southeastern corner

of the Kaba toward the exclusive worship of

Allah as revealed to the patriarch Abraham

(Ibrahim) and his son Ishmael (Ismail), the

mythical ancestor of the Arabs. The final act

of the hajj, the sacrifice of an animal com-

memorating the sheep that Allah accepted in

place of Abraham’s son, is celebrated

throughout the Muslim world at the Id al-

Adha, when Muslims kill their own animals

or consume ritually slaughtered animals at

home. The umra (minor pilgrimage) is limited

to the sanctuary surrounding the Kaba and

can be performed separately at any time of

the year or in conjunction with the hajj.

In premodern times the journey could be

extremely arduous, especially from distant

peripheries. It could take many years of a

138

15°

20°

25°

30°

0 200 km

0 200 miles

N

Pe

rs

ia

n

G

u

lf

R

e

d

S

e

a

Atbara

T

akazze

Kh

or

Bara

ka

Wadi Sahba

Aden

TaizzZabid

Sana

Mecca

Dhat Irk

At Taif

Jedda

Yanbu‘

Al Wajh

Sawakin

Port Soudan

Riyadh

Basra

BaghdadKarbala

An Najaf

DamascusBe rut

Tabuk

MaanSuez

Gaza

Tayma Ha'il

BuraydaZilfi

al-Yamamaal-Kusuriyya

al-Karyatayn

al-Tur MadyanAynuna

Mada in Salihal-Sukya

Khaybar

al-Kahira

Kufa/Nadjaf

Manarat al-Kurun Samawa

Salman

Wakisa

Akaba

Zubala

Hafaral-Talabiyya

FaydalSafa

'Afif

Shurma

Madan

Nukra

Sufayna

Medina

AbyarAli

al-Djuhfa

Usfan

Rabigh

Kurn al-Manazil

Yalamlam

KunfidaSadwan

Barara

Turaba

Raghdan TabalaBisha

HamdhaDahban

IblMahayl

Wakasha

Zahran

SadaDjizan

Mushaynikaal-Abr Tarim

Kawuda

Rada'aal-Sawadiyya

Aryab

Mabar

Dhamaral-Shihr

Kus

Edfu

Komombo

Aydhab

From Central Africa

43 days to Mecca

35 days to Mecca27 days to Mecca

30 days to Medina

From Salala

Pilgrim Routes of Arabia

Durub al–Hadjdj (Pilgrim roads)

Diversions

Towns, villages

Mikat

H A of Islam Spreads 41–48 21/5/04 11:00 AM Page 138

GROWTH OF THE HAJJ AND OTHER PLACES OF PILGRIMAGE

person’s life—even a whole lifetime—to com-

plete the “fifth pillar” of Islam. Vast moving

caravan cities under the command of the

Amir al-Hajj set out from Syria, Egypt, and

Iraq. The caravan commanders were generals

in the field. In fact, their primary duty was to

protect the pilgrims from the attacks of the

marauding Bedouin or (from the late eigh-

teenth century) the tribes belonging to the

Wahhabi-Saudi movement regarded all non-

Wahhabis as infidels. Ibn Jubair, who made

the pilgrimage in 1184, described the tent of

the commander of the Iraqi caravan on the

Plain of Arafat as resembling a “walled city”

or “powerful fortress” with “four lofty

gates,” through which one entered a series of

vestibules and narrow passageways. In the

nineteenth century the arrival of steamship

navigation under colonial auspices, com-

bined with the emergence of special hajj sav-

ings clubs, placed the pilgrimage within reach

of thousands of ordinary peasants and

townsfolk from outlying regions such as Ben-

gal, Malaya, and the Dutch East Indies who

could never have hoped to fulfill the religious

duty in preindustrial times.

A disastrous side effect of the consequent

increase in attendance was a series of devas-

tating cholera outbreaks. In 1865 an epidem-

ic originating in Java and Singapore killed an

estimated 15,000 out of 90,000 pilgrims

before the hajj—which occurred in May—

was over. By the following month the disease

had spread to Alexandria, where 60,000

Egyptians died. By November the disease

had spread as far as New York. Quarantine

restrictions introduced by the Ottoman and

colonial governments shielded Egypt and

Europe from infection, but cholera contin-

ued to rage in the east and in the Hejaz,

where there were eight epidemics between

1865 and 1892. The worst of all occurred in

1893, when almost 33,000 pilgrims out of a

total of 200,000 perished at Jedda, Mecca,

and Medina. The epidemics continued until

1912, by which time the strict quarantine reg-

ulations had finally taken hold. Compared

with the horrors of the late nineteenth and

early twentieth century, recent disasters to

have afflicted the hajj, such as the deaths of

more than four hundred mainly Indonesian

pilgrims in the fire that broke out at Arafat

in 2000, seem almost minor.

Many, if not most, pilgrims supplement

the hajj with a visit to the Prophet’s mosque

at Medina, where Muhammad’s family,

wives, and prominent Companions are

buried. In 1925 the puritanical Saudi-

139

0 500 paces

N A

A

Jabal Hindi

Jebel Omar

Sandy Plain

San

dy P

lain

32

10

Burial ground ofesh-Shebeka

9

39

1312 16

15

191817 20

21

27

1122

2223

2625

2731

2829

29

24

24834

7

637

5

6

4

5

3

1

30

9

14

16

paved road 35

36

40

41

40

40

38

33Vegetable andfruit gardens

The Great Castle

el-Haram (the Mosque)

Tomb of Khadijahburial ground of el-Maala

Wadi

et-Ta

rafen

Water reservoir

Summer garden of the sherifs

Road toWadi Fatma Road to Arafat, Taifand Nejd

Road from Jedda

Road to Tanim

Wadi Fatmaand Medina

Plan of Mecca

123456789

101112131415161718

19

20212223242526272829

3031

32

33

34

35

36

3738394041

A

The Quarter of Jirwal.The Quarter of el-Bab.The Quarter of esh-Shebeka.The Quarter of Suq es-saghir.The Quarter of el-Mesfala.The Quarter of Bab el-Umra.The Quarter of Shamiyya.The Quarter of Sueqa.The Quarter of Qarara.Huts.The Quarter of Rakuba.The Quarter of en-Naqa.The Quarter of al-Selemaniyya.The Quarter of Shib Amir.The Haddadin (Blacksmiths’ street).The street el-maala.The Gazza quarter.Palace of the Grand Sherif Aun ar-Rafiq (1882–1905) built by his father Muhammed ibn Aun.Palace of the Grand Sherif Abdallah, elder brother of Aun ar-Rafiq.The Quarter of Shib el-Maulid.The Quarter of Suq el-lel.The Quarter of el-Muddaa.El-Merwa.El-masa.Stone Street (Zuqaq el-Hajar).Maulid Sittana Fatma.The Quarter of el-Qushashiyya.Es-Safa.The Quarter of el-Jiad (in this quarter are the Eqyptian Tekkiyye Foundation building, and the new Government building).Main Guard house.House of Wali (Governor) of the Hejaz. The Police office etc.Madrasah, now used as office of the Committee for the Aqueduct of Zubaydah and bureau of the Reyyis (Chief of the muaddhins).Birket Majin (pronounced Majid) great cistern in connection with the aquaduct.Court of Justice and dwelling house of the Qadhi.Tomb of Abu Talib (uncle of Muhammad).Water place in connection with aquaduct.Tomb of Seyyid Aqil.Tomb of the Saint Shikh Mahmud.Jebel Queqian.The Quarter of Maabda.Reservoir of water from the aquaduct. Several such reservoirs are now in all the main streets.Bedouin huts.

H A of Islam Spreads 41–48 21/5/04 11:00 AM Page 139

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

140

Wahhabi movement leveled all the structures

marking these graves. Ziyara (the custom of

visiting graves or praying at them) was

severely restricted. According to Wahhabi

tenets, not shared by other Sunni communi-

ties, ziyaras amount to saint veneration or

shirk (idolatry). The restrictions are an

aspect of the virulently anti-Shiite orienta-

tion of Wahhabism, which was manifested in

the Saudi–Wahhabi attacks on the shrines of

the Shiite imams, Ali and Hussein at Najaf,

and Karbala in Iraq, in 1801. However,

ziyaras to the tombs of the imams and their

descendents are an important aspect of pop-

ular Shiism. Some of these ziyaras are per-

formed at all times of the year, others at spe-

140° 0°10°20° 10°30°40°50°60°70°80°90°130° 120° 100°110°

Tropic of Capricorn

Tropic of Cancer

10°

20°

30°

40°

50°

60°

10°

20°

30°

40°

50° The Growth of the HajjPilgrims traveling to Mecca

UNITEDKINGDOM

FRANCE

G E R M A N

A

SIERRA LEONE

LIBERIA

M A L I

GHANA

BENIN

TO

GO

MAURITANIA

CAMEROON

BURKINAFASO

IVORYCOAST

GUINEA

GAMBIASENEGAL

GUINEABISSAU

WESTERNSAHARA

GABON

C

EQ. GUINEA

NA

LAL GERIA

MEXICO

Alaska

CUBA

VENEZUELA

Br.Honduras

Br.Guiana

COLOMBIA

ECUADOR

PERU

BOLIVIA

PARAGUAY

CHILEARGENTINA

GREENLAND

NIGERIA

NIGER

MOROCCO

SWITZ.

IRELAND

AU

CRSL.

SPAIN

PORT

UGAL

TUN

ISIA

ITAL

NO

RW

AY

SW

A T L A N T I C

O C E A N

B R A Z I L

C A N A D A

Galapagos

Islands

Cape Verde

Islands

Canary

Islands

Azores

Cape Horn

Gulf of

Mexico

Caribbean Sea

Falkland

Islands

U N I T E D

S T A T E S

P A C I F I C O C E A N

Panama

Chicago

New Orleans

BostonNew York

Norfolk

Vancouver

Seattle

Cape To

London Berlin

San Francisco

Los AngelesSan Diego

H A of Islam Spreads 41–48 21/5/04 11:00 AM Page 140

GROWTH OF THE HAJJ AND OTHER PLACES OF PILGRIMAGE

141

cial times in the Muslim calendar. For exam-

ple, the ziyara of the Imam Rida in Mashhad

is recommended in the month of Dhu al-

Qada. Ziyaras are popular with women,

especially to the shrines of female saints

such as Sayyida Zainab (daughter of the

Imam Ali) in Cairo and Sayyida Ruqayya

(daughter of Imam Hussein) in Damascus.

The shrine of Hussein at Karbala is visited

on Thursday evenings, but especially at the

annual festival of Ashura (the day of his

martyrdom) when thousands of Shiite pil-

grims from all over the world congregate at

the mosque surrounding his tomb. Other

Muslim saints have shrines whose sanctity is

associated with national or regional identi-

ties. Two of the most prominent are the

shrines of Moulay Idris (founder of the

Idrisid dynasty) at Fez in Morocco and

Amadu Bamba (c. 1850–1927) in Senegal.

90°80° 110°100° 120° 140° 150° 160° 170° 170°180°130°0°0° 30°20°10° 60° 70°50°40°

0 2500 km

0 2500 miles

N

UNITEDKINGDOM

FRANCE

G E R M A N Y

TURKEY

IRAQ IRAN

SAUDIARABIA

SUDANETHIOPIA

KENYAUG.

TANZANIA

CONGO

ANGOLA

RIA

M A L I

GHANA

BENIN

TO

GO

TANIA

CAMEROON

BURKINAFASO

IVORYCOAST

EA

CENT. AFRICANREP.

GABON

CON

GO

EQ. GUINEA

NAMIBIA BOTS.

SWAZ.

LESOTHOSOUTHAFRICA

ZAMBIA

ZIM.

M.

EGYPTLIBYAAL GERIA

NIGERIA

NIGER CHAD

MOROCCO

GREECE

Malta

BULG.

SWITZ.

ELAND

ROMANIAHUNG.AUST.

CZ. SLO.

CR.SL.

B.H.SER.

AL.

POLANDBELARUS

UKRAINE

LITH.LATVIA

EST.

SPAIN

PORT

UGAL

TUN

ISIA

ITALY

NO

RW

AY

SWED

EN

MO

ZA

MBIQ

UE

MA

DA

GA

SCA

R

SOM

ALIA

Cape of

Good Hope

Aden

Mecca

Suez

Canal

INDIA

M O N G O L I AK A Z A K S T A N

R U S S I A N F E D E R A T I O N

BURMA

THAI.

NEPAL

BANG.

SYRIA

JORDAN

AFGH.

TURKMENISTAN

PAKISTAN

Guam

SRI LANKA MALAYSIA

I N D O N E S I A

PHILIPPINESVIETNAM

BRUNEI

CAM.

LAOS

C a r o l i n e I s l a n d s

Solomon Is.

Fiji Is.

Coral Sea

Mariana

Islands

NEW

ZEALAN

D

I N D I A N

O C E A N

P A C I F I C O C E A N

C H I N A

A U S T R A L I A

JA

PA

NMidway

KOREA

Shanghai

AucklandCape Town

London Berlin

Moscow

Hong Kong

Perth

Melbourne

Sydney

Brisbane

Peking(Beijing) Tokyo

Calcutta

TAJIKISTAN

KYRGYZSTANUZBEKISTAN

GEORGIAARM.

AZER-BAIJAN

H A of Islam Spreads 41–48 21/5/04 11:00 AM Page 141

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

Expanding Cities

BaghdadFounded in AD 762 by Abu Jafar al-Mansur, thesecond Abbasid caliph, the city of Baghdad wasoriginally built on the west bank of the TigrisRiver.

Although its original name was Madinat al-Salam (City of Peace), Baghdad was morepopularly known as the Round City from thecircular walls surrounding it. The caliph’s

palace and the grand mosque stood atthe center, with four roads radi-

ating outward. Toweringabove the palace was

the Green Dome,standing nearly

165 feet high,topped by am o u n t e dh o r s e m a n .As Baghdadg r a d u a l l ys p r e a d

beyond theoriginal walls

to the east bankof the Tigris, the

two halves werejoined by a bridge of

boats. The eastern sectionwas called Rusafa.

Baghdad reached the height of its commer-cial prosperity and cultural power during theeighth and ninth centuries. Under the rule ofthe caliphs al-Mahdi and Harun al-Rashid, itstood at the nexus of the trade routes betweenthe East and West linking Asia with Europe. Itsimpressive buildings and magnificent gardensgave it the reputation of the richest and mostbeautiful city in the world.

In the latter half of the ninth century, theAbbasid caliphs’ power was weakened by inter-nal strife leading to civil war. When the Mon-gols invaded Baghdad in the thirteenth century,

the caliph was murdered along with thousandsof his subjects. Whole quarters were destroyedby looting and fire. The irrigation system onwhich the city and its gardens depended waswrecked, adding dramatically to the city’sdecline. By the time Baghdad became part ofthe Ottoman Empire in 1534 it had sufferedobscurity and neglect for several centuries.

Improvements were made on a modest scaleat the beginning of the twentieth century withthe building of schools and hospitals. The oilboom of the 1970s brought increased wealth toBaghdad and the city began to develop on amuch more impressive scale, with the construc-tion of middle-class residential areas. New sew-ers and water lines were laid and above grounda network of superhighways was constructed,as well as a new airport. Eleven bridges con-nected the two halves of the city, many of whichwere subsequently destroyed by US bombing in2003. Tahrir Square, standing on the river’s leftbank at one end of the Jumhuriyyah Bridge, isnow the heart of the city from which its mainstreets radiate.

Under the dictatorial regime of Saddam Hus-sein a number of massive monuments were con-structed, including the notorious “VictoryArch”, a vast confection in bronze actuallymodeled from maquettes of Saddam Hussein’sforearms. An altogether more impressive exam-ple of recent monumental art is the Shahid(Martyrs’) Monument commemorating thedead of the Iran–Iraq War (1980–88). Designedby Ismail Fattah, it consists of a vast onion-dome vertically sliced into two sections andglazed with traditional blue ceramic tiles. Apartfrom these monuments most of the improve-ments to Baghdad were brought to a halt by thewar with Iran in the 1980s, the Gulf War thatfollowed Iraq’s invasion of Kuwait, and the UNsanctions imposed afterward. The major excep-tions to this story of renewed decline were thepresidential palaces, actually vast compounds

142

0 500 metres

0 500 yards

N

outerwall

innerwall

BasraGate

KhurasanGate

SyrianGate

KufaGate

gove

rnment

offices

governm

ent o

ffice

s

houses and shops

houses and shops

palacemosque

guard room

guard room

H A of Islam Spreads 41–48 21/5/04 11:00 AM Page 142

EXPANDING CITIES

surrounded by high walls or fences, containingSaddam’s lavishly decorated residential villasfor visiting dignitaries set beside artificial lakes.Before the removal of the Iraqi Baathist regimeby US military action in March 2003 access tothese sites by UN weapons inspectors had beena major source of contention between theregime and the United Nations.

CairoCairo, which comes from the Arabic wordal-Qahira, meaning the victorious, takes itsname from the city founded by a brilliant gen-eral Jawhar al-Siqilli. A slave of Sicilian, possi-bly Slav, origin he conquered Egypt in 969 onbehalf of his master, the Fatimid Caliph al-Muizz. Like the previous conquerors he stakedout a separate garrison city for his troops,north of the city, al-Fustat, founded by theArabs, who had conquered Egypt in 642. TheFatimid city, with its palaces, schools, andmosques, includes al-Azhar, the world’s oldest

university. Cairo was founded by Jawhar in 970.Later it was embellished by the mamluk amirs,who built hundreds of mosques, tombs, inns,hospices, hospitals, and other public buildings.Their distinctive decorative style made use ofthe same Muqattam limestone as the pyramidsof Giza (and in some cases, using the pyramids’outer casings). Salah al-Din al-Ayyubi (Saladin)

who took overafter the collapseof the Fatimids,built the magnif-icent citadel tothe south whereMuhammad Ali,the nineteenth-century reform-ing autocrat,

constructed the great Ottoman-style mosquethat still commands the old city.

The earliest settlement in this crucial spot onthe east bank of the Nile, opposite the

143

0 500 m

0 500 yds

N

Citadel

mosque of Amr

mosque of Imam Tulun

Bab-ZuwaylaBab-al-Luq

Qayt-Bay Qarafacemetery

Bab al-Nasrcemetery

al-Husayniya

Qasb

a

formeral-Maqs

Bulaq

Jazirat al-Fil

tomb ofImam Shafi

Birkat

al-Quarun

RawdaFumm al-Kalij

Birkat

al-Nasiri

Birkat

al-Ratli

re

vi

Re

li

N

yr

dy

lt

so

mw

on

,r

ev

ir

fo

Cairo at the time ofSultan al-Nasir

Densely settled walled city

Well-populated sections outside the walls

Newer sections being opened to settlement

Road

Wall

0 1000 m

0 1000 yds

N

Clot Bey

al-Sikkah al-Jadidah

Muhammad Ali Square

Muhammad Ali Street

Abdu

l Aziz

Stree

t

Citadel

Maydans

Bulaq

Qasr al-Nil bridge

re

vi

Re

li

N

Ismall

yah C

anal

Cairo at the time of Ismail 1869 – 1870

Old city

Added by Ismail

Planned new arteries for old city

Railways

H A of Islam Spreads 41–48 21/5/04 11:00 AM Page 143

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

pyramids, was Babylon (now Misr al-Qadima),a fortress built by the invading Persians in 525BC to guard an important crossing of the Nile.The city’s steady northward migration (whichcontinued into the twentieth century with theconstruction of the desert suburb of Heliopo-lis) was influenced by the prevailing northerlybreezes, which sent the smells of ordure andburning rubbish southward. Before the nine-teenth century the city’s westward expansionwas limited by the river’s floodplains. TheMamluk amirs and Ottoman princes built finepalaces with vast palm-shaded gardens whilemost of the populace lived in labyrinthinestreets and alleyways contained within the

medieval walls of al-Qahira. The European-style city of fine boulevards and circuses waslaid out in the 1860s in conscious imitation ofBaron Haussmann’s redesigned Paris. Improvedflood control and the stabilization of the river-banks and the two large islands of Rawdah andGezirah allowed the city to expand across theriver toward Giza and Imbaba. This makesmodern Cairo (with 18–20 million people) oneof the world’s largest megalopolises.

TashkentUntil the collapse of the Soviet Union in 1991Tashkent, with a population of 2.3 million, wasthe fourth-largest Soviet city after Moscow,

144

0 2 km

0 2 miles

N

Giza

Growth of Cairo1800 – 1947

Developed before 1800

Added up to1905

Added up to 1915

Added up to 1925

Added up to 1935

Added up to 1947

H A of Islam Spreads 41–48 21/5/04 11:00 AM Page 144

EXPANDING CITIES

Leningrad, and Kiev. Much of it was destroyedby an earthquake in 1966, which wrecked95,000 homes and left 300,000 people (one-third of its population) homeless. Rebuilt as amodel Soviet city, it has broad boulevards, widepublic spaces with splashing fountains, androws of concrete office and apartment build-ings in the international modernist style,though it retains traditional Uzbek motifs andarcades, and galleries with open verandas,mosaics, and paneling. The city has spaciousparks and a modern underground railway sys-tem. After Uzbekistan became independent in1992 the Russians, who formed about half ofthe population, were reported to be leaving atthe rate of 700 a week. However, Russian is stillspoken by at least half of Tashkent’s citizens.

Before the reconstruction there were twodistinct cities, the old Islamic city and themodern Russian one, separated by a canal.Some of the labyrinthine streets and alleywaysof Old Tashkent, with traditional homes builtaround pleasant vine-shadedcourtyards, survived theearthquake. Tashkent is themost recent of several namesgiven to the old city, origi-nally an oasis settlement fornomads and traders on theChirchik River, a tributaryof the Syr Darya. When theArabs defeated a Chinesearmy at the Battle of Talasin 751 the settlement wasknown as Chach, Arabizedto al-Shash. Arab writersdescribed it as a prosperousplace of vineyards, teemingwith bazaars and busycraftsmen. Tashkent, mean-ing “stone-town” in the localTurkic languages, firstappears on coins in theMongol period. Thoughsacked by the Mongols, the

city recovered some of its previous prosperityunder Timur and his successors. Contested bysuccessive rulers, Uzbeks, Kazakhs, Persians,Mongol Oirots, and Kalmyks, it neverthelessmaintained a degree of autonomy. In the eigh-teenth century it was divided into four, some-times mutually hostile, quarters sharing acommon bazaar. Conquered by the Russiansin 1865, its population had almost tripled(from 56,000 to 156,000) by the time the Transcaspian Railway reached Tashkent in1898. The Soviet period saw intensive industri-alization and the expansion of residentialquarters with generous parks and gardens.Mosques, madrasas, and other religious build-ings were either destroyed, or converted intofactories, warehouses, or printing presses.Since independence the whole city has beenreasserting its Islamic character, with largebrightly domed mosques being constructedalongside modern shopping malls and arcadesstocked with goods from Southeast Asia.

145

Navoi Avenue

Pushkin

Buyuk Ipak Yuli

Parkent Kuchasi

Pushkin

Furk

at

Khalk

erDus

tligi

Avenu

e

Mukimy

Bobur

Nukus

FarghonaYuli

Movarounnakhr

Beruny

Saghbon

Am

irTe

mur

Shot

a Rustaveli

Shar

ofR

ashi

dov

Ave

nue

Husniddin Asomov

MM

MM

M

I

I

I

II

I

I

I

I

M

M

M M

M

MM

M

MM

M

MM

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M MM

M M

M M

M M

M M

MMM

M

MMM

MM

MM

0 1 km

0 1 mile

N

TashkentMetro station

Internet accessI

M

H A of Islam Spreads 41–48 21/5/04 11:00 AM Page 145

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

Impact of Oil in the 20th Century

An oil refinery plant in Saudi

Arabia. Approximately 95

percent of the world’s oil has

been produced by about 5

percent of its oilfields, two-thirds

of which are located in western

Asia, Saudi Arabia being the

world’s largest producer.

The impact of oil and natural gas has been a

mixed blessing for the Muslim societies of

western Asia and particularly the Gulf

region (including Iraq), which contains

between 60 and 65 percent of the world’s

proven oil reserves. On the one hand it has

enabled the oil-bearing countries to build

impressive modern cities with high-rise

buildings, shining shopping malls, six-lane

highways, state-of-the-art communications

systems, and other trappings of modernity. It

has enabled Saudi Arabia, once one of the

world’s poorest and least developed coun-

tries, to provide impressive health-care and

education systems for its population (includ-

ing the formerly secluded female half). On

the other hand, it has added to the region’s

instability by consolidating the power of

tribal oligarchies whose control of the oil

has enabled them to govern by a combination

of patronage and repression.

The most conspicuous example of the dis-

astrous effects of oil dependency was seen in

Iraq, where the network of kinship con-

trolled by Saddam Hussein extended itself

through every branch of society after the

nationalization of oil in 1972. The group

controlled the distribution of land (confis-

cated from old regime landowners or politi-

cal opponents) licenses for setting up busi-

nesses (including arms imports), foreign

exchange, and labor relations. Its coercive

power was reinforced through the ubiquitous

mukhabarat (intelligence services), which

acquired a fearsome reputation for torture

and extra-judicial killing. Iraq was an

extreme example, but the same considera-

tions apply to most of the big oil-producing

Arab states where a single ruling family exer-

cises power through a network of patron-

client relationships and is freed from the

constraints exercised by elected bodies of

tax-paying citizens. Oil also frees the rulers

from the need to democratize their societies

by placing the industries on which they

depend in the hands of nonenfranchised for-

eign workers and administrators. The elec-

torate for the Kuwaiti parliament, for exam-

ple, is restricted to males from families resi-

dent before 1959—meaning that only 80,000

out of a potential 600,000 Kuwaiti men (not

to mention the foreigners who constitute

between 70 and 85 percent of the workforce)

are eligible to vote. Even with such a restrict-

ed franchise the ruling family has at times

found parliament unacceptably critical, dis-

solving it between 1976 and 1981 and 1986

and 1992. At the same time full Kuwaiti citi-

146

H A of Islam Spreads 49–58 21/5/04 11:07 AM Page 146

IMPACT OF OIL IN THE 20th CENTURY

147

30°

90°75°60°45°30°

15°

45°

Tropic of Cancer

0 300 km

0 300 miles

N

E G Y P T

S U D A N

E T H I O P I A

ERITREA

DJIBOUTI

S OM

AL

I A

UGANDA

UKRAINE

MOLDOVA

T U R K E Y

GEORGIA

AZERBAIJANARMENIA

U Z B E K I S T A

N

T U R K M E NI S T A N

AFGHANISTAN

PAKISTAN

K A Z A K H S T A NM O N G O L I A

I R A NIRAQ

TAJIKISTAN

KYRGYZSTAN

I N D I A

C H I N A

XinjiangOssetia Chechnya

Abkhazia

BURMA

N E P A L BHUTAN

BANGLADESH

SRILANKA

SYRIA

JORDAN KUWAIT

QATARBAHRAIN

LEBANON

ISRAEL

S A U D I A R A B I A

O

MA

N

Y E M E N

UNITEDARAB

EMIRATES

IstanbulAnkara

Ceyhan

Rostov

Novorosisk

Volgograd

Tehran

Kharg Island

Marw

Tangiz

Baku

Baghdad

Khartoum

Cairo

Alexandria

Riyadh

Dhahran

Kabul

Turfan

Lahore

New Delhi

Karachi

Bombay

Ahmadabad

Madras

Hyderabad

Bangalore

s

AddisAbaba

B l a c k S e a

Caspian

Sea

Aral

Sea

Lake

Balkhash

R

e

d

S

e

a

Gulf

of

Aden

Arabian

Sea

Mediterranean

Sea

Tarim

Basin

B a y o f

B e n g a l

The

Gulf

Oilfields and Pipelinesin the Middle East and Inner Asia

Oil and gas reserves

Principal projects for oil and gas lines

zens (whose average per capita income in 1998

amounted to more than $22,000 per annum)

are able to enjoy an extensive cradle-to-grave

welfare system, with state utilities, health

care, housing, telecommunications, and edu-

cation all heavily subsidized by the state.

The political volatility of the Gulf region,

demonstrated by three major wars since 1980,

has stimulated the search for oil in other

Muslim regions, notably Central Asia and the

Caspian. The post-Soviet states of Azerbaijan,

Turkmenistan, Uzbekistan, and Kazakhstan

have promising oil reserves, but cannot export

their oil without sending it through pipelines

that pass through neighboring countries. The

most economical route from Turkmenistan and

Azerbaijan would run though Iran to the Gulf

using Iran’s existing network of pipelines. This

route, however, has been opposed for political

reasons by the US, which favors a much more

expensive project running to Ceyhan on

Turkey’s Mediterranean coast.

H A of Islam Spreads 49–58 21/5/04 11:07 AM Page 147

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

Water Resources

Water and its scarcity have had a determiningimpact on the core regions of the Islamic world.In ancient Egypt many centuries of human expe-rience in ordering the flow of the Nile’s annualflood through complex systems of basin irriga-tion lay behind the finely calibrated geometry ofthe pyramids. In Mesopotamia, as in Egypt, thestate, with its bureaucratic structures of powerand control, was the gift of the river. In Arabiathe aridity of the land and the value of water isfundamental to the language of Islam. In theKoran the rare and precious rain that makes thedesert bloom overnight is one of the ayas (signsor proofs) of God, a metaphor for the resurrec-tion. “…for among His signs is this: thou seestthe earth lying desolate—and lo! When We senddown water upon it, it stirs and swells [with life]Verily, He who brings to life can surely give life tothe dead … for behold! He has the power to doanything!” (Koran 41:39). The root meaning ofSharia—the divine law—is the way or path to awatering place, the source of life and purity. Aneighteenth-century Arabic dictionary likens theSharia to the “descent of water” that quenchesman’s thirst and purifies him through fasting,prayer, pilgrimage, and marriage. Water man-agement was fundamental to the success andfailure of Islamic governments in the past. In theUpper Euphrates region the early Abbasid rulersrestored and extended the system of underwaterchannels built by the Sasanians, bringing newlands under cultivation. Neglect of irrigation insubsequent centuries hastened the dynasty’s eco-nomic and political decline.

Water management was central to the development of modern Egypt. Under the dynastyof Muhammad Ali the first barrages were built tocontrol the Nile floods, bringing new lands undercultivation and releasing the floodplain betweenCairo and Gizeh for a new European-style city ofcircuses with radiating boulevards. Gamal Abd al-Nasser, the charismatic nationalist leader whooverthrew the monarchy in 1952, precipitated the

1956 Suez crisis by nationalizing the Suez Canalafter the US refused to finance the High Dam atAswan. Built with Soviet help, the dam at the headof Lake Nasser now controls the river by storingits floodwaters in what is now the world’s largestartificial reservoir. Some experts consider theHigh Dam to have been a long-term ecologicaldisaster. The dam has stopped the river frombringing the rich nutrients from the tropicalregions, increasing the salinity of the soil, andreducing fish stocks in the eastern Mediterranean.Dams built by Turkey on the Euphrates have beenno less contentious. The Keban (1975) andKarakaya (1987) dams, each designed to storeabout 30 million cubic kilometers of water to gen-erate electricity and to regulate the river’s flow,were partly financed with loans from the WorldBank. However the World Bank refused to con-tribute to the larger Ataturk Dam, which has astorage capacity of 46 cubic kilometers, becausethe downstream riparians, Syria and Iraq, failedto approve the project. The dams and associatedirrigation projects have reduced the flow of theEuphrates by almost half, from some 30 million tojust below 16 million cubic meters per year. Indefense of its action Turkey argues that the aver-age use of the flow by Syria and Iraq has neverexceeded 15 cubic kilometers per year—so neitherneed suffer. Turkey is also developing the Tigristhrough a series of projects that may lead toreductions in flow, but improvements in reliability.Iraq is the main beneficiary of the Tigris. Anyshortfall affecting the Euphrates as a result ofTurkish engineering could be made good by devel-oping the Tigris waters.

Nowhere is the highly charged issue of watermanagement more apparent than in discussionsabout sharing the waters of the Jordan River, cen-tral to the Arab–Israeli dispute. The peace treatybetween Israel and Jordan signed in October 1994included the provision of a phased 200 millioncubic meters of water per year for Jordan, to beallocated partly from current Israeli sources and

148

H A of Islam Spreads 49–58 21/5/04 11:07 AM Page 148

WATER RESOURCES

partly from joint development. During the pre-liminary negotiations between Israel and thePalestinians, known as Oslo (1993) and Oslo II(1995), water was included as one of five crucialissues along with territory, Jerusalem, Jewish set-tlements, and refugees. With the continuingintifada (uprising) and the breakdown of the so-called “road map to peace” sponsored by the US,the UN, the European Union, and Russia, theissue remains unresolved. However the very factthat the sharing of water could have been part ofthe negotiations illustrates an important truth:the principal water resource for the Israeli,Palestinian, Syrian, and Jordanian economies,both at present and in the future, lies outside theregion in the form of “virtual water.”

“Virtual water” is a concept used by econo-mists and hydrologists to indicate the quantities ofwater needed to produce imported foods, such aswheat from water-rich regions like NorthAmerica. Every ton of wheat or similar food com-modity requires approximately one thousandtimes its volume in water to produce it. Judging bythe rate of cereal imports into western Asia andNorth Africa, the region has been “running out”of water since the 1970s. This has not, however,led to starvation. By importing wheat and otherstaples from regions where soil water and soilmoisture are high the countries of the region havesubsisted by means of the “virtual water”’ embed-ded in the staples they import. According to thisanalysis, it is cheaper and much more sensible toimport food measured in terms of “virtual water”than to produce it locally. For example, SaudiArabia is using fossil water from nonrenewableaquifers to grow wheat in considerable quantities.It is now the world’s sixth-largest exporter of cere-als. But the cost is prohibitive. In 1989 Saudi farm-ers were being paid $533 per ton to produce wheatavailable for $120 on the world market. The glob-al trading system in grain can deliver 40,000 mil-lion cubic meters of virtual water embedded ingrain imports without visible stress. No engineer-ing system could mobilize one-tenth of thatamount with the same degree of flexibility.

149

35°

33°

32°

31°

35° 30'

33° 30'

32° 30'

34° 30'

0 20 km

0 20 miles

N

Tyre

Acre

Haifa

Nazareth

Nabulus

Jerusalem

Bethlehem

Hebron

Tel Aviv

Ashdod

Gaza

Beersheba

Lake

Tiberias

Golan

Heights

King

Talal

Dam

D e a d

S e a

M e d i t e r r a n e a n S e a

Jo

rd

an

Y

arm

uk

Litani

Zarqa

Beso

r

Soreq

Shiq

ma

Nahariya

Ein Gev

Beit Shean

Jenin

Tulkarm

Kalkiliya

Netanya

Jaffa

L E B A N O N

SYRIA

J O R D A N

O C C U P I E D

T E R R I T O R I E S

( a f t e r 1967)

S A M A R I A N

M O U N T A I N S

S A M A R I A N

M O U N T A I N S

N o r t h e r n

a q u i f e r

E a s t e r n

a q u i f e r

J U D A E A N

H I L L S

IS

RA

E

L

W e s t e r n

a q u i f e r

The Struggle for Water1950 – 1967

Groundwater area and direction of flow

Water divide

East Ghor canal

Extension of east Ghor canal

Pre-1967 proposal for west Ghor canal

National water carrier

Proposed routes for Mediterranean Sea – Dead Sea canal

Planned Arab division

H A of Islam Spreads 49–58 21/5/04 11:07 AM Page 149

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

The Arms Trade

Shaheen I, Pakistan’s surface-to-

surface missile, can carry any

type of warhead, including a

nuclear device, up to 434 miles

(700 kilometers). This picture

was taken in October 2003, at a

time when peace talks with India

over the disputed territory of

Kashmir were apparently stalled.

The main elements of modern armed forces arethe types of weapon used, the sources of supplyof weaponry, and the organization of people touse these weapons. The armed forces of stateswith a mostly Islamic population have few char-acteristics that distinguish them as Islamic.

All of these states have organized armed forcesstaffed by full-time personnel. They are arrangedon a system of military structures developed inEurope in the eighteenth century and adapted tomodern equipment including aircraft. For exam-ple, the term squadron was used historically to

describe small groups of ships or cavalry and thenwas applied to aircraft. Uniforms too have astrongly European design. The armed forces of allstates are infused with the culture that createsthem and those in Islamic states are no exception.Thus Islamic traditions can be found in the stylesand heraldry of units. Some states, notably thesmaller states in the Gulf, make extensive use ofmercenaries. However, this is an age-old cross-cultural practice still found elsewhere in, forexample, the UK’s units of Nepalese Ghurkhasand the French Foreign Legion. Similarly, some

Islamic states have created elite units closely asso-ciated with the rulers of the country as seen inIran’s revolutionary guards (the Pasdaran Inqilab)or Royal Forces in Jordan, but this too is a cross-cultural practice.

The types of weapons system includearmored vehicles, planes, ships, missiles, and in afew cases chemical and nuclear weapons. All ofthese types of weapon had been developed in aform recognizable today by the industrial powersin the Second World War.

All of the Islamic states form part of the

150

A L G E R I A

L I B YA

E G

S U D

C H A D

N I G E R

CENTRALAFRICANREPUBLIC

MO

ROCCO

WESTERN

SAHARA

MAURITANIA

M A L I

N I G E R I A

SENEGAL

IVORY

COAST

C O N G O

CAMEROO

N

Z A M

A N G O L A

GABON

BURKINA

GUINEA

LIBERIA

TOGO

BENIN

GHANAO

GN

OC.PE

R

FRANCE

SPAINPORT.

B.

SWITZ.AUS.

UKRAI

ROMANIA

MOLD

BULGARIAYUG.

ALB.

GREECE

B.H.

SLO.CZECH.

I TA

LY

LUX.GER.

IS

H A of Islam Spreads 49–58 21/5/04 11:08 AM Page 150

THE ARMS TRADE

developing world. None has an advanced indus-trial base, which means that all their majorweapons systems have to be imported. Theexceptions to this are twofold. First, rifles, pis-tols, their ammunition, and other small-scaleweapons are produced in abundance. Second, afew states with powerful allies, notablyPakistan, Turkey, and Egypt, have been givensome assistance in developing a manufacturingindustry for weapons. Pakistan is thought tohave obtained technical assistance for itsnuclear program from China.

In common with the vast majority of states,Islamic nations from Morocco to Indonesia are

YA

E G Y P T

S U D A N

E T H I O P I A

C H A D

CENTRALAFRICANREPUBLIC

KENYA

C O N G O

TANZANIA

Z A MB I A

A N G O L A

S OM

AL

I A

UGANDA

OG

NO

C.PER

UKRAINE

ROMANIA

MOLDOVA

BULGARIAYUG.

ALB.

GREECE

B.H.

SLO.H.

TURKEY

GEORG.

AZA. ARM.

UZBEKISTAN

TURKMEN.

AFGHAN.

K A Z A K H S T A NM O N G O L I A

IRANIRAQ

PAKISTA

N

TAJIK.

KYRGYZ.

I N D I A

C H I N A

N. KOREA

S. KOREA

JAPAN

VI E

TN

AM

L AOS

CAMB.

THAI.

BURMA

NEPAL BH.

BANGLADESH

M A L AY S I A

AISENODNI

P H I L I P P I N E S

SRILANKA

SYRIA

JORDAN

LEB.

ISRAEL

S A U D I

A R A B I A

O

MA

N

Y E M E N

A. E.

Jakarta

SumatraBorneo

Java

Timor

Sulawesi

Luzón

Mindanao

TAIWAN

AUSTRALIA

Hainan

Military Spending and Service c. 2000

7% or more

5% – 6.9%

3% – 4.9%

1% – 2.9%

Less than 1%

No data

More than 2 years

1–2 years

6 months – 1 year

Up to 6 months

Voluntary military service

151

nowadays mostly within the orbit of the US.Consequently such states tend to train andorganize along US lines. This is continuing toreplace earlier British, French, and Russianinfluence except in the cases of Syria andLibya, where Soviet era weapons and organiza-tion are quite noticeable. Iran is perhaps excep-tional in developing an independent center ofmilitary practice, but this is still in a weak andearly stage of development. Some members ofthe Iranian government have proclaimednuclear weapons un-Islamic. While similar sen-timents are expressed in Christian countries, itis rare to find them inside government.

H A of Islam Spreads 49–58 21/5/04 11:08 AM Page 151

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

Flashpoint Southeast Asia 1950–2000

Young girls in Acheh, Indonesia,

learning the Koran. Historically a

center of Muslim resistance to

Dutch colonial rule, Acheh is the

only Indonesian province where

the Sharia has been reintroduced

as the basis of public law.

The late 1940s and 50s saw the emergence of a

diverse set of nations in Southeast Asia. At present,

the region is comprised of the Republic of

Indonesia, the Federation of Malaysia, and the

Sultanate of Brunei, where Muslims are a majority,

and the Republics of Singapore and the Philippines,

Myanmar (the Socialist Republic of the Union of

Burma), the Kingdom of Thailand, the Lao People’s

Democratic Republic (Laos), the People’s Republic

of Kampuchea (Cambodia), and the Socialist

Republic of Vietnam, where Muslims are minorities.

Muslim involvement in the formation and develop-

ment of a number of these nations over the past fifty

years has been diverse. It has been punctuated, in

part, by a series of flashpoints involving Muslims of

different orientations and aspirations.

The formation of the Republic of Indonesia in

1949–50 saw uprisings (1948 and 1953) of many

Muslims in western Java, South Sulawesi, and

Acheh (northern Sumatra), whose leaders disagreed

about the decision to limit the role of Islam in the

new republic. In recent years, Indonesia has seen a

series of local, regional, and international conflicts

involving Muslims. Between 1999 and 2000, con-

flicts between Muslims and Christians broke out on

the eastern Indonesian islands of Maluku and

South Sulawesi. In October 2002, bombs (allegedly

planted by members of the international terrorist

group al-Qaeda) exploded in a nightclub on Bali,

leaving 202 people dead and 300 people injured.

Malaysia gained its independence in 1957 and

formed a federation between Malaya, Singapore,

Sabah, and Sarawak. Singapore seceded from the

federation in 1966 and espouses a multiethnic reli-

gious policy of governance. In contrast, Islam is the

152

110°105°100°95°

1948

1954

1954

1953

19571963

1957

J a v

S

u

m

a

t

r

a

Saraw

Hainan(to China)

Saigon

Rattani

Kelantan

Kedah

Singke

KualaLumpur

Fansur

Trengganu

Pahang

Vijaya

Hue

Singapore

Johore

Palembang

Tanjungour

Jakarta(Batavia)

Bangkok

PasaiSamudra

Malacca

Sunda Strait

J a v a

Karim

ata

Strait

Strait

of

Malacca

Gulf of

Siam

A n d a m a n

S e a

Batang

Bay

I N D I A N

O C E A N

BURMA(MYANMAR)THAILAND(SIAM)

CAMBODIA

LAO

S

V I ET

NA

M

M A L A Y S I

1945–49

IN

D

H A of Islam Spreads 49–58 21/5/04 11:08 AM Page 152

FLASHPOINT SOUTHEAST ASIA 1950–2000

state religion of Malaysia. Since before its founding,

there were recurrent tensions in Malaysia between its

Chinese and Malay populations, which erupted into

the race riots that took place in 1969. Insofar as

Malays are Muslim and constitute a majority, such

intercommunal conflicts have a religious dimension.

But Malaysia is also witness to intracommunal ten-

sions in which Muslims continue to debate the nature

and extent of Islam’s role in the matters of governance.

In the Philippines, Muslims (often referred to as

Moros) reside mostly on Mindanao and the Sulu

archipelago. The early 1970s saw Muslims calling

for separation from the Philippine state and the

153

130° 135° 140° 145°

15°

10°

10°

125°115°110° 120°

1946

954

4

19631984

1963

957

19491984

1949

P A P U A

N E W G U I N E A

J a v a

B o r n e o

Brunei

Sarawak

Sabah

Hainan(to China)

Palawan

Saigon

Vijaya

Hue

Tanjungoura

Brunei

BanjermasinMartapura Ambon

BandaneraMacassarJakarta

(Batavia)

Manila

Bali

Sumbawa

Sumba

Flores

SeramBuru

Halmahera

Mindinao

Timor

Sulawesi

(Celebes)

Lom

bok

Lo

m

b

ok

Strait

Dam

p

ier

Stra

it

Min

doro

Strait

B a n d a S e a

T i m o r S e a

Celebes Sea

Flores Sea

S u l u S e a

A r a f u r a S e a

C o r a l

S e a

B i s m a r c k

S e a

J a v a S e a

S o u t h C h i n a

S e a

PA C I F I C O C E A N

Karim

ata

Strait

Makassar

Strait

PH

I LI P P I N

ES

New States in Southeast Asia1950–2000

Post colonial and separatistconflicts

Date of independence

Independence war

g

Cape York

A

V I ET

NA

M

A Y S I A

M

al u

k u

Annexed by Indonesia 1976

49

1963 to Indonesia

Sulu

A

rchip

ela

go

ND O N E S I A

establishment of an autonomous homeland for

Philippine Muslims. Successive Philippine govern-

ments have attempted to broker settlements with

Muslims in the region. Muslims in Thailand are pri-

marily located in Satun in northwestern Thailand,

and the southern provinces of Pattani, Yola, and

Narithiwat, which border Malaysia. Muslim resist-

ance to the Thai state in the form of armed strug-

gles and separatist calls reached their climax in the

1990s. Muslims in Myanmar (Burma) mostly reside

in Arakan on the Myanmar border with

Bangladesh, and since the 1950s have been in con-

tinual conflict with Myanmar about their status.

H A of Islam Spreads 49–58 21/5/04 11:08 AM Page 153

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

Flashpoint Iraq 1917–2003

Like the majority of Arab states, Iraq becamean independent state after the breakup of theOttoman Empire at the end of the First WorldWar. From its beginnings it faced problems increating an integrated sense of national identi-ty. Though ruled by Ottoman governers adher-ing to the Sunni tradition, the majority of theArab population (about 60 percent) wereShiites with strong religious and cultural ties toneighboring Iran, where Shiism has been the

state religion since the sixteenth century. Aboutone-quarter of the population (based mainly inthe north) was Kurdish. During the last years ofOttoman rule a movement for autonomyfueled by Arab nationalist sentiment had devel-oped among Ottoman army officers and urbannotables. When Britain, which had capturedBaghdad in 1917 and installed a military gov-ernment based in Basra, was awarded a man-date for Iraq at the San Remo Conference in1920, it faced a series of revolts by Ottomanofficials, landowners, tribal chiefs, Sunni andShiite ulama, and army officers. The Britishresponse was to establish a constitutionalmonarchy under Faisal ibn Hussein, son of theSharif of Mecca whom the French had removedfrom his throne in Damascus. The British man-date ended in 1932 when Iraq was admitted tothe League of Nations, but Britain retained itsairbases at Shuaiba and Habbaniyya, and acontrolling interest in the IPC (Iraqi PetroleumCompany), which started exporting oil in1934. Though the Iraqi elite was included in thegovernment it remained divided between differ-ent factional and tribal interests, while thetroubles in Palestine caused by Jewish immi-gration fueled nationalist sentiments and anti-British feelings. A pro-Axis coup d’état by agroup of nationalist officers known as theGolden Square led to a second British occupa-tion of Baghdad and Basra in 1941.

The tensions caused by the 1956 Suez crisisand Iraq’s adherence to the pro-WesternBaghdad Pact (including Turkey, Iran, andPakistan) aimed at containing Soviet powersurfaced in the revolution that, with commu-nist support, overthrew the monarchy in1958. However the new military governmentwas itself replaced in 1963 (and again in1968) by officers belonging to the secular-oriented Baath (Renaissance) Party. UnderSaddam Hussein al-Tikriti (vice president toGeneral Hasan al-Bakri and the regime’s

154

40° 45° 50°

40°

35°

30°

0

3/4 km0

1/2 mileN

B l a c k S e a

C a s p i a n

S e a

Lake

Urmia

Hawr al

Hammar

Van Gölu

Ozero

Sevan

Pe r s i a n

G u l f

Kilkit

Euphra

tes

Kura

Q

ezelO

uzan

Tigris

Sh

attalA

ra

Sanandaj

Kermanshah

Bandar-eSharpur

Basra

Fao Is.

Abu DhabiKurna

Nasiriyacaptured 24 July 1915 Ahwaz

Shushtar

Dezful

RashtLahijan

Khorramabad

Tabriz

KirovabadGumusane

Malatya

Adiyaman

HakkariUrfa Mardin

Mosulcaptured 3 Nov. 1918

Kirkukcaptured 7 May 1918

Khvov

Yerevan

Erzurum

Baghdad

Karbala

Baghdad

al-Hilla

Ctesiphon

Kut-al-Amaracaptured 28 Sept. 1915lost 29 April 1916recaptured February 1917

Tikrit

An Najaf

A r m e n i a

S y r i a

K U WA I T

I r a q

O

TT

OM

A

N

E

M

P

I

R

E

R u s s i an f ron t l in e t o Mar ch 191 8

A r a b i a

El Hasa

P E R S I A

R U S S I A(until November 1917)

BritishProtectorate

0 100 km

0 100 miles

N

22 Nov. 1915British attack at Ctesiphonbeaten off; British retreatto Kut-al-Amara

Townshend

Turki

shfro

ntline

Turk

ishadv

ance line

flooded inJanuary

flooded inFebruary

snipers

Fort

road to fort

MosqueWoolpress

Village

Kut-al-Amarah

Tig

ris

Sh

att-a

l-Hai

Three British relief attempts

fail

British garrisonsurrenders 29 April 1916

Mesopotamia 1915–18

The Siege of KutDecember 1915 – April 1916

British river-borne operations

other British operations

British retreat

Turkish advance

Turkish retreat

Oil field

Oil pipeline

Approximate extent of areas inundated during the wet season

British break Turkishlines 5 Nov. 1917

27 Jan. 1918British mission leavesfor Kermanshah and Baku

Intended link-upwith Russian forces

O c cup i ed by O t t oman Emp i r ea f t e r t he Tr ea t y o f B r e s t - L i t o v sk

Kuwait

H A of Islam Spreads 49–58 21/5/04 11:08 AM Page 154

FLASHPOINT IRAQ 1917–2003

effective “strong man” long before he formal-ly assumed the presidency in 1979) the al-BuNasr clan from Tikrit effectively used the EastEuropean-style Baath Party apparatus tobuild a formidable network of power basedon a combination of patronage and coercion.The regime proved remarkably durable. Ittook steps toward creating a sense of Iraqinational identity based on the Arab-Muslimand pre-Islamic Mesopotamian heritage, witharchaeology, folklore, poetry, and the artsenlisted to enhance Iraqi distinctiveness. TheKurds were ruthlessly suppressed, with some1,000 villages destroyed and thousands ofcivilians killed by chemical gas. The Shiite forthe most part supported the government dur-ing the disastrous war with Iran (1980–89),although there was significant oppositionfrom the Dawa movement founded by themurdered Ayatollah Baqr al-Sadr in the 1960s.After coalition forces drove the Iraqis out ofKuwait in 1991, a Shiite rebellion in a numberof southern cities including Basra, Najaf, andKarbala was ruthlessly suppressed—despitethe presence of US forces in the area. In itsdrive to stamp out the last vestiges of opposi-tion the government then proceeded to drainthe southern marshlands inhabited by theShiite. The Kurds, however, were protected byAllied air power.

Contrary to expectations, the UN sanctionsimposed on Iraq after the invasion of Kuwaitmerely served to strengthen the regime’s pur-chase over Iraqi society, enriching the networkscontrolled by Saddam Hussein and his sonsthrough the monopoly they obtained over ille-gal oil exports and the UN-approved “oil forfood” program. The destruction of the regimefollowing the Anglo-American attack on Iraq inMarch 2003 was completed with the capture ofSaddam Hussein in December. It was far fromclear, however, if the Americans would succeedin their stated purpose of installing a democ-ractic system of government acceptable to allsections of the Iraqi population.

155

0 100 km

0 100 miles

N

Samawah

Rafha

Nasiriyah

Basra

Hafar al Batin

Kuwait

Khafji

Warah

Abadan

Wadi al B

atin

Euphrates

Persian GulfK U W A I T

S A U D IA R A B I A

I R A N

I R A Q

NEUTRALZONE

The Gulf War, Phase 117 January to 23 February 1991

Allied units

Iraqi units

Allied movements

Iraqi airbase destroyed

Bridge destroyed

U.S. Special Forcesdropped behindenemy lines forreconnaissancefor Allied forces

US Marines

0 100 km

0 100 miles

N

Samawah

As Salman

Rafha

Nasiriyah

Basra

Hafar al Batin

Kuwait

Khafji

Warah

Abadan

Wadi al B

atin

Euphrates

Persian GulfK U W A I T

S A U D IA R A B I A

I R A N

I R A Q

NEUTRALZONE

The Gulf War, Phase 224–26 February 1991

Allied units

Iraqi units

Allied movements

Iraqi retreat

Iraqi airbase destroyed

Bridge destroyed

Advance lineswith timing

U.S. Marines

After 12 hours

After 48 hours

101st AirborneDivision set upresupply depot

0 100 km

0 100 miles

N

Samawah

As Salman

Rafha

Nasiriyah

Basra

Hafar al Batin

Kuwait

Khafji

Warah

Abadan

Wadi al B

atin

Euphrates

Persian GulfK U W A I T

S A U D IA R A B I A

I R A N

I R A Q

NEUTRALZONE

The Gulf War,Phase 327 February 1991

Allied units

Iraqi units

Allied movements

Iraqi retreat

Iraqi airbasedestroyed

Bridge destroyed

Advance lineswith timing

After 80 hours

After 100 hours

French forcesset up westerndefense line U.S. Marines

H A of Islam Spreads 49–58 21/5/04 11:08 AM Page 155

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

Afghanistan 1840–2002

An Afghan mujahid (warrior)

carries a shell to the front line.

Later these fighters would

receive the Stinger Surface-to-Air

missiles. This weapon, though

light and portable, contained

sophisticated target-seeking

electronics. Secretly supplied to

the mujahidin via the Pakistani

intelligence services (ISI), it had

a devastating impact on the

Soviet occupation, enabling

relatively untrained tribesmen to

bring down helicopter gunships.

A mountainous region with deep valleys,

deserts, and arid plateaus, Afghanistan has

never been a single political entity although

parts of it were incorporated into the Pushtun

Empire founded by Ahmad Shah Durrani (r.

1747–72). The population is extremely varied,

with that largest ethnolinguistic grouping, the

Pushtuns, comprising about 47 percent. This

group is concentrated in the southern belt of

the territory that straddles the border with

Pakistan, with Tajiks, the second-largest

group (comprising 35 percent) living mainly

in the north, along with Uzbeks, Turkmen,

and Kirghiz (8 percent), and the Imami Shiite

Hazaras (7 percent).

The disintegration of the Durrani Empire

into fratricidal strife in the nineteenth century

opened the way for Russian and British pene-

tration. Britain’s concern to protect its empire

from Russian encroachments prompted its

two invasions of Afghanistan in 1839–42 and

1879–80. Needing a strong central government

to consolidate Afghanistan as a buffer state

against the Russians Britain installed the

“Iron Amir,” Abd al-Rahman Khan (r.

1880–1901). He consolidated his power over

the country by waging jihad against the Shiite

and forcibly converting the indigenous non-

Muslim “infidels” of Kafiristan. Departing

with precedent he claimed to rule by divine

right rather than tribal delegation. Non-

Pushtuns were discriminated against and suf-

fered oppressive taxation.

Elements of the modern state, however,

were also introduced, with a centralized army

used to repress rebellious tribes and the gov-

ernment organized into separate departments

of state. During the reign of Abd al-

Rahman’s son Habibullah (r. 1901–19) the

army was professionalized and modern

education introduced. Habibullah’s son

Amanullah (r. 1919–29) pushed the process of

modernization further by enacting sweeping

legislative changes, including the abolition of

slavery. He began to allow the education of

women and brought about changes in their

status including almost equal rights in mar-

riage, divorce, and inheritance. He also intro-

duced Western dress at court. The reforms

provoked a rebellion by the conservative

ulama and chieftains affiliated to the

Naqshbandi order and Amanullah was forced

into exile in 1929.

The Pushtun military leader Nadir Shah (r.

1929–33) took over from Amanullah and his

successor Zahir Shah (r. 1933–73) reinstated

the Sharia courts. He rewarded the Pushtun

tribes on which they depended by granting

their leaders government posts and allowing

rampant discrimination against non-

Pushtuns in the allocation of resources. At

the same time the program of modernization

was resumed in a modified form, with the

state taking the leading part in economic

development. Under the combined strategic

pressures of the Cold War and the regime’s

Pushtun-oriented nationalism (which gener-

ated tensions with neighboring Pakistan) an

influential part of the Pushtun elite moved

closer to Moscow. This process resulted in

the ousting of Zahir Shah by his cousin and

former prime minister, Muhammad Daud,

with support from Saudi Arabia, Pakistan,

and Iran. Daud abolished the monarchy and

proclaimed himself president of the republic

of Afghanistan. The Soviets responded by

sponsoring a coup by the communist People’s

Democratic Party of Afghanistan (PDPA), a

move that resulted in direct Soviet interven-

tion in 1979 to prop up the Parcham (non-

156

H A of Islam Spreads 49–58 21/5/04 11:08 AM Page 156

dominated Taliban regime (supported by

Saudi Arabia and Pakistan) headed by Bin

Laden’s close ally Mullah Muhammad Omar.

After taking Kabul in 1994 the Taliban barred

women from schools and other workplaces,

massacred the Shiite Hazaras, and brought

Iran to the brink of military intervention by

murdering nine of its diplomats.

After the attacks on New York and

Washington in September 2001 by terrorists

allegedly belonging to Bin Laden’s al-Qaeda

network the Americans removed the Taliban

regime by a massive bombing campaign. The

new Pushtun leader Ahmad Karzai, installed

by the United States following an interna-

tional conference in Berlin, is a cousin of

Zahir Shah.

AFGHANISTAN 1840–2002

Pushtun) faction of the PDPA under Barbak

Kamal. The ensuing jihad—supported by

Pakistan, Saudi Arabia, and the United

States—attracted volunteers from many

Muslim countries, including the wealthy

Saudi Islamist Osama bin Laden. With the

help of US-supplied Stinger missiles, the

mujahadin forced the Soviet Union to with-

draw its troops from Afghanistan in 1989. Far

from generating a sense of national unity,

however, the struggle against the Soviets

served to intensify interethnic strife, as the

central institutions of state disintegrated.

The factional fighting that followed the

Soviet withdrawal and the collapse of the

Marxist regime of General Najiballah in

1992 opened the way for the radical Pushtun-

157

200 m

land over 2000m

P A K I S T A N

I R A NA

FG

HA

NI S T

AN

T A Y I K I S T A N

Quetta

Kabul

Peshawar

Lahore Amritsar

Srinagar

K a s h m i r

I N D I A

Dusnanbe

Samarkand

Kandahar

Bagram

Jalalabad

Ghazni

FaizabadKunduz

Bahlan

Termez

Mazar-i-Sharif

Maimana

Kuska

Heret

Shindand

Farah

Lashkar Gah

Gardez

Shamali eastern offensive, 1985

Shamali OperationNov. 1983

Aug. 1981

Zhawar Campaign, 1986

May 1985

May 1982–May 1984

Airlift

Airlift

U

S

S

R

The Afghanistan War 1979–86and Soviet Retreat 1988–89

Soviet Advance 1979

Soviet Retreat

Refugees

Soviet Campaigns 1981–86

Soviet airfields

Soviet infantry bases

Soviet airborne infantry base

Airfields constructed andenlarged after 1980 by USSR

H A of Islam Spreads 49–58 21/5/04 11:08 AM Page 157

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

Arabia and the Gulf 1839–1950

The modern history of Arabia and the Per-sian Gulf is a complex pattern of interac-tions between the local forces on the groundand regional and global powers. The stakesare vastly increased through the presence ofoil and the growing dependence of Westerneconomies (including that of Japan) on reg-ular affordable supplies. Until the discoveryof oil the region was mostly poor (except forthe pearling centers of Kuwait and Bahrain,and trading port of Muscat) and of no greatinterest to the outside world. Britain, how-ever, needed to protect its Indian Empirefrom potential rivals or competitors, includ-ing Tsarist Russia, the Ottoman Empire, andIran. In 1839 it captured Aden, whichbecame a vital coaling station (and later oilrefueling depot) on the route to India.

The development of Aden initiated aprocess whereby the whole of the SouthArabian littoral and its hinterland—includ-ing the highlands of Lahej and the feudingcity states of the Wadi Hadhramaut—werepacified by the British during the 1930susing Royal Air Force bombers as the ulti-mate sanction. The South Arabian protec-torate (later renamed South Yemen, beforebeing united with Yemen in 1991) includedsome twenty-three sultanates, emirates, andtribal regimes under overall British control,with the sultans dominating the cities andthe hereditary class of sayyids, who claimeddescent from the Prophet, holding land andserving as mediators among the clans of theinterior.

Further east the Omani Albu Said dynastyunder its leader Sayyid Said bin Sultan(1807–56), created an extensive Indian Oceanempire that grew wealthy on the slave tradeand the export of ivory and spices from thesultan’s domains in Zanzibar. Under a seriesof treaties between 1838 and 1856 SayyidSaid bowed to British demands to restrict

slavery—providing further pretexts forBritish intervention. On his death in 1856 theBritish resolved a dispute between his sonsMajid, and Thuwaini by decreeing thatZanzibar, inherited by Majid should payMuscat, inherited by Thwaini, for the loss ofrevenue resulting from the division of theempire between them. British intervention inthe Gulf region north of Muscat wasprompted by the suppression of piracy aswell as slavery. Under a series of treatiessigned between 1835 and 1853 the shaikhs ofArab seafaring tribes who lived by preying onshipping (Arab as well as British) agreed to atruce suspending all piratical activity (whilealso agreeing to suppress the slave trade).Compliance was supervised by the BritishIndian Navy. The Trucial System protectedpearling and also benefited Arab shipping,which had suffered most from the insecuritycaused by piracy, with local merchants send-ing their goods via better-armed and protect-ed British ships. The Trucial States (now theUnited Arab Emirates) remained British pro-tectorates until 1971, with Britain supplyingofficers and controlling foreign policy.

Britain expanded its influence to includeKuwait in 1896, where it established an infor-mal protectorate to guard its client, ShaikhMubarak, from direct occupation by Turkey.As the major power in the region Britainintervened in many local disputes, regulatingcontested frontiers and trying to guaranteecontinuity of succession. The most notablecases include the quarrel between AbuDhabi, Oman, and Saudi Arabia over theBuraimi Oasis. This led to the expulsion ofSaudi forces by the British-led Trucial OmanScouts in 1955, and Iraq’s claim to Kuwait(dating from Ottoman times when the shaikhformally acknowledged Ottoman suzerain-ty), which Britain resisted by sending troopsto guarantee its independence in 1961.

158

H A of Islam Spreads 59–67 21/5/04 11:17 AM Page 158

ARABIA AND THE GULF 1839–1950

15°

20°

25°

30°

35°

35° 40° 45° 50° 55°

0 100 km

0 100 miles

N

SUBAY

P

e

r

s

i

a

n

G

ul

f

G

ulf

of

Om

an

A r a b i a n S e a

R

e

d

S

e

a

Euphrates

Qe

zelO

uzan

Tigris

Atbara

T

akazze

Kh

or

Bara

ka

Wadi Sahba

Kerman

Bandar-Abbas

JaskSharjar

AbuDhabi Khabura

Muscat

Mukalla

Shuqra

Aden

MochaTaizz

Zabid

al-Hudayda

Sana

Abha

Meccaal-Taif

Jedda

Yanbual Bahr

al-Wajh

Suakin

Massawa

Asmara

Aduwa

Kassala

al-Qatif

Dhahran

al-Hufuf

Riyadh

Sirjan

Bandar-eLengeh

Shiraz

Firuzabad

Kuwait

AbadanBasra

Abu Dhabi

Ahvaz

DezfulIsfahan

Yaid

Kashan

Qom

Tehran

Qazvin

Rasht Lahijan

Hamadan

Sanandaj

BorujerdKermanshah

Khorramabad

Tabriz

Adana

Maras Diyarbakir

Iskenderun

Hakkari

Antakya Aleppo Mosul

Kirkuk

Habbaniya Baghdad

Karbala al-Hilla

An Najaf

Sakakaal-Jawf

Hama

Homs

Latakia

Damascus

Tripoli

Amman

Beirut

Jerusalem

Haifa

Gaza

Tabuk

TaymaHail

BuraydaUnayza

Medina

Halil

S y r i a

PALESTINE

H e j a z

A s i r

E R I T R E A(to Italy 1899)

ANGLO-EGYPTIAN

SUDAN

A B Y S S I N I A

Ye m e n

ADENBritish Protectorate 1903

HADHRAMAUTBritish Protectorate 1888

OMANBritish Protectorate

1891

N E J D

Q AT A R

KUWAIT

BAHRAINUnder British Protection1861

Under British Protection1899

Under British Protection1916

I r a q

P E R S I A

(to Oman)

TRUCIAL OMAN Under Brit.

Prot. 1

853

Ru

b

el

K

h

a

l

i

RUWALA

AN IZA’AN IAARKAT

’ U T A Y B A

S H A M M A R

HARB

H A R B

H U T A Y M

UJMAN

D A F I R

AN IZA

B I L L I

JUHAYNA

D A W A S I R

QA

HT

AN

G H A M I D

HU

WA Y T A T

Z A H R A N

M U R R A

S U B A Y

S U B A Y

AWAZ IM

B A N I

Y A M

B A N AS A K H R

B A N AA T I Y A

HU

DH

A

YL

Arabia and the Gulf c. 1900

Major tribe

Territory under British control

Territory under Italian control

Ottoman Empire c.1900

O T T O MA N

EM

PI R

E

El

Ha

sa

Captured by Britain 1839

P i r a t eC o a s t

159

H A of Islam Spreads 59–67 21/5/04 11:17 AM Page 159

SUBAYA

G

Territorial Growth of the Saudi State1902–26

Territory under the control of Ibn Saud c. 1912

Additions by 1920

Additions by 1926

Major attacks and campaigns

Major tribe

Territory under British control

Territory under British influence

Territory under French control

Territory under Russian influence

Territory under Italian control

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

Rise of the Saudi State

Abd al-Aziz Ibn Saud (seated

lower left) developed the Ihkwan

(brethren), recruited from

Bedouin tribes. With this

committed force, Ibn Saud built

the state that became Saudi

Arabia in 1932.

The establishment ofthe Kingdom of SaudiArabia in the twenti-eth century replicatesmany of the featuresof Muhammad’s origi-nal movements and thejihad movements inNorth Africa as ana-lyzed by the greatArab philosopher ofhistory Ibn Khaldun(1332–1406). The orig-inal Saudi state,founded in the eigh-teenth century, wasbuilt on an alliancebetween a religiousreformer of the Han-bali school, Muham-mad Ibn Abd al-Wah-hab, and Muhammadal-Saud, a chief of theAniza. After wreakingdevastation in Iraqand the Hijaz, the

Saud’s sphere was greatly reduced by Egyptianintervention in 1818 and was briefly eliminat-ed in the 1890s when power passed to the pro-Ottoman al-Rashid family. In reviving hisancestral state after raiding the Rashid strong-hold at Riyadh in 1902, Muhammad al-Saud’sdescendent Abd al-Aziz (known as Ibn Saud)followed the same classical pattern of combin-ing the military power of the tribes with themoral force of a religious revival. All whofailed to adhere to the Wahhabite code weresubject to persecution. Ibn Saud’s warriors,known simply as Ikhwan (brethren) wereorganized into agricultural settlements calledHijras. These were inspired by the communityfounded by the Prophet Muhammad at Medi-na in 622. Here the former nomads were given

military training and indoctrinated into strictWahhabite tenets. With the Hijra colonieslocated at strategic points all over the Nejdplateau, the Ikhwan could be mobilized rapid-ly, while Ibn Saud was spared the cost of astanding army.

Unlike the original Islamic movement,however, the Saudi state’s outward momen-tum was blocked by the European powers thatheld sway on Arabia’s perimeters. WhileBritain collaborated with Saudi expansioninto al-Hasa, the Hijaz, and (with Italian con-nivance) Asir on the borders of Yemen,Ikhwan raids into Transjordan and Iraq weremet with devastating fire from the Transjor-danian Frontier Force and the British RoyalAir Force, since Britain had guaranteed theintegrity of the Hashemite kingdoms grantedto the sons of the Sharif Hussein of Mecca,former ruler of the Hijaz.

After winning recognition from the interna-tional powers, Ibn Saud faced an internalrebellion from disaffected Ikhwan who hadbecome resentful of Western influence andtechnologies. He defeated them at the battle ofSabilla in 1929.

160

H A of Islam Spreads 59–67 21/5/04 11:17 AM Page 160

15°

20°

25°

30°

35°

35° 40° 45° 50° 55°

0 100 km

0 100 miles

N

P

e

r

s

i

a

n

G

ul

f

G

ulf

of

Om

an

A r a b i a n S e a

R

e

d

S

e

a

Sa

yan

Euphrates

Qez

elO

uzan

Tigris

Atbara

T

akazze

Kh

or

Bara

ka

Wadi Sah

ba

Ashkhabad

Quchan

Nayshabur

Bejastan

Ferdow

Kerman

Bandar-Abbas

JaskSharjar

Abu DhabiKhabura

Muscat

Mukalla

Shuqra

Aden

MochaTaizz

Zabid

al-Hudayda

Sana

Abha

Meccaal-Taif

Jedda

Yanbual Bahr

al-Wajh

Suakin

Massawa

Asmara

Aduwa

Kassala

al-Qatif

Dhahran

al-Hufuf

Riyadh

Sirjan

Bandar-eLengeh

Shiraz

Firuzabad

Kuwait

AbadanBasra

Abu Dhabi

Ahvaz

DezfulIsfahan

Yaid

Kashan

Qom

Gorgan

SharudDamghan

SemnanDamavan

Tehran

QazvinBabol

Rasht Lahijan

Hamadan

Sanandaj

BorujerdKermanshah

Khorramabad

Tabriz

Adana

Maras Diyarbakir

Iskenderun

Hakkari

Antakya Aleppo Mosul

Kirkuk

Habbaniya Baghdad

Karbala al-Hilla

An Najaf

Sakakaal Jawf

Hama

Homs

Latakia

Damascus

Tripoli

Amman

Beirut

Jerusalem

Haifa

Tabuk

Gaza

TaymaHail

BuraydaUnayza

Medina

Halil

S Y R I A

T U R K E Y

LEBANON

S.A.

TERR. OFALAWITES

PALESTINE

T R A N S -J O R D A N

H E J A Z

A S I R1920 to Nejd

E R I T R E A

ANGLO-EGYPTIAN

SUDAN

A B Y S S I N I A

Y E M E NIndependent 1919

ADEN

HADHRAMAUT

OMAN

N E J D

Q AT A R

KUWAIT

BAHRAIN

N.Z.

N.Z. (1920)

British Mandate1920

French Mandate1920

Emirate under Brit.Suzerainty, 1923

Captured by Ibn Saud1902

I R A Q

I R A N

(to Oman)

TRUCIAL OMAN

R u s s i a n S p h e r e o f I n f l u e n c e(1907–21)

British Sphereof Influence(1907–21)

Ru

b

el

K

h

a

l

i

RUWALA

AN IZA’AN IAARKAT

’ U T A Y B A

S H A M M A R

HARB

H A R B

H U T A Y M

UJMAN

D A F I R

AN IZA

B I L L I

JUHAYNA

D A W A S I R

QA

HT

AN

G H A M I D

HU

WA Y T A T

Z A H R A N

M U R R A

S U B A Y

S U B A Y

AWAZ IM

B A N I

Y A M

B A N AS A K H R

B A N AA T I Y A

HU

DH

A

YL

1926

1920

1923

1926

1926

1926 to Nejd1904

1902

1902

1924

1919–

20

1919–20 1932

1934

1934

1921

1913

1913

1913/1926

Sabilla1929

RISE OF THE SAUDI STATE

161

H A of Islam Spreads 59–67 21/5/04 11:17 AM Page 161

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

Flashpoint Israel–Palestine

The roots of the Arab–Israeli conflict lie in theage-old yearning of Jews to return to Eretz Yis-rael, the land promised by God to the ProphetAbraham. Modern Zionism built on this tradi-tion, seeing salvation from persecution in theacquisition of land where a Jewish sovereignstate could be created. In 1878, the first Jewishsettlement was established at Petah Tikva. Dur-ing the First World War the British made contra-dictory commitments to Arabs and Jews. Theypromised an independent state to the Sharif ofMecca, whose sons Faisal and Abdullah led theArab Revolt against the Ottoman Turks, whileallowing the establishment of a national home-land for the Jewish People in Palestine—a proj-ect that met with increasing support among Jew-ish communities in Europe after the Nazi acces-sion to power in Germany. A plan for dividingPalestine into Arab and Jewish states, which fol-lowed an uprising by Palestinian Arabs begin-ning in 1936, was suspended on the outbreak ofhostilities in 1939. After the Allied victory in theSecond World War revealed the horrors of theNazi genocide, pressure for mass Jewish immi-gration became overwhelming. A 1947 UN par-tition plan providing for Arab and Jewish states“each entwined in an inimical embrace like twofighting serpents,” in the words of one official,was accepted by the Jewish leaders but rejectedby the Arabs. On May 14 1948, the British with-drew and on the following day Israel’s independ-ence was recognized by the major powers. Thenew state survived simultaneous but poorlycoordinated attacks by the armies of the sur-rounding Arab states, leaving it with more terri-tory than had been awarded to it under the UNplan. Transjordan—later Jordan—gained con-trol of a part of Palestine, including EastJerusalem, which contains shrines sacred toJews, Christians, and Muslims. Attacks by Jew-ish irregulars, such as the massacre of Palestin-ian villagers of Deir Yassin in 1948, promptedthe flight of thousands of Palestinians, creating

162

32°

32°

36°

36°

28°

0 50 km

0 50 miles

N

LEBANON

ISRAELJORDAN

E G Y P T

S A U D IA R A B I A

Jo

rd

an

Wad

iA

rab

a

Nile

W

adi Batat

Wadi

el

Arish

Wad

iA

rab

a

Su

ez

Can

al

Wad

iQ

en

a

Wadi Tarfa

Latakipia

Tripoli

DamascusMetulla

Amman

NazarethHaifa

HaderaNetanya

Tel Aviv-Jaffa

JerusalemBethlehem

Hebron

Beersheba

Ma’an

El Quseima

El Arîsh

Gaza

Port Said

El Qantara

Ismailia

El Faiyûm

El Minya

Asyût

Jemsa

NabqEl Tur

Haraiba

MaqnaDahab

AqabaEl Thamad

NekhlEl Giza Suez

Port TaufiqCairo

Tanta

Nablus

Jericho

Beirut

Eilat

Sharm el Sheikh

Gu

lf

of

Su

ez

Gu

lf

of

Aq

ab

R e d S e a

M e d i t e r r a n e a n S e a

Bitter

Lake

Lake

Marzala

Lake

Burullus

S i n a i

C Y P R U S

The Six-Day War – Israeli Attack14–30 May 1967

Main Israeli attacks

Pre-war borders

Airborne landing

Israeli air strikes

H A of Islam Spreads 59–67 21/5/04 11:17 AM Page 162

FLASHPOINT ISRAEL–PALESTINE

the refugee problem which would fuel subse-quent wars in 1956, 1967, 1973, and 1982.

The third Arab-Israeli war, in June 1967, leftIsrael in control of Sinai, Gaza, the West Bank,and the Golan Heights, with Israel subsequentlyannexing Arab East Jerusalem and planting Jew-ish settlements in the Occupied Territories. Limit-ed military success achieved by the Egyptians inthe fourth Arab-Israeli war in October 1973emboldened the Egyptian President Anwar Sadatto make his historic visit to Jerusalem in 1977.This initiated the process that culminated in thesigning of the Egyptian-Israeli peace treaty atCamp David in 1979, followed by disengagementagreements with Syria and a treaty between Israel

and Jordan in 1994. The Palestinian problem,however, remains unresolved. Although the Pales-tine Liberation Organization, under its chairmanYasser Arafat, recognized Israel’s right to exist in1988 and achieved limited autonomy for Pales-tinians in Gaza, Jericho, and other parts of theWest Bank under the 1993 Oslo accords, theIslamist organizations, including Hamas andIslamic Jihad, reject the peace process. Continu-ing Jewish settlements, terrorist attacks on civil-ians (including suicide bombings), and Israelimeasures such as the creation of a Berlin-stylewall between Israel and the West Bank and thetargeted killings of Palestinian leaders, have madethe prospects for peace increasingly difficult.

163

36°

32°

35°

30°

0 50 km

0 50 miles

N

Gu

lf

of

Su

ez

Gu

lf

of

Aq

ab

a

R e d S e a

M e d i t e r r a n e a n S e a

Bitter

Lake

LEBANON

I S R A E LJ O R D A N

E G Y P T

S A U D IA R A B I A

SYRIA

Jo

rd

an

Wad

iA

rab

a

Wad

iA

rab

a

Su

ez

Can

al

Wadi Tarfa

Tripoli

RayakZahle

Damascus

Metulla

Amman

NazarethHaifa

HaderaNetanya

Tel Aviv-JaffaRehovot

JerusalemBethlehem

Hebron

Beersheba

El Quseima

al-Arîsh

GazaPort Said

El Qantara

Ismailia

Geneife

Sudr

Jemsa

Nabqal-Tur

MaqnaDahabAbu Durba

AbuRudeis

Haqal

Aqaba

NekhlSuez

Cairo

Dumyât

al-Mahallaal-Kubra

Nablus

Jericho

Beirut

Eilat

Kuntilla

S i n a i

Port Taufiq

The October War6 October 1973

Arab attacks

Furthest Arab advance

Occupied by Israel at outbreak of war

Israeli counterattacks6–24 October

33°

32°

31°

35°

M e d i t e r r a n e a n

S e a

S e a o f

G a l i l e e

D e a d

S e a

Jo

rd

an

Be

so

r

S o r eq

Sh

i qm

a

I S R A E L

W e s t

B a n k

Gaza Str ip

Acre

Haifa

Nazareth

Nablus

Jerusalem

Bethlehem

Hebron

Netanya

Tel Aviv

Ashdod

Gaza

Rafah

Beersheba

Granot

KibbutzGaled

Jenin

Deir elGhusan

Tulkarm

Kalkiya

Nl’llin

Nusseirat

Khan Yunis

A-RamLod

Balatarefugee camp

Beit Omar

Keziot

Sheikh Radwan Jabaliyarefugee camp

Shatirefugee camp

Ashkelon

Hadera

Afula

0 50 km

0 50 miles

N

The IntifadaFebruary – December 1992

Major incidents

c. 1994

N

Hamas-Jihad terror bombings

H A of Islam Spreads 59–67 21/5/04 11:17 AM Page 163

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

Flashpoint Gulf 1950–2003

There were several wars fought in the Gulf in

the second half of the twentieth century. The

three major wars were the Iran-Iraq war of

1979–89, the Iraqi invasion of and subsequent

expulsion from Kuwait in 1990–91, and the

war which began in 2003 with the US-led inva-

sion of Iraq.

In each of these wars the motives of the

combatants remain in dispute. There is con-

siderable underlying evidence that oil was an

important contributory factor. In the centuries

prior to the discovery of oil the region was not

the focus of major war between local states or

the European powers. In contrast, the rich

sugar-producing islands of the Caribbean

were fought over frequently in the eighteenth

and early nineteenth centuries. Oil provided

the money for states in the region to acquire

very large quantities of armaments in the sec-

ond half of the twentieth century and these

made large-scale war more possible. Saddam

Hussein’s exact motivation in attacking first

Iran and then Kuwait a decade later may never

be known. However, in both cases the prospect

of a quick victory resulting in the acquisition

of oil-producing areas seems to have had a

part to play. Some allege that the US actively

encouraged the attack on Iran as a means of

curbing the recent Iranian revolution. Both

states proved remarkably resilient despite the

strains of war. And against Iranian expecta-

tions, Shiite citizens of Iraq put their Arab or

Iraqi identity before their allegiance to their

co-religionists in Iran.

The Iran–Iraq war resulted in hundreds of

thousands of casualties on both sides and last-

ed for almost ten years. It was a war that

involved all the characteristics of major indus-

trialized warfare as it developed during the

First and Second World Wars, including mass

infantry attacks, trench warfare, combined

arms battles involving tanks, aircraft, artillery,

missiles, and poison gas. Although the Irani-

ans protested at the illegal use by Iraq of

164

XX3

XX1 Marine

X1 RCT

XTF Tarawa

X5 RCT

X7 RCT

XX1 Armored R Marines

III

27

71

33°

31°

47°45°

43°0 75 km

0 75 miles

N

0 m

100

200

1000

27

BAGHDAD

al Diwaniya

Tikrit

Al Kut

Al-Numaniyaal Hilla

al-Amara

al-Qurna

Jaliba

Basra

Safwan

An Najaf

Karbala

UmmQasr

Kuwait

al-Nasiriya

Suq al Shuyukh

As Samawah

As Salman

I R A N

I R A Q

K U W A I T

S A U D I A R A B I A

Eu

phrates

Tig

ris

3rd Infantry Division attacks

1st Marine Division attacks

Task Force Tarawa attacks

British attacks

Road number

The Advance to BaghdadMarch 20–30, 2003

Persian

Gulf

Diy

ala

h

H A of Islam Spreads 59–67 21/5/04 11:17 AM Page 164

FLASHPOINT GULF 1950–2003

chemical weapons the international communi-

ty remained silent on the matter. This issue

continues to influence Iranian attitudes to

what it regards as Western double standards

on weapons of mass destruction (WMD).

The Iraqi invasion of Kuwait in August

1991 was probably triggered by Iraq’s poor

financial condition and a misreading of the

likely international reaction. Not only was the

attack on a UN member state (and a member

of the Arab League), it was also a blatant vio-

lation of international law. If unopposed it

would have left Iraq in control of a far larger

proportion of the world’s oil reserves than it

had already. From an Iraqi perspective it is

possible to argue that borders and states hand-

ed down by colonial rulers and without his-

torical basis do not deserve to be respected.

However Iraq had formally recognized

Kuwait’s sovereignty within its present borders

in 1963. In any event the UN-backed coalition,

including large army units from Egypt and

Syria, expelled Iraq from Kuwait early in 1991.

In 2003, the US and UK attacked Iraq.

They claimed to be implementing UN resolu-

tions that the UN itself had failed to carry out

and that Iraq presented a regional and indeed

global threat from weapons of mass destruc-

tion (including nuclear, biological, and chem-

ical weaponry). Most of the world regarded

the attack as a breach of the UN’s founding

principle of outlawing aggressive war. The US

was supported by neither Mexico nor Canada

despite both nations’ economic dependence

on the US.

No operational weapons were found in the

Iraqi armed forces and as of late 2003 no man-

ufacturing programs of WMD were found

either. The first phase of the war was complet-

ed in a few weeks as US armored forces drove to

and occupied Baghdad and Iraq’s other major

cities. The exact nature of the battles that took

place and the extent to which the Iraqi regular

army fought against overwhelming odds

remains unclear. Despite the success of the

Americans in capturing Saddam Hussein in

December 2003, the coalition forces continued

to be subject to sporadic guerrilla attacks.

165

27

7

1

XX3

XX101

X82

X5 RCT

X7 RCT

X1 RCT

III15 MEU

III24 MEU

XX1 Armored

33°

31°

47°45°

43°0 75 km

0 75 miles

N

0 m

100

200

1000

27

BAGHDAD

al-Diwaniya

Tikrit

Al Kut

Al-Numaniyaal-Hilla

al-Amara

al-Qurna

Jaliba

Basra

Safwan

An Najaf

Karbala

UmmQasr

Kuwait

al-Nasiriya

Suq al Shuyukh

As Samawah

As Salman

I R A N

I R A Q

K U W A I T

S A U D I A R A B I A

Army attacks

1st Marine Division attacks

Task Force Tarawa advances

Road number

The Advance to BaghdadMarch 30 – April 12, 2003

Eup

hrates

Tig

ris

Diy

ala

h

H A of Islam Spreads 59–67 21/5/04 11:17 AM Page 165

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

Muslims in Western Europe

France (Paris)The majority of migration to France from Muslimcountries has been from Algeria, prior to the 1960s.Increasingly, other Moroccan and Tunisian Muslims,as well as those from western Africa, have established

themselves there. Originallymost migrants were malesojourners who sent remit-tances home, but from the1980s the gender balance hasbeen settled as families wereestablished. Although thereare significant communitiesof Muslims in Marseilles,Lyons, and Lille, Paris is theprimary city of settlement.The main Paris mosque wasestablished in 1926, but themain Muslim areas of thecity were populated in theperiod after the 1950s. Mus-lims in France still tend to befocused on their countries oforigin with many mosquesrepresenting this diversity.Sufi groups are particularlyactive in Paris, especiallythose from the NorthAfrican traditions such asthe Darqawiyya andAlawiyya. These groupsattract some French con-verts to Islam.

Germany (Hamburg,Munich, Frankfurt)Muslim migration to Ger-many is dominated byTurks. During the 1950s,Germany actively encour-aged the migration ofworkers from Turkey.Most of the employmentopportunities on offer

were unskilled or semiskilled. During the 1970s,there was an increased movement of Turkishworkers to Germany that led to the developmentof particular focused communities. During this

166

Bale

ari

cIs.

Ba

lt

i

c

Se

a

N o r t h

S e a

N o r w e g i a n

S e a

A T L A N T I C

O C E A N

Me d i t

er

ra

n

e

a

n

Se

a

A

dria

tic

Se

a

Bla

ck

Se

a

Aegean

Sea

Arctic Circle

Rh

ine

Danube

Madrid

AlmeriaCádiz

Marseille

Lyon

Barcelona

Bordeaux

The Hague

Bern

Amsterdam

London

Dublin Bradford

Glasgow

Lisbon Naples

Hamburg

Berlin

Rome

Milan

Venice

Trieste

A L G E R I A

L I B Y A

BOSNIAHERZEG.

SLOVENIA

CROATIA

MONTE-NEGRO

BULGARIA

R O M A N I A

ALBANIAANDORRA

G R E E C E

F I N L A N D

P O L A N D

RUSSIA

LITHUANIA

LATVIA

ESTONIA

AUSTRIA

CZECH REP.SLOVAKIA

HUNGARY

BELORUSSIA

UKRAINE

RUSSIANFEDERATION

UNITED

KINGDOM

IRELAND

SWITZERLAND

L.

DENMARK

ICELAND

PO

RT

UG

AL

S P A I N

M O R O C C O

SERBIA

TUNISIA

F R A N C E

BEL

G E R M A N Y

NO

RW

AY

SW

ED

EN

IT

AL

Y

TU

RK

EY

NETHER

LA

ND

S

Monaco

MALTA

ManchesterLiverpool

Munich

Utrecht

Turin

Pakistan

India

Indonesia

0° 8°8° 16°16°24°32°

36°

40°

44°

48°

52°

56°

60°

64°

68°

24° 32° 40°

N

Muslim Migration intothe European Union

Signature of the Treaty of Rome, 1957

EEC member added 1973

EEC member added 1986

Became part of the EEC afterunification of Germany, 1990

EEC member added 1995

EEC membership approvedMay 2004

Membership pending

Directions and the sourcesof immigration

0 200 km

0 200 miles

Alicante

Tangier

Paris

CalaisBrussels

Birmingham

Frankfurt

Genoa

Cardiff

Lille

Andalucia

Rotterdam

H A of Islam Spreads 59–67 21/5/04 11:17 AM Page 166

MUSLIMS IN WESTERN EUROPE

period, families joined the original migrants.Most workers were accorded the status of “guestworker,” which emphasized the official notion ofthe settlement being temporary. During the1980s, the Muslim communities began to estab-lish social and religious provision by buildingmosques and forming religious associations,many linked to groups based in Turkey. Like-wise, Sufi groups, such as the Naqshbandiyya,have been very active and often through thesegroups, converts to Islam have played a signifi-cant role in the Muslim communities.

United Kingdom (London, Glasgow,Manchester, Birmingham, Bradford)Muslim migration to the UK began from the mid-nineteenth century with settlement of Yemeniseamen in the ports of Cardiff, South Shields, Liverpool, and London, and eventually in Birm-ingham. However most Muslim migration to theUK has been from southern Asia (Pakistan andBangladesh), where, during the 1950s and early1960s, many economic migrants arrived to takeup employment by invitation. During the 1960s,the arrival of families led to the establishment ofvarious provisions of religious and cultural servic-es, as happened in most migrant communities inEurope. London, in particular, has attracteddiverse communities. This has led to a more liber-al cultural and religious perspective than amongother Muslim communities in the UK. Significantnumbers of Arabs, as well as Pakistanis andBangladeshis, mix with more recent Muslimrefugees and overseas Muslim students. Bradfordhas a more homogeneous community of Pak-istani origin, which has led to a less diverse reli-gious focus. Birmingham, on the other hand,though constituting a community predominantlyof Pakistani origin, has a far more diverse Muslimcommunity that includes a significant number ofconverts of Afro-Caribbean origin. Increasingly,Muslim youth in the UK are rediscovering Islamas a part of their personal identity. Young Muslimwomen are adopting the use of hijab as a meansof asserting their own identity based on self-

Built around 1750, the mosque in

the castle garden of

Schwetzingen, Germany, blends

Islamic motifs with European

baroque influences.

167

exploration rather than accepting the religiousassumptions and practices of the previous gener-ation. As in other European contexts, Sufismplays a significant role as a religious movement,especially in attracting converts.

The Netherlands (Amsterdam, Rotterdam,The Hague, Utrecht)The Netherlands has a diverse Muslim communi-ty made up of Turks and North Africans as well asMoluccans from the former Dutch East Indies. Asthe communities established themselves, there hasbeen an increase in the number of mosques sincethe 1980s. Many of these mosques are linked tothe countries of origin, especially those of Turkishorigin, where imams are provided by Turkey. TheDutch state provides the teaching of home lan-guages in schools, but as in other parts of Europe,religious education is provided by the mosques.

Italy (Rome, Milan, Turin)Italy has a diverse Muslim community, pre-dominantly made up of Moroccans andTunisians with increasing numbers from theformer Yugoslavia. During the 1980s and 90sthe Moroccan community in particular estab-lished mosques and the provision of religiouseducational needs.

SpainSpain, with its Muslim history, is significant as aEuropean country developing a resurgence ofengagement with Islam, especially in the south.The majority of migrant Muslims to Spain havebeen from North Africa, the majority fromMorocco. There are also communities from Sub-saharan Africa and the Middle East. There hasbeen an increasing number of mosques establishedand the provision of religious education. General-ly, Spanish attitudes to Islam are quite sympathet-ic and there is a significant convert movement ofSpaniards, in particular in Andalusia. Here theassertion of regional autonomy and conversion toIslam may be experienced as the rediscovery of anidentity suppressed for many centuries.

H A of Islam Spreads 59–67 21/5/04 11:17 AM Page 167

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

Muslims in North America

Muslim populations in the US originatefrom an early period. There is evidence tosuggest that the first Muslims arrived withSpanish explorers in the sixteenth century.But the initial substantial communitiesresulted from immigration from Syria andLebanon during the 1860s with furtherinfluxes in subsequent decades. The periodfollowing the Second World War saw signif-icant numbers arriving in response to theeconomic and political constraints in theirland of origin, including Europe, southwest-ern Asia, East Africa, India, and Pakistan.

The main states where Muslim communi-

ties settledwere Michigan,

Ohio, Indiana, Illi-nois, Massachusetts,

Iowa, Louisiana, New York, andPennsylvania. In Canada, Muslim com-

munities have not been so concentrated inparticular locations and are more geograph-ically mobile. The countries of origin havealso contrasted with the US with the major-ity of Muslim migrants to Canada originat-ing from Arab countries, North Africa, Sub-saharan Africa, southeastern Europe,Turkey, Iran, Afghanistan, the Far East, andEast Africa. Some originated from countriesof the British Commonwealth. In both the

US and Canada, conversion has been a fac-tor in the emergence of Muslim communi-ties. African-American converts in the US, inparticular, have been very significant.

The Nation of Islam (NOI), a separatistmovement among African-Americans, hasnot been considered part of Islam by themajority of Muslims. It remains a signifi-cant force, although since since 1976, whenWarith Deen Muhammad, the son of theNOI founder Elijah Muhammad, took overpart of the movement, an increasing pro-portion of African-American Muslims havealigned themselves with mainstream SunniMuslim belief and practice. African-Ameri-can Muslims make up a significant propor-tion of the Muslim community in the US.Conversion in prison among black inmatesis particularly significant as a response toracism and institutionalized brutality, anddraws on the Muslim ancestral origins ofmany African-Americans. White convertsare not as significant in numbers, but are,nonetheless, vocal exponents of the faith,often, as in Europe, associated with Sufimovements. The early establishment ofMuslims in North America has led to aperiod of assimilation in which, with excep-tion of the African-American Muslims,issues of religious identity have been sub-sumed in cultural integration. With thearrival of overseas Muslim students andmore recent migrants who were practicingMuslims, for example from Pakistan, therehas been an increase in the assertion of reli-gious identity. There is generally a widespectrum of religious practice in NorthAmerican communities. Although manyMuslim associations and mosques are ethni-cally based, there are also Muslim organiza-tions that are trans-ethnic.

The Muslim Students’ Association, found-ed in 1963 by Muslim students at the Univer-

168

DetroitBuffalo

Dearborn

Cedar Rapids BALKANS

OTTOMAN EMPIRESYRIALEBANONJORDAN

INDIA

1890–early 1920s

pre-World War II1906

Late 19th and Early20th Centuries

Area of Islam

Migration

H A of Islam Spreads 59–67 21/5/04 11:17 AM Page 168

MUSLIMS IN NORTH AMERICA

sity of Illinois-Urbana,has been particularlysignificant in assert-ing a Muslim iden-tity in contradis-tinction to an eth-nic identity. Otherumbrella organizationsin the US and the Councilof Muslim Communities ofCanada have made significantcontributions in the shift towarda collective Muslim identity. At alocal level, most concentrations ofMuslims in cities such as Detroit,New York, and Chicago, have provisionfor halal food, funerary facilities,mosques, and community halls, as well asorganized educational provision for reli-gious instruction for children. In terms ofrelationships with the wider community,Muslims in North America, in the US in par-ticular, have experienced significant chal-lenges over the last twenty-five years. Afterthe Iranian Revolution in 1979, when Ameri-cans were held hostage in the Tehranembassy, public opinion concerning Islamand Muslims began to shift in a negativedirection. The events of September 11th

2001, other attacks on Americans, and thekilling of Israeli civilians (with whom Evan-gelical Christians as well as Jews tend toempathize strongly) have had a massiveimpact on Muslim communities in the Westgenerally, but especially in the US. Communi-ty and religious leaders have had to counterthe negative stereotyping of Islam as a reli-gion of violence, while addressing the politi-cizing of Islam in their own communities.

169

The Black Muslim leader

Malcolm X began his life as a

petty criminal before his

conversion to the separatist

Nation of Islam (NOI). His

pilgrimage to Mecca in 1964,

however, persuaded him that

separatism was wrong, and that

true Islam included people of all

races. Three NOI members were

convicted for his murder

following his assassination in

February 1965.

After World War II

area of Islam

migration

country sending students

ALBANIA

EGYPTALGERIA

IRANKUWAIT

IRAQ

YEMEN

HAWAII

PAKISTAN

INDIA

BANGLADESH

MALAYSIA

I N D O N E S I A

SYRIA

SUDAN

TUNISIA

SAUDIARABIA

YUGOSLAVIA

Palestinians after 1948

H A of Islam Spreads 59–67 21/5/04 11:17 AM Page 169

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

Mosques and Places of Worship in North America

The Islamic Society of North

America’s Headquarters Mosque,

near Indianapolis, Indiana.

Designed by architects Gulzar

Haider and Mukhtar Khalil, and

completed in 1981, it displays a

progressive, modern profile for

the faith of up to 8 million

Americans and Canadians. As

well as a prayer hall, the building

contains a library and

administrative offices.

Following the establishment of communities

in the US, the 1920s saw the first appearance

of mosque buildings to serve the religious

and social needs of Muslims. As in Europe,

homes initially functioned as mosques,

followed by the conversion of existing houses

to serve as mosques. The construction of

mosques built specifically for the purpose

came at a later phase. Most mosques were

originally established to serve ethnically

defined communities and were not sectarian

as such, the buildings being used for both

social and religious purposes. Often for larg-

er events, such as the Id prayers, public and

private halls have been hired to accommodate

worshippers—this has been the case in

Toronto, Montreal, and Edmonton in

Canada. The first African-American mosque,

of the Nation of Islam, was established in

Harlem in 1950.

However, up until the 1960s, there were

insufficient mosques to serve the growing

Muslim community who instead used private

prayer rooms and spaces to fulfill religious

obligations. There are now over 1,000 formal

mosques in the US.

One of the largest mosques built in the US

is the Detroit Islamic Center, which was

erected between 1962 and 1968. The con-

struction was paid for by the local Muslim

community who formed its congregation.

Grants coming from the Egyptian, Saudi Ara-

bian, Iranian, and Lebanese governments

revealed the shift toward mosques becoming

less ethnically focused in terms of congrega-

tions. In the US, the Council of Masjids has

been established to facilitate the provision of

mosques to serve the Muslim community. A

report in 2001 showed that mosque atten-

dance, based on ethnic analysis, included

southern Asians (33 percent), African-

Americans (30 percent), and Arabs (25 per-

cent). Imams still tend to be recruited from

overseas from countries including Egypt,

Turkey, and Pakistan, but increasingly there

are US-trained imams as more provision for

imamate training is established. Some imams

are also funded from overseas but most have

their salaries paid for by local communities.

A Council of Imams was established in 1972.

Mosques are, in the main, managed by local

consultative councils.

Mosques and other buildings used by Mus-

lims in North America including Ithna Ashari

Husayniyyes, Ismaili Jamat-khanas and

Nation of Islam temples serve a range of func-

tions besides being places of worship. They are

used for educational purposes, such as week-

end schools, children’s classes, lectures, and

adult education. They provide libraries, book-

stores, and small publishing facilities for Islam-

ic materials as well as granting facilities for

social events such as weddings and funerals.

Crucially, they present a point of contact for

non-Muslims to learn about Islam and to meet

Muslims—an issue of vital importance in the

aftermath of the attacks on New York and

Washington in 2001. As the Muslim communi-

ties of North America are evolving, mosques

and other congregational centers are becoming

the focal point for community initiatives.

170

H A of Islam Spreads 59–67 21/5/04 11:17 AM Page 170

MOSQUES AND PLACES OF WORSHIP IN NORTH AMERICA

171

The Islamic Cultural Center,

constructed in 1984 at Tempe,

Arizona.

Mosquesby State 2000

over 200

10–49

100–19950–99

1–9

WASHINGTON

OREGON

NEVADA

CALIFORNIA

UTAH

ARIZONA

IDAHO

MONTANA

WYOMING

COLORADO

NORTH DAKOTA

SOUTH DAKOTA

MINNESOTA

WISCONSIN

IOWA

MISSOURI

ARKANSAS

LOUISIANA

ALABAMAGEORGIA

FLORIDA

SOUTH

CAROLINA

NORTH CAROLINA

VIRGINIA

WES

TVIR

GIN

IA DELAWARE

NEWJERSEYPENNSYLVANIA

NEW YORKNH

VTMAINE

MA

MD

RICT

MIS

SISS

IPPI

TEXAS

ILLINOIS

IND

IAN

A

KENTUCKY

TENNESSEE

OHIONEBRASKA

KANSAS

OKLAHOMANEW MEXICO

M I C HI G

A

N

ALASKA

HAWAII

Attendance at places of worship should

not necessarily be equated with the develop-

ment of the Muslim-American community in

its broader aspects. A 1987 study found that

only 10–20 percent of Muslim-Americans

attended mosques regularly (as compared to

about 40 percent church attendance for the

Christian population). While some younger

Muslims may be reaffirming their Islamic

identities by observing religious rituals and

practices, the majority of recent immigrants

from South and Central Asia may be more

concerned with integrating themselves into

mainstream American society.

H A of Islam Spreads 59–67 21/5/04 11:17 AM Page 171

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

Islamic Arts

Chinese porcelain was much

admired in the Islamic world and

its influence can clearly be seen in

this Saljuq jug.

Far right: Equally, in the portrait

of Selim III, European influences

can be seen in this personal

representation.

A vibrant tradition of the arts flourished in

Islamic lands. In contrast to other artistic tra-

ditions elsewhere, the most important arts in

Islam are those considered “decorative,”

“minor,” or “portable” in other traditions,

such as textiles, calligraphy and the book

arts, ceramics, metalwork, glassware, and the

like. Most of them involved the transforma-

tion of humble materials, such as plant or

animal fibers, sand, clay, or metal ores, into

sublime works of art, characterized by lumi-

nous colors and intricate designs. Many of

the finest objects are ultimately utilitarian

pieces, such as bath buckets and serving

trays, to be used in everyday life.

It is often said that Islam prohibited figur-

al representation in its art, but that is not so.

Rather, Islam discouraged depictions in all

religious contexts probably out of the same

fear of idolatry that other religions had grap-

pled with in earlier times. In other contexts,

particularly private and courtly settings, a

lively tradition of pictorial art evolved. The

walls of palaces, for example, were often

painted with figural scenes; mosques were

not. There, nonrepresentational decoration

based on geometric, vegetal, and epigraphic

ornament reigned supreme. While all figural

art produced in the lands of Islam is, by def-

inition, not religious, the converse is not nec-

essarily true. Nonrepresentational art was

appropriate and esteemed in any setting,

whether secular or religious.

Textiles were the mainstay of economic

life in medieval Islamic times. Made of wool,

flax, silk, and cotton, they ranged from gos-

samer organdies and muslins (named after

the towns of Urgench in Central Asia and

Mosul in Iraq) to the sturdy rugs, felts, and

cloths used by nomads for their tents. Cloth

was not only used to dress individuals but

also served to define and furnish spaces in

this dry land of little wood where people nor-

mally sat on carpets and leaned against bol-

sters. People at all levels of society used tex-

tiles. The majority were plain, but wealthy

patrons, ranging from caliphs to merchants,

coveted exotic, brightly colored, elaborately

decorated cloths. Raw fibers were enlivened

with bright dyes made from a variety of

materials, which were themselves traded

widely. Artisans developed an amazing range

of techniques, from embroidery and tapestry

to drawloom weaving and ikat dyeing, to

make their fabrics beautiful.

The veneration of the word in Islam meant

that books and writing were highly valued

everywhere. The introduction of paper from

172

H A of Islam Spreads 59–67 21/5/04 11:17 AM Page 172

ISLAMIC ARTS

Central Asia in the eighth century led to an

explosion of books, book learning, and book

production, with the associated arts of callig-

raphy, illumination, binding, and ultimately,

illustration. The fanciest manuscripts were

copies of the Koran, made first on parchment

and later on paper. They often had superb

nonfigural illumination but were never illus-

trated. Books with pictures, particularly

copies of Persian epic and lyric poetic litera-

ture, became popular in the Persianate world

from the fourteenth century, when Persian-

speaking rulers in Iran, Turkey, and India

established ateliers that produced some of the

most magnificent books ever made anywhere.

Many of the other arts associated with the

lands of Islam use fire to transform materials

taken from the earth. Muslims inherited ancient

traditions of pottery from the Near East but

transformed them through the development of

new ceramic bodies, colorful glazing tech-

niques, and decorative repertoires. Some of

these features, such as overglaze luster painting

developed in ninth-century Iraq, the artificial

paste (fritware) body developed in twelfth-

century Egypt and Iran, and underglaze paint-

ing developed in twelfth-century Iran, erupted

in a burst of creative ceramic activity unrivaled

until the eighteenth century in Britain.

Although the majority of production was

unglazed earthenware for storing and transport-

ing water and foodstuffs on a daily basis, fancy

dishes, bowls, jugs, bottles, and ewers made in

the Islamic lands were avidly collected and imi-

tated from China to Spain. Glassblowing, a

technique that had been invented in pre-Islamic

Syria, remained a specialty of the Levant. Glass-

makers made thousands of gilded and enameled

lamps used to light the many mosques and

schools erected to spread God’s word.

The Prophet Muhammad is said to have

discouraged the use of gold and silver vessels,

and Muslim craftsmen took the art of fash-

ioning wares for daily use from copper alloys,

such as brass and bronze, to new heights.

Many of these trays, basins, bowls, buckets,

ewers, incense-burners, lamps, candlestands,

candelabra, and the like were decorated with

inlays of precious metal to enliven their sur-

faces. Metalwares used in religious settings

differed from those used in domestic settings

only in their decoration, which tended to be

epigraphic, geometric, and vegetal, rather

than figural.

173

H A of Islam Spreads 59–67 21/5/04 11:17 AM Page 173

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

174

A L G E R I A

T U N I S I A

L I B YA

E G Y P T

S U D A N

C H A D

N I G E R

CENTRALAFRICANREPUBLIC

MO

ROCCO

WESTERNSAHARA

MAURITANIA

M A L I

N I G E R I A

SENEGAL

IVORYCOAST

C O N G O

CAMEROON

GABON

BURKINA

UGAND

GUINEA

LIBERIA

TO

GO BE

NIN

GH

AN

A

OG

NO

C.PER

FRANCE

S P A I NPO

RT

UG

AL

GERM.BEL.

SWITZ.AUS.

UKRAINE

ROMANIA

MOLD.

BULGARIAYUG.

ALB.

GREECE

B.H.

HUN.

CZECH.

I TA

LY

LUX.

TUR

JO

LEB.

ISRAEL

Paris

Lisbon

RomE

Cordoba Murcia

Toledo

Grenada

Malaga

Fez

Beograd

Istanbul

Bursa

Alepp

Iznik

Konya

Tunis

Kairouan

SfaxGafsa

Khartou

Marrakesh

Dakar

Conakry

AbidjanAccra

Lagos

Rabat

Cairo

Alexandria

Athinai

Shumen

Palermo

M

ed

ite

rra

ne

an

S e a

B l a c k

A T L A N T I C

O C E A N

Islamic Arts

Carpets

Ceramics

Textiles

Metalwares

Glass

Jade

Ivory carving

Book illustration/illumination

0°15°

45°

30°

15°

15° 30°

Tropic of Cancer

H A of Islam Spreads 59–67 21/5/04 11:17 AM Page 174

ISLAMIC ARTS

175

G Y P T

D A N

E T H I O P I A

KENYA

S OM

AL

I A

UGANDA

AINE

OLD.

TURKEY

GEORGIA

AZA. ARMENIA

UZBEKISTAN

TURKMENISTAN

AFGHANISTAN

K A Z A K H S T A N

I R A NI R A Q

PAKISTA

N

TAJIKSTAN

KYRGYZSTAN

I N D I A

C H I N A

NEPAL BH.

BANGLA-DESH

SRILANKA

S Y R I A

JORDAN

LEB.

ISRAEL

S A U D I

A R A B I A

O

MA

N

Y E M E N

U. A. E.

Istanbul

a

Aleppo

nik

Kaiseri

Mosul

Amasya

Konya Diyarbakir

Isfahan

Kashan

Yazd

Tabriz

ShirazKirman

MashadNishapur

(9–13C)

Baghdad

BasraSamarra

Damascus

Raqqa

Khartoum Sana

Cairo

andria

Riyadh

Kabul

Herat

SamarkandBukhara

Urgench(14C)

Merv(8–12C)

Lahore

Delhi

JaipurAgra

Kashmir

Karachi

Bombay

Calcutta

Ahmadabad

Madras

Hyderabad

Bangalore

men

AddisAbaba

Ca

sp

ia

n

Se

a

B l a c k S e a

A r a b i a n S e a

Re

d

Se

a

Pers

ia

n

Gu

lf

I N D I A N

O C E A N

Mecca

30° 45° 60° 75° 90°

H A of Islam Spreads 59–67 21/5/04 11:17 AM Page 175

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

Major Islamic Architectural Sites

The presence of Muslims in any given area is

marked by distinctive building types, most

notably the congregational or Friday mosque.

While the mosque can take many forms,

depending on local materials and

building practices, it is always a

structure oriented toward Mecca,

large enough to accommodate the

Muslim male population. Mosques

were generally built of brick or

stone and covered with vaults or

domes. Wood was often unavailable

or too expensive to use for roofing

in this largely arid region, although

it was used in heavily forested

regions such as Anatolia and South-

east Asia. Elsewhere, fine woods

were reserved for mosque furniture,

such as minbars (pulpits) and read-

ing-stands, which were often inlaid

with other woods, bone, ivory, and

mother-of-pearl. Mosques were

elaborately decorated in glazed tile

and carved stucco and strewn with

pile or flat-woven carpets. These

displayed vegetal, geometric, and

epigraphic designs. Figural depic-

tions were avoided in religious con-

texts and are found only in secular

settings. Virtually all mosques have

a mihrab or niche in the wall facing

Mecca, and many have one or

more attached minarets, towers

from which the call to prayer could

be given. Since mosques were nor-

mally constructed of the best qual-

ity materials available and were

regularly maintained over the cen-

turies, they are usually the best preserved build-

ings in any particular place.

Rulers often built lavish palaces as symbols

of their wealth and authority. These have not

survived as well as mosques, however, because

their design and construction were more

experimental. In addition, successors were

often reluctant to maintain the splendid

achievements of their rivals. Archaeological

investigations in the Islamic lands have

focused on deserted or abandoned palaces,

such as Khirbat al-Mafjar, the Umayyad

retreat near Jericho, and Samarra, the ninth-

century Abbasid capital in Iraq. Only a few

Islamic palaces have survived above ground,

such as the Alhambra in Granada, Topkapi

Saray in Istanbul, and the Red Fort in Delhi.

Islamic palaces are normally showy but poor-

ly-constructed buildings in which appearance

and display take precedence over form and

structure. Unlike Versailles or the Hermitage,

Islamic palaces are typically additive struc-

tures with small pavilions arranged around

internal courts and magnificent gardens.

Although the Prophet Muhammad is said to

have frowned on the construction of monu-

mental tombs over the graves of the deceased,

in many parts of the Islamic lands, building

tombs became a major form of architectural

patronage. Tombs were constructed over the

graves of particularly pious individuals as well

as those of rulers who were anxious to preserve

their memory in an uncertain world. Most

tombs are domed structures, either squares,

octagons, or circles, and range from the mod-

est marabouts of North Africa to the monu-

mental Taj Mahal. Many have a mihrab to

direct the prayers of worshippers who come to

venerate the deceased. Some have adjacent

structures to accommodate the expected visi-

tors and to provide public services ranging

from Koran schools to soup kitchens. In this

176

H A of Islam Spreads 59–67 21/5/04 11:17 AM Page 176

MAJOR ISLAMIC ARCHITECTURAL SITES

way, patrons were able to use a charitable foun-

dation to justify the construction of a tomb.

Muslims were buried directly in the

ground, wrapped only in plain white shrouds.

Thus, the burial goods that archaeologists

depend on for understanding other cultural

traditions do not exist in the Muslim lands.

The relative aridity of much of the region,

particularly Egypt and Central Asia, however,

has helped preserve fragile organic materials

that might otherwise have been lost through

burial. The most important of these are

textiles, which played the central role in the

medieval Islamic economy. Many of these

fragments appear so unprepossessing that

they are rarely displayed in the museums;

paradoxically, the best-known textiles from

the Islamic lands, many inscribed with

Arabic blessings, were preserved in European

churches, where they were used to wrap the

bones of Christian saints.

Archaeological finds attest to the broad

network of trade routes that crisscrossed

the Islamic lands, connecting China, India,

and tropical Africa with Europe. Thanks to

the domestication of the camel before the

rise of Islam, most trade went overland,

with caravanserais often erected at 15-mile

intervals to accommodate travelers, their

beasts, and their wares. Some trade went by

sea, following the Mediterranean coasts or the

monsoon winds around the Indian Ocean.

Recent advances in underwater archaeology

have allowed the exploration of shipwrecks,

such as the eleventh-century one found at Serçe

Limani off the coast of Turkey. This site

yielded a huge quantity of cullet, broken glass

collected for recycling.

An enclosed courtyard of the

Qansuh al-Ghuri Caravanserai in

Cairo.

Far left: A relief plaque, part of a

palace built by al-Mamum,

Toledo’s most powerful taifa

ruler.

177

H A of Islam Spreads 59–67 21/5/04 11:17 AM Page 177

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

178

0°15°

45°

30°

15°

15° 30° 45° 60°

Equator

Tropic of Cancer

A L G E R I A

T U N I S I A

L I B YAE G Y P T

S U D A N

E T H I O P I A

C H A D

N I G E R

C E N T R A LA F R I C A NR E P U B L I C

MO

ROCCO

WESTERNSAHARA

M A U R I T A N I A

M A L I

N I G E R I A

SENEGAL

IVORYCOAST

K E N YA

C O N G O

TANZANIA

CAMEROO

N

GABON

B U R K I N A

S O

MA

LI A

UGANDA

GUINEA

LIBERIA

TO

GO

BEN

IN

GH

AN

A

OG

NO

C.PER

FRANCE

S P A I N

POR

TU

GA

LGERMANY

NETH.

B.

SWITZ.AUSTRIA

POLANDBELORUSSIA

UKRAINE

ROMANIA

MOLD.

BULGARIAYUG.

ALB.

GREECE

B.H.

HUNGARY

CZECHOSLOVAKIA

I TA

LY

LUX.

TURKEY

GEORGIA

AZA. ARMENIATURKME

I R A N

I R A QS Y R I A

LEB.

ISRAEL

S A U D I

A R A B I A

O

MA

N

Y E M E N

U. A. E.QATAR

Paris

Lisbon

Rome

Rotterdam

Cordoba

Toledo

Saragosa11C

Grenada13-15C

FezMeknes

Algiers

Tlemcen

Beograd

Istanbul

EdirnePlovdiv

BursaAmasya

ErzurumDogubayezit

Aleppo

Iznik

Kaiseri Malatya

Mosul

KonyaBodrum

Dyiarbekr

Isfahan8-17C

Yazd

Tabriz Ardabil14-17C

Susa8-9C

Shiraz Kirman

TehranDamghan

Qum

Mashad

Nis(9-

Sultaniya 14C

Bastam

Baghdad

Basra8-10C

Samarra9-10C

Kufa7C

Ukhaidir8C

Wasit8C

DamascusBosra

Hama

Raqqa

Tunis

Kairouan Sousse

SfaxJerba

Tripoli

Qus

Aswan

Jerusalem

AgadezTimbuuktuGao

Larabanga

Kano

Mogadishu

Kilwa

Lamu

Gedi

Zanzibar

Daura

ZariaMaska

Adjabiya10C

Queseirto14C

Suakin

Jericho (Khirbat al-Mafjar)Amman

KhartoumSanaa Shibam

Nairobi

Dar es Salaam

Marrakesh

Chinguetti

Djenne

Bobo-Dioulasso

Conakry

Abidjan

Luanda

Accra

Lagos

Rabat

Cairo

Mecca

Ta’izzZabid

Bahrain

Taif

Medina

Jedda

Gaza

Tripoli

Alexandria

Riyadh

Urgench14C

Khiva19C

Athens

Shumen

Palermo

Mostar

BerlinWarsaw

London

AddisAbaba

Kinshasa

M

ed

ite

rra

ne

an

S e a

Ca

sp

ia

n

Se

a

B l a c k S e a

A r a l

S e a

Re

d

Se

a

A T L A N T I C

O C E A N

JORDAN

U . K .

Architectural andArchaelogical Sites

Palace

Mosque or otherreligious building

Tomb

Housing

Castle/fortifications

Shipwreck

Bridge

H A of Islam Spreads 59–67 21/5/04 11:17 AM Page 178

MAJOR ISLAMIC ARCHITECTURAL SITES

179

60° 75° 90° 105° 120°

I A

A

UZBEKISTAN

TURKMENISTAN

AFGHANISTAN

K A Z A K H S T A N

M O N G O L I A

I R A N

P A K

I ST

AN

TAJIKSTAN

KYRGYZSTAN

I N D I A

C H I N A

N. KOREA

S. KOREA

VI E

TN

AM

L AO

S

CAMBODIA

T H A I L A N D

B U R M A

N E PA L BH.

BANGLA-DESH

M A L A Y S I A

AISENODNI

P H I L I P P I N E S

SRILANKA

O

MA

N

M E N

U. A. E.QATAR

sfahan8-17C

Yazd

dabil-17C

sa9C

Shiraz Kirman

Bam9-13C

TehranDamghan

Qum

Mashad

Nishapur (9-13C)

Bastam

Ghazni

Multan

hu

Shibam

rain

KabulHerat

Tatta

Samarqand

Balkh

Bukhara

Urgench14C

Khiva19C

Termez10-14C

Turkestan City14-15C

Merv8-12C

Lahore

Delhi

Pandua

Xian

Yangzhou

Guangzhou

Fatehpur Sikri16C

JaipurAjmer

Agra

Jaunpur

Kashmir

Karachi

Bombay

CalcuttaAhmadabad

Chongqing

Hong Kong

WuhanShanghai

Seoul

Shenyang

Harbin

Tianjin

Beijing

Chengdu

Madras

Rangoon

Bangkok

Jakarta

Manila

Ho ChiMinh

Hyderabad

Malacca

KudusDemak

GulbargaBijapur

Mandu

Sasaram

Bangalore

Sumatra

Borneo

Java

Timor

Sulawesi

Luzón

Mindanao

Taiwan

Hainan

pia

n

Se

a

A r a b i a n S e a

A r a l

S e a

I N D I A N

O C E A N

H A of Islam Spreads 59–67 21/5/04 11:17 AM Page 179

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

World Distribution of Muslims 2000

There are approximately twelve hundred mil-

lion Muslims in the world today, about one-

fifth of humanity. The vast majority reside in

the central belt of territories extending east-

ward from the Atlantic seaboard of North

Africa to Indonesia. Due to the historic spread

of Islam into the tropical regions of South and

Southeast Asia, where intensive cultivation per-

mits high population densities, the nation with

the largest number of Muslims (182 million) is

Indonesia. This is a country far removed from

the southwestern Asian matrix where Islam

originated. Next in order of magnitude is Pak-

istan with 134 million, followed by India (121

million), Bangladesh (114 million), Egypt (61

million), and Nigeria (61 million). Of the top

six Muslim countries containing more than

half the world’s Muslims, only one, namely

Egypt, is Arabic-speaking and became part of

the Islamic world close to the time of its ori-

gins. In one of them, India, Muslims live as a

large, but still vulnerable, minority. Demo-

graphically, the “old” Islam that came into

being in the course of the Arab conquests has

been overtaken by the newer and younger Islam

of the mainly tropical peripheries.

In terms of the legal and sectarian tradi-

tions about 85 percent of the world’s Muslims

belong to the Sunni mainstream and, formally

if not always in practice, subscribe to one of

the four Sunni madhhabs (legal schools). The

Hanafi school, the official school of the

Ottoman Empire, predominates in former

Ottoman domains, including Anatolia and the

Balkans, as well as in Transcaucasia,

Afghanistan, Pakistan, India, the Central

Asian republics, and China. The Maliki school

predominates in the Maghreb and West Africa;

the Shafis are represented in Egypt, Palestine,

Jordan, the coastlands of Yemen, and among

Muslims populations in Pakistan, India, and

Indonesia; the Hanbali in Saudi Arabia. How-

ever, different schools have long coexisted in

some places, and there is considerable overlap-

ping in countries such as Egypt, where legal

modernism has allowed the talfiq (piecing

together) of rulings from different schools.

Non-Sunni Muslims constitute about 15 per-

cent of the total population worldwide. The

Kharijis, who split with the main body of Islam

in 660, are represented through a modified

version known as Ibadism in Oman, Zanzibar,

180

H A of Islam Spreads 68–75 21/5/04 11:29 AM Page 180

WORLD DISTRIBUTION OF MUSLIMS 2000

and Tahert in southern Algeria. Shiite are con-

centrated in Iran, southern Iraq, Kuwait, and

Bahrain, with substantial minorities in

Afghanistan (3.8 million or 15 percent), India

(3 percent or 30 million), Lebanon (34 percent

or 1.2 million), Pakistan (20 percent or 28 mil-

lion), Syria (12 percent or 2 million), Turkey

(20 percent or 3 million), the United Arab Emi-

rates (16 percent or about half a million), and

Yemen (40 percent or 7 million) The great

majority of the Shiite—about 85 percent—

belong to the Imami or Ithashari (Twelver) tra-

dition. Most of the Imami Shiites adhere to

one or other of the senior religious leaders or

Grand Ayatullahs known as Marjas (“sources”

of emulation or legal judgement) who act as

the qualified interpreters of Islamic law. Other

Shiite communities include the Zaidis in

Yemen and the Ismailis or Seveners belonging

to two surviving traditions. These derive from

the Fatimid caliphate: the Mustalians (known

in South Asia and East Africa as Bohras) who

follow the Dai Mutlaq (chief missionary) of

the Imam-Caliph al-Mustali (d. 1101) and the

Nizaris, who follow the guidance of the

Aga Khan, a nobleman of Persian ancestry

descended from Muhammad b Ismail whom

they regard as their Living Imam. The Nizaris

lived in small communities in Syria, Persia,

inner Asia, and northwestern India until

migrations to Africa and the West, beginning

in the nineteenth century.

Many active Muslims whether Sunnis or

Shiites adhere to one of the legal traditions

outlined above. In many countries with Mus-

lim majorities, however, elements of Islamic

law (especially laws involving personal status,

such as marriage, divorce, and inheritance)

have been incorporated into the legal systems

of the state. In most Islamic countries the

modern state—starting with the Ottoman

Tanzimat reforms that brought Islamic institu-

tions under progressive state control—has

eroded the autonomy of the ulama who inter-

preted, diffused, or administered the Sharia in

the past. At the same time their religious

authority, based on the exclusive access to the

scriptures, has been undermined by the rise of

secondary education and the spread of litera-

cy. Many of the Islamist movements are led

and supported by the beneficiaries of modern

technical education who have come to Islamic

teachings directly through primary or second-

ary texts (the Koran, hadith, and the writings

of modern ideologues and scholars) rather

than through the mediation of traditional

scholarship.

At first sight the trend toward what might

be called the laicization or democratization of

religious authority in Islam could lead to more

orthodox or standardized versions promoted

by such organizations as the Saudi-based

Muslim World League. However, despite the

attacks of reformers and the religious imperi-

alism emanating from wealthy but culturally

conservative oil-producing regions, the mysti-

cal traditions of Sufism have proved highly

resilient and adaptive. In Subsaharan Africa

and many regions of Asia (including the for-

mer Soviet territories) versions of Islam medi-

ated through charismatic leaders trained in dis-

ciplines that supplement (but do not necessari-

ly replace) the formal religious duties of prayer,

fasting, almsgiving, and pilgrimage are contin-

uing to make headway, building on traditions

that have long been communicated orally or

through interpersonal relationships. The vari-

eties of Islamic faith and practice embedded or

“frozen” in texts are only a part of its rich

symbolic vocabulary and repertory of mean-

ings. As the older forms of religious authority

decay or prove inadequate to address the chal-

lenges of modernity, other forms of spiritual

authority and social power emerge.

Far left: Calling the faithful to

prayer, a sound that echoes

across the diverse Muslim world.

181

H A of Islam Spreads 68–75 21/5/04 11:29 AM Page 181

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

182

60°

45°

30°

15°

15°

30°

45°

120° 105° 90° 75° 60° 45° 30° 15° 0° 30°15°

A L G E R I A L I B YA

C H A DN I G E R

CENTRALAFRICANREPUBLIC

MO

ROCCO

WESTERNSAHARA

MAURITANIAM A L I

NIGERIA

SENEGAL

CÔTED’IVOIRE

CONG

EQU. GUINEA

GUINEA-BISSAU

SIERRA-LEONE

THE GAMBIA

TUNISIA

ANGOLA

REP. CONGO

NAMIBIA

GABON

BURKINAFASO

Z

BOTSW

S O U T

A F R I C

GUINEA

LIBERIA GH

AN

A

BEN

IN

G R E E N L A N D

ICELAND

U N I T E DK I N G D O M

YA

WR

ON

DN

AL

NIF

FRANCE

SPAINPORTUGAL

GERMANY

DEN.

NETH.

B.

SWITZ. AUS.

POLAND BE

LITH.

LAT.

EST

ROM

IRELAND

BUYUG.

ALB.

GREECE

B.H.C.S.

M.

HUN.

CZ.REP. SLOVAKIALUX.

A l a s k a

M E X I C O

C A N A D A

U N I T E D S T A T E S

O F A M E R I C A

BELIZEHONDURAS

NIC.

GUYANA

SURINAMFRENCHGUIANA

VENEZUELA

COLOMBIA

BOLIVIA

ARGENTINA

B R A Z I L

EQUADOR

PERU

PANAMA

CUBA

JAMAICA

DOMINICANREPUBLIC

EL SALVADOR

COSTA RICA

GUAT.

HAITI

PAR

AGUAY

CH

IL

E URUGUAY

Cincinnati

Anchorage

EdmontonSaskatoon

Regina Winnipeg

Duluth

MilwaukeeMinneapolis

Chicago Detroit

CalgaryVancouver

Seattle

Portland

San Francisco Kansas City

Houston

Monterey

Puebla

New Orleans

Los AngelesSan Diego

PhiladelphiaBaltimore

Washington

St-John’s

Reykjavik

Paris

Lisbon

Rome

Rotterdam

Copenhagen

Stockholm

HelsinkiOslo

BostonNew York

HalifaxMontreal

Quebec

Toronto

Pittsbg.

Sault Ste-Marie

Salt Lake CityMadrid

Belgr

Tunis

Tripoli

Algiers

Casablanca

Dakar

Conakry

Abidjan

Luanda

AccraLagos

Rabat

Ale

At

BerlinWarsawLondon

Cape Tow

Johanne

Kinshasa

Miami

Guatemala

Managua

Bogatá

Caracas

QuitoBelém

Recife

Salvador

Brasilia

Rio de Janeiro

Säo Paulo

La Paz

SantiagoBuenos Aires

Montevideo

Punta Arenas

Newfoundland

Vi c t o r i a I s l a n d

Ba

ff

in

Is

l

a

nd

San José

Lima

AtlantaPhoenix

Mexico City

CAMEROONTOGO

ITALY

SWEDEN

Muslim population in the World today

Over 85%

Over 50%

Over 20%

Over 5%

Over 1%

Less than 1%

Predominantly Shia Muslims

H A of Islam Spreads 68–75 21/5/04 11:29 AM Page 182

WORLD DISTRIBUTION OF MUSLIMS 2000

183

120°105°90°75°60°45°30° 135° 150° 165° 180°

R I A L I B YAE G Y P T

S U D A N

E T H I O P I A

C H A DN I G E R

CENTRALAFRICANREPUBLIC

NIGERIA

KENYACONGO

TANZANIA

MALAWI

RWANDA

BURUNDI

EQU. GUINEA

TUNISIA

ERITREA

DJIBOUTI

Z A MB I AANGOLA

EP. CONGO

NAMIBIA

GABON

S OM

AL

I A

UGANDA

MO

ZA

M

B I Q

UE

ZIMBABWE

BOTSWANA

S O U T H

A F R I C A

MA

DA

GA

SCA

R

YA

WR

ON

DN

AL

NIF

E

GERMANY

DEN.

TH.

B.

SWITZ. AUS.

POLAND BELORUSSIA

UKRAINE

LITH.

LAT.

EST.

ROM.MOLDOVA

BULG.YUG.

ALB.

GREECE

B.H.C.S.

M.

HUN.

CZ.REP. SLOVAKIALUX.

R U S S I A N F E D E R A T I O N

TURKEY

GEORGIAAZER.ARMENIA

UZBEKISTANTURKMEN.

AFGHAN.

K A Z A K H S T A NM O N G O L I A

IRANIRAQ

PAKIST

AN

TAJIK.

KYRGYZ.

I N D I A

C H I N A

J A P A NN. KOREA

S. KOREA

VI E

TN

AM

L AOS

CAMB.

THAI.

BURMA

NEPALBHUTAN

EAST TIMOR

BANGLA-DESH

BRUNEI

M A L AY S I A

AISENODNI

P H I L I P P I N E S

PAPUANEW GUINEA

A U S T R A L I A

N E WZ E A L A N D

SRILANKA

SYRIA

JORDAN

KUWAIT

QATAR

LEB.ISRAEL

S A U D I

A R A B I A

OM

AN

Y E M E N

U.A.E

Rome

openhagen

Stockholm

HelsinkiOslo

Minsk

Kiev

Belgrade

IstanbulAnkara

RostovVolgograd

Kharkov

Tehran

Baghdad

Tunis

Tripoli

Khartoum

Nairobi

Dar es SalaamLuanda

Lagos

CairoAlexandria

Riyadh

KabulLahore

Delhi

Karachi

Bombay

CalcuttaAhmadabad

Hong Kong

Wuhan

NovosibirskOmsk

Shanghai

Tokyo

Yokohama

Seoul

Pusan

Shenyang

Harbin

Tianjin

Beijing

Guangzhou

Chengdu

Madras

Rangoon

Bangkok

Jakarta

Melbourne

Perth

Adelaide Sydney

Brisbane

Manila

Ho ChiMinh

Hyderabad

Dhaka

Bangalore

Athens

BerlinWarsaw

St-Petersburg

Moscow

NizhniyNovgorod

Chelyabinsk

PermYekaterinburg

Samara

AddisAbaba

Maputo

Durban

Cape Town

Johannesburg

Kinshasa

SumatraBorneo

Java

Sulawesi

Luzón

Mindanao

Hokkaido

Sakhalin

Honshu

Taiwan

Novaya

Zemlya

Hainan

CAMEROON

LESOTHO

SWAZILAND

ITALY

SWEDEN

H A of Islam Spreads 68–75 21/5/04 11:29 AM Page 183

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

World Terrorism 2003

Far right: The twin towers of the

World Trade Center in New York

burn before collapsing on

September 11th 2001, when two

hijacked airliners hit the towers

at the 80th and 95th floors. Most

of the 3,000 victims, who came

from more than 100 nations,

were trapped on the upper floors.

There are numerous definitions of terrorism but in

general usage the term refers to illegal armed

activity by “subnational groups” or “non-state

actors,” whether supported covertly by state spon-

sors or operating wholly as freelance guerrilla

organizations. It is also defined in terms of

method and purpose. The US, for example,

defines terrorism as “the calculated use or threat

of violence to inculcate fear, intended to coerce or

intimidate governments or societies.” While cer-

tain kinds of activity such as assassination, kid-

napping, and hijacking are associated with armed

insurgents in most parts of the world, the killing of

civilians by the use of explosive devices is far from

being confined to non-state agents. Although the

methods of delivery used by governments and

“terrorists” may differ, the results may be equally

brutal. Cluster bombs dropped from the air, for

example, resemble explosives placed in vehicles or

on human bodies in the indiscriminate way they

target civilians. Movements described as “terror-

ist” by governments typically contest the label and

usually the legitimacy of the party that uses it.

Rather than being a description of a type of activ-

ity, terrorism tends to be used as a term of abuse.

Governments everywhere denounce armed oppo-

nents who challenge their monopoly over the use

of violence as “terrorists,” while insurgents and

their supporters denounce as “state terrorism”

methods used by governments, such as “targeted

killings,” detentions without trial, the use of tor-

ture, and the destruction of homes belonging to

suspected insurgents or their families.

The attacks on New York and Washington on

September 11th 2001 by Islamists who hijacked

four civilian airliners and flew two of them into

the World Trade Center towers in Manhattan,

causing the death of some three thousand people

has inevitably created a climate in which terrorism

has come to be associated with Islamic militancy.

The impression was reinforced after the railway

attacks in Madrid in March 2004 which killed

some 200 people and would have killed many

more if the trains had been running on time. The

spectacular nature of the New York attacks—

shown live on television throughout the world—

placed other conflicts between governments and

armed insurgents in the shade. In the first years of

the 21st century, however, many of these conflicts

were occurring outside the Islamic world. They

included bloody campaigns against their respec-

tive governments by Maoists in Nepal, Tamils in

Sri Lanka (who perfected the technique of suicide

bombing), Basques in Spain (initally blamed for

the Madrid bombings), separatists in Corsica,

rebels belonging to LURD (Liberians United for

Reconciliation and Democracy) in Liberia, and

several other conflicts in Central Africa such as in

the Congo and Rwanda, not to mention the

decades-long struggle between the Colombian

government and the Revolutionary Armed Forces

of Colombia (FARC). However, the “war on ter-

rorism,” declared by President George W. Bush in

the aftermath of 9/11, seemed to target Islamic

groups particularly, along with the Muslim gov-

ernments (notably Syria, Iran, and Iraq), allegedly

sponsoring them. In the case of al-Qaeda, the mil-

itant Islamist network presided over by the Saudi

dissident Osama bin Laden which took responsi-

bility for the 9/11 attacks, as well as the attacks on

the US embassies in East Africa in 1998, and was

held responsible for several subsequent atrocities

after 9/11 (including the bombing of two night-

clubs in Bali, which killed more than 200 people,

mostly Australian tourists), the US responded with

military action aimed at “regime change” in two

countries—Afghanistan and Iraq—which it

accused of supporting al-Qaeda. While there was

no question that the Taliban regime in

Afghanistan, removed in the summer of 2002 after

184

H A of Islam Spreads 68–75 21/5/04 11:29 AM Page 184

WORLD TERRORISM 2003

a massive US bombing campaign, had hosted bin

Laden and his inner circle of al-Qaeda operatives,

the case against the Iraqi leader, Saddam Hussein,

who fell from power after the Anglo-American

invasion of Iraq in March 2003 and was captured

in December, was much less certain. After the fall

of the regime no evidence was produced that Iraq

possessed weapons of mass destruction (the offi-

cial pretext for the war), or that the regime was

implicated in the attacks of 9/11 as claimed by sen-

ior members of the US administration.

Al-Qaeda is a global network with links to

Islamist movements in several Muslim countries

and as such has stimulated a global response by

the US and its allies. Britain and several other

countries, including Australia, Italy, Spain, and

Poland, sent military contingents to Iraq. The FBI

has assisted local security agencies in numerous

countries. US Special Forces and military advisors

have been sent to help government forces fight

Chechen insurgents in Georgia (to protect the

Baku-Tbilisi-Ceyhan pipeline), and the Philip-

pines, where Islamic separatists of the Moro

Islamic Liberation Front have been waging an

armed insurgency on the southern island of Min-

danao (with support from the al-Qaeda-connect-

ed Abu Sayyaf group). The US is heavily involved

in supporting Israel against Islamist Palestinian

insurgents and has so far failed to pressure Israel

into abandoning the illegal Jewish settlements in

the occupied territories for fear of antagonizing

influential lobbies (Jewish and Christian funda-

mentalist) in the US. In Uzbekistan the US has

given unqualified backing to the repressive govern-

ment of President Islam Karimov who has found it

expedient to designate the political opposition as

Islamist “terrorists.” In contrast, in Sudan, where

a Muslim government had faced a twenty-five year

insurgency by non-Muslim southerners, the US

had put its weight behind the rebels of the SPLA

(Sudan People’s Liberation Army) in order to pres-

sure a Muslim government into reaching terms.

In general, Western countries led by the Unit-

ed States are deploying their superior military

resources to support existing states, based on

boundaries drawn up by the colonial powers in

Africa and Asia, many of which are challenged

by armed insurgencies. Since a high proportion

of these challenges come from Muslim groups,

the “war on terrorism” is seen by many in the

Muslim world as having a distinctively anti-

Muslim bias.

185

H A of Islam Spreads 68–75 21/5/04 11:29 AM Page 185

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

186

60°

45°

30°

15°

15°

30°

45°

120° 105° 90° 75° 60° 45° 30° 15° 0° 30°15°

World Terrorism 2003

Countries where terrorists orterrorist groups operate

Attack by suicide bomber

Countries with Islam majority

A L G E R I A L I B YA

C H A DN I G E R

CENTRALAFRICANREPUBLIC

MO

ROCCO

WESTERNSAHARA

MAURITANIAM A L I

NIGERIA

SENEGAL

CÔTED’IVOIRE

CON

EQU. GUINEA

GUINEA-BISSAU

SIERRA-LEONE

THE GAMBIA

TUNISIA

ANGOLA

REP. CONGO

NAMIBIA

GABON

BURKINAFASO

Z

BOTSW

S O U T

A F R I C

GUINEA

LIBERIA GH

AN

A

BEN

IN

G R E E N L A N D

ICELAND

U N I T E DK I N G D O M

YA

WR

ON

DN

AL

NIF

FRANCE

SPAINPORTUGAL

GERMANY

DEN.

NETH.

B.

SWITZ. AUS.

POLAND BE

LITH.

LAT.

EST

ROM

IRELAND

BUYUG.

ALB.

GREECE

B.H.C.S.

M.

HUN.

CZ.REP. SLOVAKIALUX.

A L A S K A

M E X I C O

C A N A D A

U N I T E D S T A T E S

O F A M E R I C A

BELIZEHONDURAS

NIC.

GUYANA

SURINAMFRENCHGUIANA

VENEZUELA

COLOMBIA

BOLIVIA

ARGENTINA

B R A Z I L

EQUADOR

PERU

PANAMA

CUBA

JAMAICA

DOMINICANREPUBLIC

EL SALVADOR

COSTA RICA

GUAT.

HAITI

PAR

AGUAY

CH

IL

E URUGUAY

Cincinnati

Anchorage

Winnipeg

Duluth

MilwaukeeMinneapolis

Chicago Detroit

CalgaryVancouver

Seattle

Portland

San Francisco Kansas City

Houston

Monterey

Puebla

New Orleans

Los AngelesSan Diego

PhiladelphiaBaltimore

Washington

St-John’s

Reykjavik

Paris

Lisbon

Rome

Rotterdam

Copenhagen

Stockholm

HelsinkiOslo

BostonNew York

HalifaxMontreal

Quebec

Toronto

Pittsbg.Salt Lake CityMadrid

Belgr

Tunis

Tripoli

Algiers

Casablanca

Dakar

Conakry

Abidjan

Luanda

AccraLagos

Rabat

Ale

At

BerlinWarsawLondon

Cape Tow

Johanne

Kinshasa

Miami

Guatemala

Managua

Bogatá

Caracas

QuitoBelém

Recife

Salvador

Brasilia

Belo Horizonte

Rio de Janeiro

Säo Paulo

La Paz

SantiagoBuenos Aires

Montevideo

Punta Arenas

Newfoundland

Vi c t o r i a I s l a n d

Ba

ff

in

Is

l

a

nd

San José

Lima

AtlantaPhoenix

Mexico City

CAMEROONTOGO

ITALY

SWEDEN

H A of Islam Spreads 68–75 21/5/04 11:29 AM Page 186

WORLD TERRORISM 2003

187

120°105°90°75°60°45°30° 135° 150° 165° 180°

R I A L I B YAE G Y P T

S U D A N

E T H I O P I A

C H A DN I G E R

CENTRALAFRICANREPUBLIC

NIGERIA

KENYACONGO

TANZANIA

MALAWI

RWANDA

BURUNDI

EQU. GUINEA

TUNISIA

ERITREA

DJIBOUTI

Z A MB I AANGOLA

REP. CONGO

NAMIBIA

GABON

S OM

AL

I A

UGANDA

MO

ZA

M

B I Q

UE

ZIMBABWE

BOTSWANA

S O U T H

A F R I C A

MA

DA

GA

SCA

R

YA

WR

ON

DN

AL

NIF

E

GERMANY

DEN.

TH.

B.

SWITZ. AUS.

POLAND BELORUSSIA

UKRAINE

LITH.

LAT.

EST.

ROM.MOLDOVA

BULG.YUG.

ALB.

GREECE

B.H.C.S.

M.

HUN.

CZ.REP. SLOVAKIALUX.

R U S S I A N F E D E R A T I O N

TURKEY

GEORGIAAZER.ARMENIA

UZBEKISTANTURKMEN.

AFGHAN.

K A Z A K H S T A NM O N G O L I A

IRANIRAQ

PAKIST

AN

TAJIK.

KYRGYZ.

I N D I A

C H I N A

J A P A NN. KOREA

S. KOREA

VI E

TN

AM

L AOS

CAMB.

THAI.

BURMA

NEPALBHUTAN

EAST TIMOR

BANGLA-DESH

BRUNEI

M A L AY S I A

AISENODNI

P H I L I P P I N E S

PAPUANEW GUINEA

A U S T R A L I A

N E WZ E A L A N D

SRILANKA

SYRIA

JORDAN

KUWAIT

QATAR

LEB.ISRAEL

S A U D I

A R A B I A

OM

AN

Y E M E N

U.A.E

Rome

openhagen

Stockholm

HelsinkiOslo

Minsk

Kiev

Belgrade

IstanbulAnkara

RostovVolgograd

Kharkov

Tehran

Baghdad

Tunis

Tripoli

Khartoum

Nairobi

Dar es SalaamLuanda

Lagos

CairoAlexandria

Riyadh

KabulLahore

Delhi

Karachi

Bombay

CalcuttaAhmadabad

Hong Kong

Wuhan

NovosibirskOmsk

Shanghai

Tokyo

Yokohama

Seoul

Pusan

Shenyang

Harbin

Tianjin

Beijing

Guangzhou

Chengdu

Madras

Rangoon

Bangkok

Jakarta

Melbourne

Perth

Adelaide Sydney

Brisbane

Manila

Ho ChiMinh

Hyderabad

Dhaka

Bangalore

Athens

BerlinWarsaw

St-Petersburg

Moscow

NizhniyNovgorod

Chelyabinsk

PermYekaterinburg

Samara

AddisAbaba

Maputo

Durban

Cape Town

Johannesburg

Kinshasa

SumatraBorneo

Java

Sulawesi

Luzón

Mindanao

Hokkaido

Sakhalin

Honshu

Taiwan

Novaya

Zemlya

Hainan

CAMEROON

LESOTHO

SWAZILAND

ITALY

SWEDEN

H A of Islam Spreads 68–75 21/5/04 11:29 AM Page 187

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

Muslim Cinema

Motion pictures entered Muslim societies soon

after their emergence in the West and were ini-

tially introduced to select audiences. Within a

few months of debuting in Europe in 1896, the

films of the Lumière brothers were screened in

the Arab world to a predominantly elite audi-

ence. In Egypt, for example, screenings were

held at the Tousson stock exchange in Alexan-

dria, and in Morocco at the Royal Palace in Fez.

In Turkey, private showings were held at the sul-

tan’s court, the Yildiz Palace in Istanbul. In

1900, the Iranian monarch Muaffar al-Din

Shah traveled to France to see the “cinemato-

graph” and “the magic lantern.” In the same

year Mirza Ibrahim Khan, his photographer,

filmed The Flower Ceremony in Belgium and

produced the first Iranian film.

The local film industry in these states

emerged from the efforts of foreigners or minor-

ity individuals. For example, it was a Romanian

citizen of Polish origin, Sigmund Weinberg, who

began public screenings of films at a beer hall in

Galatasaray Square in Istanbul. In Iran, Ovenes

Oganians, an Armenian-Iranian, began the

building of public cinemas in 1905, establishing

the first film school in 1929 and producing the

first Iranian feature film in 1930.

Most parts of Africa and Asia were exposed to

film as part of the colonial experience. Thus, the

Arab world provided largely an exotic backdrop

for Western films. As such, French audiences were

enamored with North Africa, Palestine attracted

great interest as the Holy Land, and Egypt was

intriguing for its ancient history. While the colo-

nial industry produced 200 films in North Africa,

only perhaps six starred Arab actors.

The introduction of sound in vernacular

languages boosted local film production, with

Egyptian cinema, for example, attracting both

local investors and audiences by including pop-

ular Egyptian musicians and singers such as

Umm Kulthum. Egyptian cinema not only

became a leading force in other Arab countries

but also influenced cinema further afield, such

as the film farsi genre of pre-Revolutionary

Iran. In most other Arab countries, however, a

native film industry failed to develop because of

financial constraints and colonial pressures.

Most of these countries entered the film indus-

try after their independence (Lebanon and

Syria in the 1940s, North Africa in the 1950s

and early 1960s).

During the colonial period, films imported

to the Arab countries were often used instru-

mentally to promote colonial interests. Even the

Japanese, during their occupation of Indonesia

(1942–45), used the burgeoning Indonesian film

industry to bolster their war efforts. At the same

time film assisted in the standardization of

Indonesian as a national language. In the Arab

world film production took on an increasingly

188

H A of Islam Spreads 68–75 21/5/04 11:29 AM Page 188

MUSLIM CINEMA

nationalist and socialist bent after independ-

ence, with states such as Syria, Algeria, and

Tunisia using the film industry to promote their

national identity on screen. In Iran, Daryush

Mehrjui’s prize winning film The Cow and

Massoud Kimiai’s Qeysar, both produced in

1969, mark the beginnings of the New Wave,

Iranian art cinema, after which Iranian films

gained increasing international acclaim.

Around the same time, in 1970, Yilmaz Guney’s

Umut (Hope), also a prize-winning film,

became a turning point in Turkish cinema and

marked the New Wave period of Turkish films.

In Iran, filmmakers faced an uncertain future

between 1978 and 1982 as a result of, among

other things, financial instability and govern-

ment’s lack of interest in cinema during the

transitional period. With a few exceptions, no

films of any quality were produced during this

time. Prior to the revolution, most of the ulama

either rejected cinema or ignored it. However,

after the revolution, the Islamists came to recog-

nize its power and decided to bring it under

their control. For Khomeini the adoption of

cinema became an ideological weapon with

which to combat the pro-Western and imperial-

ist culture of the Pahlavi regime. By 1989 (the

year of his death), films like Bayzai’s Bashu, The

Little Stranger, gained Iranian cinema interna-

tional acclaim once more. By providing the

space for an ongoing discourse within society,

Iranian cinema has become an important medi-

um in the discourse of change.

During the 1980s, the Arab states started to

withdraw from cinema production. The Alger-

ian film industry went bankrupt while the

Egyptian one faced a major economic crisis.

Television and mass video production com-

pounded this decline in filmmaking across the

regions. Films in North Africa, Syria, and espe-

cially Lebanon were coproduced with the West.

In 1980 the number of films produced in

Turkey suddenly dropped, though it rose again

toward the end of the 1980s.

Most of the states in the region maintain a

firm control on the film industry, recognizing its

importance as an agency for change and vehicle

for protest. In Turkey, for example, this strict

censorship operates at two levels: that of the

screenplay and of the finished film. A similar

process occurs in Indonesia, where censorship is

applied both before shooting and during editing.

In Iranian cinema, screening of all final products

requires state approval. With few exceptions, this

approval is also required at the postscript stage.

In most Arab countries, film projects must first

obtain a shooting license before obtaining other

licenses from the Ministry of Information or

other such censorship authority in order to

ensure their commercial viability.

Mention should be made of Bollywood, the

Indian cinema industry based in Mumbhai, not

only because it was heavily imitated in many

Muslim countries, especially during the initial

decades, but also because of the significant

presence of Muslims as scriptwriters, produc-

ers, musicians, and actors. There is also a genre

known as the Shahenshah (king of kings),

which goes back to Pukar (1939), a film about

the Mughal emperor Jehangir. It is regarded as

the first notable “Muslim social film.” While

the latter continued to surface in other films

such as Mughal-e-Azam, in later productions

the Muslim social presence took on a less regal

character, dealing mainly with the North Indi-

an Muslim middle class. This genre gradually

declined after the 1970s. Finally, after a notable

absence, with less than forty full-length films

and shorts, Afghanistan rejoined the world cin-

ema stage with Osama (2003), a co-production

of Afghanistan, Japan, and Ireland. The first

feature from post-Taliban Afghanistan, it was

screened at various international film festivals

including Cannes and London.

189

Far left: Iranian director Samira

Makhmalbaf poses for

photographers after being

awarded the Jury prize for the

film Panj E Asr (Five in the

Afternoon), during the closing

ceremony of the 56th Cannes

film festival in May 2003. The

daughter of acclaimed director

Mohsen Makhmalbaf made her

first film, The Apple (1998),

when she was only 18. The

Blackboard (2000), a film about

Kurdish refugees on the Iran-Iraq

border, also won a Jury prize at

Cannes.

H A of Islam Spreads 68–75 21/5/04 11:29 AM Page 189

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

Internet Use

Before the digital age Islamic questions were

often addressed locally with the ulama, the

acknowledged interpreters of the tradition,

acting as the primary agents of religious

authority. In the Sunni world the spread of

literacy and secondary education was erod-

ing this primacy even before the appearance

of the World Wide Web. The Internet is

accelerating this process by facilitating the

individual exercise of ijtihad (independent

judgment based on the primary sources of

Koran and hadith). Once the exclusive

preserve of qualified scholars, this devel-

opment is eroding traditional hierarchies

of learning.

Muslim websurfers do not have to con-

sult Koranic concordances or weighty

books of fiqh (jurisprudence) to arrive at

judgments but can simply access the

sources online by scanning the Koran or

collections of hadith (reports of the

Prophet Muhammad’s sayings or actions)

using keywords. Alternatively they can e-

mail their questions to the hundreds of

websites offering social, moral, religious,

and in some cases, political guidance.

With many of the best funded websites

based in Saudi Arabia or the Gulf, the

answers often have a conservative charac-

ter and may not always be sensitive to the

questioner’s social or economic circum-

stances. For example, the answers to ques-

tions from young women living in North

America about how to deal with abusive

parents may stress the importance of filial

duty over their rights as citizens.

For Shiites in the Twelver or Ithnashari

tradition, for whom clerics rather than

texts are the primary dispensers of

authority, the Web provides access to rul-

ings by living marjas (sources of imitation/

emulation) such as Grand Ayatullah Sistani,

the leading marja in Iraq. Web pages on this

site cover contemporary concerns such as

credit cards, insurance, copyright, autop-

sies, and organ donation, as well as advice

about religious duties. Some Sufi orders

maintain websites detailing the spiritual lin-

eages of their shaikhs and transcripts of spe-

cial prayer and dhikr (rituals of remem-

brance) practices. However, since many Sufi

190

A L G E R I A

L I B YAE G

S U

C H A DN I G E R

CENTRALAFRICANREPUBLIC

MO

ROCCO

WESTERNSAHARA

MAURITANIA

M A L I

N I G E R I A

SENEGAL

IVORYCOAST

C O N G O

CAMEROO

N

Z A

A N G O L A

GABON

BURKINA

GUINEA

LIBERIA

TOGO

BENIN

GHANA

OG

NO

C.PER

FRANCE

S P A I NPORT.

GERM.B.

SWITZ.AUS.

UKRA

ROM.MO

BULG.YUG.

ALB.

GREECE

B.H.

HUN.

CZECH.

I TA

LY

LUX.Paris

Lisbon

Roma

Madrid

Beograd

Is

Tunis

Tripoli

Algiers

Kha

Casablanca

Dakar

Conakry

Abidjan

Luanda

Accra

Lagos

Rabat

CAlexandria

Athens

KinshasaATLANTIC OCEAN

H A of Islam Spreads 68–75 21/5/04 11:29 AM Page 190

INTERNET USE

practices are closed to outsiders, only the

more orthodox orders maintain sites. Politi-

cal Islam is widely represented, with most

political parties, including Islamist ones,

accessible through their websites. Opposi-

tion forces are also represented, although in

some cases access to banned groups is

restricted by governmental controls. Islamic

women’s groups are active in cyberspace

countering patriarchal practices such as

those promulgated by the former Taliban

regime in Afghanistan in the name of “true”

Islamic teachings. With access to the Inter-

net spreading rapidly throughout the Mus-

lim world, the long-term effects are ambigu-

ous. On the one hand a “universal” Islamic

discourse is emerging that transcends the

local traditions, including even the main-

stream traditions represented by institutions

such as Cairo’s al-Azhar. On the other hand,

the emerging discourse cannot avoid accom-

modating diversity and dissent, as minori-

ties and splinter-groups are able to challenge

mainstream opinion in cultures where reli-

gious and political pluralism have often been

repressed.

191

L I B YAE G Y P T

S U D A N

E T H I O P I A

C H A D

CENTRALAFRICANREPUBLIC

KENYA

C O N G O

TANZANIA

Z A MB I A

N G O L A

S OM

AL

I A

UGANDA

OG

NO

C.PER

S.

UKRAINE

ROM.MOLD.

BULG.YUG.

ALB.

GREECE

B.H.

HUN.

ZECH.

LY

TURKEY

GEORG.

AZA. ARM.

UZBEKISTAN

TURKMENISTAN

AFGHANISTAN

K A Z A K H S T A NM O N G O L I A

IRANIRAQ

PAKISTA

N

TAJIK.

KYRGYZ.

I N D I A

C H I N A

N. KOREA

S. KOREA

VI E

TN

AM

L AOS

CAMB.

THAILAND

BURMA

NEPAL BH.

BANGLA-DESH

M A L A Y S I A

AISENODNI

P H I L I P P I N E S

SRILANKA

SYRIA

JORDAN

LEB.

ISRAEL

S A U D I

A R A B I A

O

MA

N

Y E M E N

A.E.

Beograd

IstanbulAnkara

VolgogradKharkov

Tehran

Baghdad

Al Kuwayt

Khartoum

Nairobi

Dar es Salaam

CairoAlexandria

Riyadh

Kabul

Lahore

Delhi

Karachi

Bombay

Calcutta

Ahmadabad

Chongqing

Hong Kong

WuhanShanghai

Seoul

Pusan

Shenyang

Harbin

Tianjin

Beijing

Guangzhou

Chengdu

Madras

Rangoon

Bangkok

Jakarta

Manila

Ho ChiMinh

Hyderabad

Dhaka

Bangalore

Athens

AddisAbaba

Kinshasa

SumatraBorneo

Java

Timor

Sulawesi

Luzón

Mindanao

Taiwan

Hainan

INDIAN OCEAN

PACIFIC

OCEAN

Telephone Linesper 100 people 2001

70 or more

50 – 69

30 – 49

10 – 29

1 – 9

Under 1

No data

H A of Islam Spreads 68–75 21/5/04 11:29 AM Page 191

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

Democracy,Censorship,Human Rights,and Civil Society

Western scholars define democracy as a

method for protecting the civil and political

rights of the individual, providing for freedom

of speech, the press, faith, opinion, ownership,

and assembly, as well as the right to vote, nom-

inate and seek public office. Muslim traditions

of democracy exist in the Arabian concept of

shura (counsel based on participatory discus-

sion), harking back to the Bedouin system

where the shaikh was primus inter pares.

When the Ottoman Empire was divided into

separate nation-states after the First World

War, several attempts were made to introduce

systems of democratic rule. Most of them were

unsuccessful, discredited by rigged elections or

manipulation by powerful interest groups.

Multiparty systems were replaced by single

party systems, by military governments, or by a

combination of both. However, the revolution-

ary models borrowed from Eastern Europe

proved no less susceptible to manipulation by

vested interests or groups whose asabiyya (col-

lective solidarity) was rooted in combinations

of kinship and sectarian allegiance. In the Mus-

lim world lying beyond the former Ottoman

domains, the position is not greatly different.

Of the fifty-odd Muslim-majority states

belonging to the Organization of the Islamic

Conference only Turkey can be described as an

established democracy—although it has a his-

tory of political manipulation by the military

who regard themselves as guardians of the sec-

ular tradition bequeathed by the founder of

modern Turkey, Kemal Atatürk. Other coun-

tries, including Malaysia, Indonesia, and Jor-

dan, have been described as transitional or

uncertain democracies, and Pakistan has

enjoyed periods of democratic rule in between

bouts of military government.

In the context of human rights generally the

situation is broadly similar, given that two of

the fundamental human rights embedded in

such documents as the Universal Declaration of

Human Rights and the International Covenant

on Civil and Political Rights—the rights of

peaceful assembly and freedom or expression—

are prerequisites for all forms of democratic

government.

For example, in the Index of Human Rights

compiled by Charles Humana in 1991, Muslim

majority countries consistently scored below

the world average of 62 percent, with Iraq at 17

percent at the bottom of the world league table

(a distinction it shared with Myanmar) and

Sudan with 18 percent, a close second. At 65

percent Jordan alone remains above the world

average, though Tunisia (with 60 percent) and

Malaysia (61 percent) are close to it. Critics of

Humana’s system object that his methodology

is culturally loaded with Western liberal values,

that women in Islamic countries, for example,

do not require the same protection as women in

Western countries and that female inheritance

and property rights were instituted by the

Sharia more than a millennium before they

were introduced in the West. Such cultural rela-

tivism, however, is often opposed by women’s

organizations inside Muslim countries, which

campaign to eliminate discriminatory provi-

sions in personal status codes with respect to

legal status, marriage, divorce, child custody,

and inheritance. Women’s organizations have

also campaigned against the reduced sentences

passed by courts in cases of “honor killings”

where victims are held to have “provoked”

attacks by male relatives by transgressing tradi-

tional codes of sexual conduct, and against

laws that prevent them from passing on their

nationalities to their children.

Freedom of speech as exemplified by a free

192

H A of Islam Spreads 68–75 21/5/04 11:29 AM Page 192

DEMOCRACY, CENSORSHIP, HUMAN RIGHTS, AND CIVIL SOCIETY

press is also conspicuously absent in most Mus-

lim countries, though restrictions vary from

one state to another. Opposition forces, includ-

ing Islamists, protest against measures which

muzzle them politically. Islamists themselves,

however, have demonstrated their opposition to

unrestricted freedom of speech by attacks on

writers they regard as critical of Islam, includ-

ing Farag Foda (assassinated in 1992), the

Nobel laureate Neguib Mahfouz, Egypt’s fore-

most novelist, physically attacked and injured

by the same assassin, and Nasr Abu Zaid, an

Egyptian scholar who was forced into exile for

applying historical-critical methods in inter-

preting the Koran.

The “war on terrorism” launched by the US

administration in the wake of the September

11 attacks on New York and Washington,

which overthrew the governments in Afghan-

istan and Iraq, led to a curtailment of civil

liberties in the United States. There the US

Patriot Act permitted the indefinite detention

of terrorist suspects and the administrative

detention of jihadis (some of them barely older

than children) accused of fighting for the Tal-

iban regime in Afghanistan. At the same time

the neoconservatives running the administra-

tion stated that their aim was to bring to coun-

tries such as Iraq and Afghanistan Western

standards of democracy, good governance, the

rule of law, human rights, and women’s rights.

Many people in the Muslim world, however,

doubted whether such standards could be insti-

tuted as a result of military action. Both in the

Arab and the wider Islamic world the incum-

bent regimes and their Islamist opponents

would argue that the indigenous tradition of

shura, combined with that of baya (obedience

to an established ruler) provided a better

model for stability, whereas Western-style plu-

ralism was a recipe for fitna (strife).

Both the ruling authorities in countries such

as Saudi Arabia, Iran, and Sudan, and the

Islamists who sometimes oppose them, argue

that safeguards enshrined in the Koran are just

as valid as those protected by Western law.

They hold that the public and private spheres

are both subject to the law and that secularism

is alien to their history. The proponents of

democracy, however, who include some leading

Islamist thinkers as well as the advocates of sec-

ular liberalism, believe that such arguments are

simply being used as strategies for retaining

power. In the aftermath of “9/11” and the wars

in Afghanistan and Iraq, avenues for peaceful

political change have been closed off, leaving

people to choose between tolerating the status

quo, exile (for those who can manage it), or

violence. Critics of the West point out that it

has tacitly accepted this pattern of repression

for reasons of expediency, and in the case of the

oil-bearing regions of western Asia, to protect

its energy supplies.

Islamic version of democracy

dates back to the concept of the

shura (participatory discussion).

However, the Western ideal of

the popular vote by the adult

population is not available in

many Muslim majority states.

193

H A of Islam Spreads 68–75 21/5/04 11:29 AM Page 193

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

Modern Islamic Movements

Far right: In this computer

graphic illustration, Mamoun

Sakkal has produced an image

which reflects, through its lively

composition, the great variety of

Islamic religious ideas. In the 3-

dimensional Kufic script the

Islamic shahada (creed) reads,

“There is no god but God and

Muhammad is the messenger of

God.”

The terms “Islamism” and “Islamist” have

come to be used for political movements and

their supporters, which aim for the establish-

ment or restoration of Islamic states based on

the rule of the Islamic Sharia law. The term

“Islamists” is an English translation to the Ara-

bic word islamiyyun—a term the movement’s

advocates use to distinguish themselves from

muslimun—ordinary Muslim believers. All

Islamists believe that Islam is the solution to

contemporary problems of Muslim states.

Although the numerous Islamist groups that

mushroomed and spread throughout the Mus-

lim world during the last three decades of the

twentieth century differ among themselves on

the details of how Islamic states should be run,

nearly all are agreed that the return to God

includes the rejection of the cultures of Western

materialism and hedonism (exemplified by sex-

ual permissiveness) and the duty to support fel-

low Muslims in conflict with non-Muslims in

places such as Palestine or Kashmir, though not

all Islamists support terrorist actions.

The ground for the Islamist movements was

prepared by the reformist and salafiyya move-

ments in the eighteenth and nineteenth cen-

turies, which had sought to purge Islamic belief

and ritual from the accretions and innovations

acquired over the centuries, particularly the

cults surrounding the Sufi walis (saints), living

and dead. An Islam pruned of its medieval

accretions was better able to confront the chal-

lenge of foreign power than a local cult bound-

ed by the intercessionary power of a particular

saint or family of saints. The modern Islamist

movement, however, is usually traced back to

the Muslim Brotherhood, founded in 1928 by

Hasan al-Banna, an Egyptian schoolteacher.

The Brotherhood’s original aims were moral as

much as political: it sought to reform society by

encouraging Islamic observance and opposing

Western cultural influences, rather than by

attempting to capture the state by direct politi-

cal action. However, during the mounting cri-

sis over Palestine during and after the Second

World War, the Brotherhood became increas-

ingly radicalized. It played a leading part in the

disturbances that led to the overthrow of the

monarchy in 1952 but after the revolution it

came into increasing conflict with the national-

ist government of Jamal Abd al-Nasser. In

1954, after an attempt on Nasser’s life, the

Brotherhood was suppressed, its members

imprisoned, exiled, or driven underground.

(Banna himself had been murdered in 1949 by

the intelligence services of the old regime.)

After its suppression, the Brotherhood became

internationalized, with affiliated movements

springing up in Jordan, Syria, Sudan, Pakistan,

Indonesia, and Malaysia. The Brotherhood

found refuge in Saudi Arabia under the Amir

(later King) Faisal ibn Abd al-Aziz, as well as

political and financial support, with funds for

the Egyptian underground and salaried posts

for exiled intellectuals.

A radical member of the Brotherhood,

Sayyid Qutb, executed in 1966 for an alleged

plot to overthrow the Egyptian government,

proved to be the movement’s most influential

theorist, although some of his ideas were

influenced by the Indian scholar and journal-

ist Abu al-Ala al-Maududi (1906–79). One of

Maududi’s doctrines, in particular, would

have a major impact on Islamic political move-

ment. He believed that the struggle for Islam

was not for the restoration of an ideal past,

but for a principle vital to the here and now:

the vice-regency of man under God’s sover-

eignty. The jihad was not just a defensive war

for the protection of the Islamic territory. It

194

H A of Islam Spreads 68–75 21/5/04 11:29 AM Page 194

MODERN ISLAMIC MOVEMENTS

might be waged against governments which

prevented the preaching of true (i.e., the

Islamist version of) Islam. Taking his cue from

Maududi, Qutb likened contemporary Islamic

society to the jahiliyya, the “state of igno-

rance” prevailing in Arabia against which the

Prophet himself inveighed and fought.

In most Sunni countries the Brotherhood

and its offshoots can be divided into a main-

stream tendency that will work within the

frame of existing governmental systems,

where permitted, and is also engaged in social

welfare work, and a radical or extremists ten-

dency that seeks to achieve its aims by vio-

lence. However the lines dividing the extrem-

ists from the mainstream are not always clear.

Violence is interactive and in many cases, such

as the atrocities perpetrated by Islamist terror-

ists in India, Israel-Palestine, and Egypt, it

may be seen as a response to that inflicted on

the Islamists by governments which themselves

use violence, including torture and “targeted

killings,” to repress or destroy opposition.

Where opportunities for political participa-

tion have been available, as in Jordan, Yemen,

Kuwait, and Malaysia, the level of violence

has been notably less than, for example, in

Israel-Palestine or Algeria. In Egypt violence

by extremist factions of the Islamic Associa-

tions, including attacks on tourists, seriously

alienated the mass of public opinion, not least

because millions of Egyptians are dependent

on tourism for their livelihoods.

There remains, however, a hard core of

Islamist militants who are committed to the

“liberation” of Muslim lands from “infidel”

rule, regardless of circumstances. This arm of

the movement, inspired by the writings of

Sayyid Qutb and the fiery rhetoric of Abdul-

lah Azam—one time mentor of the Saudi dis-

sident Osama bin Laden—gained momentum

during the American- and Pakistani-backed

jihad against the Soviet occupation in

Afghanistan (1979–89) when thousands of vol-

unteers received training in methods of irregu-

lar warfare. Fired by what they see as their

divinely supported victory in Afghanistan, the

militants aim to “liberate” all lands that were

once Islamic (including Spain) from rule by

non-Muslims or by unjust “infidel” govern-

ments (by which they mean most existing

Muslim states). Since they see Western finan-

cial and military support as a primary factor

in the survival of “non-Islamic” regimes, they

have not hesitated to take their jihad into the

heart of Western power.

195

H A of Islam Spreads 68–75 21/5/04 11:29 AM Page 195

(present-day Tunisia).922 Execution of al-Hallaj for heresy, a martyr for later Sufis.929–961 Umayyad ruler Abd al-Rahman III establishes

Umayyad caliphate at Cordoba (Spain).940 Beginning of the Greater ghayba (absence or

occultation) when Twelvers lose contact with theirImam.

945 Shii Buyids take Baghdad, making caliph a virtualprisoner.

969–1171 Fatimid (Ismaili) caliphate in Egypt.998–1030 Mahmud of Ghazna (present-day Afghanistan)

invades northern India.1037–1220 Saljuq Turks, starting in central Iran and moving

westward, restore Sunni orthodoxy to the heartlands.1056–1167 Almoravid dynasty, originating in Subsaharan Africa,

halts Christian advance in Spain.1071 Saljuqs defeat Byzantines at Battle of Manzikert,

opening Anatolia to Turkish settlement.1090–1118 Nizari Ismaili uprisings against Sunni caliphs.1091 Saljuqs make Baghdad their capital.1096–1291 Crusaders hold parts of Syria and Palestine.1099 Crusaders take Jerusalem.1111 Death of al-Ghazali (b. 1058), Sunni mystic and

theologian.1130 Death of Ibn Tumart, founder of Almohad dynasty

in Spain.1187 Saladin (Salah al-Din al-Ayyubi) expels Crusaders

from Jerusalem.1198 Death of Ibn Rushd (Averroes) (b. 1126), philosopher.1205–87 Rise of Delhi Sultanate in India.1220–31 Mongol raids in Transoxiana and eastern Iran cause

massive destruction of cities1225 Almohads abandon Spain. Muslim presence reduced

to small kingdom of Granada (1232–1592).1227 Death of Chingiz Khan.1240 Death of Ibn Arabi (b. 1165), Sufi theosophist.1256 Fall of Alamut, last Ismaili stronghold south of the

Caspian Sea.1258 Destruction of Baghdad by Mongols.1260 Mamluks (military slaves) who succeed the Ayyubids

in Egypt, defeat the hitherto invincible Mongols atthe Battle of Ain Jalut in Syria.

c. 1300 Emergence of Ottoman (Osmanli) dynasty in Bithyniaon the Byzantine frontier in western Anatolia.

1326 Ottomans capture Bursa, their first real capital.1362 Ottomans capture Adrianople (Edirne) in Balkans.c. 1378 Emergence of Timur Lenk (Tamerlane) a Turk who

rose in the Mongol service in Transoxiana to conquermuch of central and western Asia.

1389 Ottomans defeat Serbs, assisted by Albanians,Bulgarians, Bosnians, and Hungarians, at Kosovo incentral Serbia.

1405 Death of Timur.1453 Mehmed “The Conqueror” (1451–81) captures

Constantinople and subdues Byzantine Empire.1498 Vasco da Gama rounds the Cape of Good Hope,

ending Muslim monopoly of Indian Ocean trade.1501 Rise of Safavid power in Iran. Twelver Shiism

becomes the state religion.

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

Chronology

c. 570–622 Muhammad in Mecca.622–632 Muhammad in Medina.632–634 Caliphate of Abu Bakr. Muslims triumph in wars of

apostasy. Arabia unified.634–644 Caliphate of Umar. Most of Fertile Crescent, Egypt, and

much of Iran conquered. Expansion into North Africa.644–656 Caliphate of Uthman. Conquests continue

northward, eastward, and westwardText of the Koran collected and standardized.

656–661 First fitna or civil war during caliphate of Ali.660, 668, 712 Arabs fail to capture Constantinople.661 Murder of Ali. Establishment of Umayyad caliphate

by Muawiya in Damascus.680 Second fitna. Muawiya’s succession by his son Yazid

provokes rebellion by Hussein b. Ali. “Martyrdom”of Hussein and followers at Karbala.

685–705 Reign of Abd al-Malik, builder of the Dome of theRock in Jerusalem.

687–691 Kharijis prevail in much of Arabia.711 Arabs advance into Spain.712–713 Arabs conquer Transoxiana (Bukhara and

Samarkand).728 Death of Hasan al-Basri, early Sufi master.732 Battle of Poitiers: Charles Martel checks Arab

advance into France.744–750 Third fitna. Weakened by internal dissent, Umayyad

dynasty overthrown by Abbasids (749).756 Umayyad rule established in Spain.765 Death of Jafar al-Sadiq, sixth Iman of the Shiite.

Movement divided between Ismailis, Ithnaasharis(“Twelvers”) and Zaidis.

767 Death of Abu Hanifa (b. 699), founder of the Hanafilegal school.

786–809 Reign of Harun al-Rashid, model caliph of Islam’s“golden age.”

795 Death of Malik b. Anas (b. 713), founder of theMaliki school.

801 Death of Rabia of Basra, mystic and poet.813–833 Caliphate of al-Mamun. Ascendancy of Mutazili

(“rationalist”) school of theologians.820 Death of al-Shafi (b. 767), founder of the Shafi

school of law.847–861 Caliphate of al-Mutawakkil, who reverses pro-

Mutazili policy.861–945 Breakup of Abbasid Empire as provinces become

independent until caliphate government losesterritorial power completely.

855 Death of Ahmad Ibn Hanbal (b. 780), founder ofHanbali school.

870 Death of al-Bukhari (b. 810), hadith collector.873 Death of Muslim (hadith collector).

“Disappearance” of 12th Imam of the Shiite,Muhammad al-Muntazar (the “Awaited One”).

873–940 Lesser ghaiba or Absence during which Imam ofTwelver Shiite is represented by Four wakils

(deputies).874 Death of Abu Yazid al-Bistami, first of the

“drunken” Sufis.909 Creation of first Ismaili Fatimid state in Ifriqiya

196

H A of Islam Endmatter 21/5/04 11:41 AM Page 196

CHRONOLOGY

197

1517 Ottomans conquer Egypt and Syria.1526 Battle of Paniput (India) enables Babur, a Timurid

prince, to become founder of the Mughal Empire;Battle of Mohacs makes Catholic Hungarianstributaries of Ottomans.

1529 Ottomans besiege Vienna.1552 Kazan Khanate annexed by Moscow.1556–1605 Reign of Akbar, third Mughal emperor, who fosters

Hindu-Muslim cultural and religious rapprochement.1682–99 Ottomans lose Hungary and Belgrade in war with

Austria and Poland.1718 Peace of Passarowitz consolidates Ottoman losses to

Habsburgs.1739 Delhi sacked by Iranian monarch Nadir Shah, ending

effective Mughal power.1757 Wahhabis take al-Hasa in eastern Arabia. British

victory at Plassey opens India to British expansion.1762 Death of Shah Wali Allah, Indian Sufi reformer in

Sirhindi tradition.1774 Treaty of Kuchuk Kaynarji. Following defeat by

Russia, Ottomans lose Crimea. Tsar recognized asprotector of Orthodox Christians in Ottoman lands.

1779 Qajar dynasty established in Iran.1789–1807 First Westernizing Ottoman reforms under Selim III.1798 Napoleon Bonaparte lands in Egypt, defeats the

Mamluks at the Battle of the Pyramids, generatesinterest in European culture.

1805–48 Muhammad (Mehmed) Ali begins modernizingprocess in Egypt.

1806 Wahhabis sack Shiite shrines of Najaf and Karbala.1815–17 Serbian revolt against Ottomans.1818 Britain becomes paramount power in India.1820 Muhammad Ali begins conquest of Sudan.1821–30 Greek War of Independence.1830 French occupation of Algeria begins. Khartoum

founded as British-Egyptian outpost on the Upper Nile.1832–48 European powers save Ottoman Empire from

invasion by Egyptian Viceroy, Muhammad Ali.c. 1839–61 Failure of Indian “Mutiny” leads to abolition of the

East India Company, opening the way forincorporation of India into British Empire.

1859 Defeat of Imam Shamil in Caucasus followed byRussian annexation of Chechnya and Daghestan.

1867 Foundation of the academy of Deoband in northernIndia by a group of the reformers who eschewcontact with the British.

1868 Russian annexation of Kazakhstan completed.Amirate of Bukhara becomes Russian protectorate.

1869 Opening of the Suez Canal.1875 Collapse of Egyptian finances. Suez Canal sold to

British.1876 First Ottoman constitution promulgated after palace

revolution.1876–1909 Sultan Abd al-Hamid suspends constitution, enacting

major reforms in education, transportation, andcommunications through dictatorial rule.

1881 French protectorate in Tunisia.1882 British occupation of Egypt.1885 General “Chinese” Gordon killed in Khartoum during

Mahdist revolt against British-backed Egyptian rule.1889 Return of Muhammad Abduh, al-Afghani’s disciple

to Egypt, who decides to collaborate with the British.Military students in Istanbul found first “YoungTurk” revolutionary organization, Society of Unionand Progress.

1897 Death of Sayyid Jamal al-Din al-Afghani (b. 1838),pan-Islamic reformer and activist.

1898 Defeat of the Mahdist movement by an Anglo-Egyptian force under General Kitchener at the Battleof Omdurman.Death of Sir Sayyid Ahmed Khan (b. 1817), Islamicmodernist reformer and founder of Aligarh College(1875).

1905 Death of Muhammad Abduh (b. 1849), founder ofthe modern salafiyya reform movement.

1906 Muslim League founded in India.1906–08 Constitutional Revolution in Iran.1908 Young Turk revolution forces sultan to restore

constitution and reconvene parliament.1909 Separate Muslim and Hindu provincial electorates in

India.1911–13 Italy takes Tripoli from Ottomans.1912 French protectorate in Morocco.1914–18 Defeat of Ottoman Empire in First World War. Egypt

formally declared British Protectorate.1916–18 British-backed Arab revolt against Turkish rule under

leadership of Sharif Hussein of Mecca, his sonFaisal, and Colonel T. E. Lawrence.

1917 Balfour Declaration opens the way for increasedEuropean Jewish settlement in Palestine.

1917–20 Russian Revolution and civil war leads toSoviet–Muslim conflicts in Central Asia. Muslims ofKazakhstan, Azerbaijan, and the Caucasus strugglefor regional independence. Overthrow of AutonomousRepublic of Turkestan by Russian forces (1918)precipitates Basmachi revolt. Bukhara and Khivaabsorbed into Soviet states. Some leading MuslimJadidists (renovators) join the Communist Party.

1919 San Remo Conference. League of Nations Mandatesawarded to Britain in former Ottoman territories ofPalestine, Transjordan, and Iraq, and to France inSyria and Lebanon.Faisal b. Hussein expelled by French from Damascusand established on throne of Iraq. His youngerbrother, Abdullah, established on throne ofTransjordan.Egyptian leader Saad Zaghlul leads wafd (delegation)demanding independence for Egypt. His deportationsparks nationalist “revolution.”Ottoman suzerainty abolished in Egypt. Britain keepscontrol of defense, foreign policy, Sudan, and theSuez Canal.

1919–22 Turkish War of Independence: Mustafa Kemal(Atatürk) rallies nationalist forces to defeat Greekinvaders and resist European dismemberment ofAnatolia.

1923 Treaty of Lausanne ensures Turkey’s territorialintegrity.

H A of Islam Endmatter 21/5/04 11:41 AM Page 197

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

1924 Soviet Central Asia reorganized under socialistrepublics of Uzbekistan, Turkmenistan, Kazakhstan,and Kirgizia.Ottoman Caliphate abolished. Turkish Sharia courtsreplaced by civil courts.Khilafat movement in India blames British forabolition. Ibn Saud conquers Hejaz, expelling theSharif Hussein and establishing neo-Wahhabikingdom.

1926 Lebanon enlarged and detached from Syria underFrench auspices.

1928 Hasan al-Banna, Egyptian schoolteacher, founds theMuslim Brotherhood.

1932 Iraq granted independence and admitted to Leagueof Nations.

1935 Death of Rashid Rida (b. 1865), Islamic reformer andleader of the salafiyya movement.

1936 Palestinians revolt against British rule in Palestineand the increase in Jewish immigration caused byNazi rule in Germany. Muhammad Ali Jinnahassumes leadership of Muslim League, endingMuslim backing for Congress.New Soviet Constitution organizes Muslim CentralAsia into six Union Soviet Socialist Republics(Uzbekishan, Azerbaijan, Kazakhstan,Turkmenistan, Tajikistan, and Kirgizia) and eightAutonomous Soviet Socialist Republics includingTataristan, Bashkitia, Daghestan, and otherCaucasian units under communist control.

1938 Death of Muhammad Iqbal, poet, philosopher, andprogenitor of Pakistan.

1940–47 Muslim League adopts idea of separate Muslimstates for Indian Muslims.

1941 British suppress pro-Axis revolt by Iraqi army officers.1942 British force Egyptian King Farouq to replace pro-

Axis prime minister with one more amenable to theAllied cause.

1943 Beginning of Zionist terror campaign against Britishin Palestine

1945 Arab League founded.1946 Transjordan, Lebanon, and Syria recognized as

independent. Widespread Hindu-Muslim rioting inIndia.

1947 Indian independence. Creation of Pakistan out ofMuslim majority areas, excepting Kashmir.

1948 British end mandate in Palestine. Arab armies routedfollowing proclamation of Israel. Palestinian exoduscreates massive refugee problem. Amir Abdullah ofTransjordan annexes east Jerusalem (including theOld City and the West Bank). Egyptian primeminister Muhammad Nuqrashi assassinated.

1949 Hasan al-Banna assassinated by Egyptian securityagents in retaliation for the murder of Nuqrashi.

1952 Egyptian monarchy overthrown by Arab nationalistarmy officers led by Gamal Abd al-Nasser withsupport from the Muslim Brotherhood.

1956 Nasser nationalizes the Suez Canal, provokingAnglo–French military intervention in secretcollusion with Israel.

1958 Pro-British Iraqi monarchy overthrown in bloodycoup d’état masterminded by General Abd al-KarimQasim.

1963 Execution in Egypt of Sayyid Qutb, writer andMuslim Brotherhood’s most militant ideologist.Iraq’s President Qasim overthrown in coup byBaathist military officers under Abd al-Salam Arif.

1965 Palestine Liberation Organization (PLO) founded.1967 (June) The Six Day War leaves the whole of the Sinai

peninsula, the West Bank (including the Old City ofJerusalem), and the Syrian Golan Heights underIsraeli military control.Yassir Arafat (Abu Ammar), commander of al-Fatah,the largest guerrilla organization, becomes leader ofthe PLO.

1968 President Abd al-Rahman Arif (brother andsuccessor of Abd al-Salam) overthrown by GeneralAhmad Hassan al-Bakr. Real power held by SaddamHussein al-Tikriti.

1969 Pro-British Sanusi monarchy in Libya overthrown inNasser-style coup d’état led by 27-year-old ColonelMuammar al-Qadhafi.Organization of the Islamic Conference (OIC)established to promote Islamic solidarity and fosterpolitical, economic, social, and cultural cooperationamong Muslim states.

1970 Hafez al-Asad, an air force general from the Alawi(Nusairi) minority, takes power in Syria at the headof the Baath Party.Civil war in Jordan between the army and Palestinianguerrillas (“Black September”).Anwar al-Sadat succeeds to the Egyptian presidencyfollowing the death of Abd al-Nasser.

1972 Bangladesh, formerly East Pakistan, winsindependence with Indian army help.

1973 October (Ramadan/Yom Kippur) War. Egyptestablishes a bridgehead on the East Bank of the SuezCanal—the first major success of Arab arms againstIsrael.Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries(OPEC) under the leadership of Iran and SaudiArabia imposes a four-fold increase in the price ofcrude oil, leading to massive “petrodollar” surplusesfor investment in industrialized economies andsupport for Islamic movements (as well as worldwideeconomic recession).

1975 Lebanese civil war provoked, in part, by presence ofmilitant Palestinian refugees and Israeli reprisalsagainst them.

1977 Beginning of negotiations between Egypt and Israel.Zia ul-Haqq, Pakistani general, assumes presidencyand imposes martial law. Former President ZulfiqarAli Bhutto executed. Zia initiates Islamizationprogram.Death of Ali Shariati (b. 1933), Islamist philosopher,in Southampton, Britain.

1978–79 Growing unrest in Iran against dictatorship of ShahMuhammad Reza Pahlavi.

1979 Ayatollah Khomeini returns from exile in Europe to

198

H A of Islam Endmatter 21/5/04 11:41 AM Page 198

CHRONOLOGY

establish the Islamic Republic in Iran. Fifty-two USdiplomats taken hostage and held for 444 days.Camp David peace accords between Egypt and Israelbegin the peace process between Arabs and Israelis.Death of Abu al Ala al-Mawdudi (b. 1909), Indo-Pakistani ideologue and founder of the Jamaati-i-Islami.President Zia al-Haqq introduces Hudood ordinance,prescribing Koranic penalties for certain categories oftheft, sexual misconduct, and drinking alcohol.Soviet invasion of Afghanistan in support of ailingcommunist regime. Western training and armamentsfor the mujahidin (holy warriors) creates a well-trained cadre of Islamist militants.

1980–88 Iran–Iraq war, provoked by Iraqi attack on Iran,becomes the longest-lasting international conflict ofthe twentieth century, leading to the loss of at leasthalf a million lives on the Iranian side and massiveeconomic dislocation.

1981 Assassination of Anwar al-Sadat by Islamic extremists.1982 Israeli invasion of Lebanon and expulsion of PLO to

Tunisia. Up to 10,000 people killed in governmentreprisals after failed Muslim Brotherhood rebellionin Syrian city of Hama.

1987 Beginning of the intifada—a massive, popularuprising of Palestinians against Israeli occupation,spearheaded by stone-throwing children.

1988 Shaikh Ahmad Yasin, head of the Islamic Center inGaza and a member of the Muslim Brotherhood,founds Hamas, the Islamic Resistance Movement.Ayatollah Khomeini, Iran’s religious leader,“swallows poison” and accepts a ceasefire with Iraq.Death of President Zia al-Haqq of Pakistan insuspicious air crash.Publication of The Satanic Verses by British Muslimauthor Salman Rushdie.Muhammad Mahmud Taha, leader of theRepublican Brotherhood and a reformer with Sufileanings, hanged for “apostasy.”

1989 Fatwa pronounced against Rushdie by Khomeiniprevents detente between Iran and the West, despitethe presence of pragmatists in the government.June: Khomeini dies and is succeeded as supremereligious leader by Ali Khamenei.In Algeria the Islamic Salvation Front (FIS) wins 55percent of the vote in the regional elections.

1990 Invasion of Kuwait by Iraqi leader Saddam Hussein.1991 Operation Desert Storm, led by the United States

with military support from Britain, France, Italy,Saudi Arabia, Egypt, Syria, and Pakistan, expels Iraqitroops from Kuwait. Shiite revolt in Iraqi cities ofNajaf and Karbala brutally suppressed.Disbanding of Soviet Union after failed anti-Gorbachev coup leads to independence for theformer Soviet Republics of Central Asia (under theleadership of ex-members of the Sovietnomenklatura). In Tajikistan rivalry between the ex-communist leadership and Islamist opposition leadsto a bitter and costly civil war.In Algeria the FIS wins 49 percent of the vote in the

first round of the general elections. The armyintervenes to prevent victory for the FIS in the secondround, provoking an eight-year civil war said to havecost at least 100,000 lives.

1992 Farag Foda, the prominent Egyptian humanist andwriter, gunned down by Islamists in Cairo.“No-Fly Zones” established in northern andsouthern Iraq to prevent Iraqi attacks on Kurdish andShiite populations. UN sanctions imposed on Iraqlead to significant hardship among vulnerablegroups, especially children.

1994 Cheb Hasni, a popular rai singer, murdered inFrance. Tahar Djaout, award-winning novelist andeditor, shot outside his home in Algiers.

1995 More than 7,000 Muslims massacred at Srebrenica inBosnia after UN fails to protect enclave from BosnianSerb attack.

1996 Taliban movement based on madrasa-educatedstudents in rural Afghanistan captures Kabul. Itsprogram of pacification bears harshly on women andminorities.

1997 More than 60 European tourists massacred nearLuxor by Islamists.Muhammad Khatami, former minister of culture,elected President of Iran.

1998 Taliban fighters murder between two and fivethousand members of the Shiite Hazara communityafter the capture of Mazar-el-Sharif.Al-Qaeda attacks the US Embassies in east Africa.

1999 In Algeria Abd al-Aziz Bouteflika, former foreignminister, elected President on a program ofreconciliation.Pro-democracy demonstrations in Iran suppressed bypolice and street gangs under conservative control.NATO bombing campaign forces Serbs to relinquishKosovo, reversing “ethnic cleansing” of mainlyMuslim Albanians.Russia bombs Chechnya on pretext of suppressing“Islamic terrorism.”

2000 (February) Russians occupy Grozni, the capital ofChechnya.In Pakistan, General Pervez Musharraf overthrowsdemocratically elected government of Nawaz Sharif.

2001 (September) Suicide hijackers linked to al-Qaeda attackthe World Trade Center in New York and the Pentagonin Washington, killing approximately 3,000 people.US bombs Afghanistan, removing Taliban regime.

2002 (October) Terrorist group linked to al-Qaeda killsmore than 200 people, mostly Australians, inbombing of nightclub in Bali, Indonesia.

2003 (March) US and UK attack Iraq without UN support,on pretext that Saddam Hussein is hiding weapons ofmass destruction. No such weapons found. Islamist terrorists linked to al-Qaeda kill civilians inCasablanca, Riyadh, Istanbul, and other cities.(December) Saddam Hussein captured near his hometown of Tikrit.

2004 Reformists defeated in Iranian parliamentaryelections after clergy-dominated guardianship of

199

H A of Islam Endmatter 21/5/04 11:41 AM Page 199

Abd “Servant” or “slave”; commonly used as a namewhen coupled with one of the names of Allah. Seealso Ibada.

Adhan Call to prayer performed by muadhin (muezzin).Ahl al-Bait “People of the household”; specifically used for the

Phrophet’s family.Ahl al-Kitab “People of the book”; originally referred to Muslims,

Jews, and Christians but came to includeZoroastrians and other groups prossessing sacredtexts.

Ahl al-Sunna “People of the Sunna” (Sunnis); those who upholdcustoms based on the practice and authority of theProphet and his Companions, as distinct from theShiites and Kharijis. See also Sunna.

Al “Clan” or “House”; as in Al Imran (3rd Sura ofKoran), Al Saud, etc. Not to be confused with al-,the definite article.

Alawi Member of ghulu (extremist) Nusairi sect innortheastern Syria which venerates Ali.

Alid Descendant of Ali, cousin and son-in-law of theProphet.

Alim See Ulama.Amir “Commander”; originally military commander but

subsequently applied to rulers and members of theirfamilies. Amir al-Muminin (“Commander of theFaithful”), a title held by caliphs and some sultans.

Ansar “Helpers” of Muhammad native to Medina, as distinctfrom the Muhajirun who accompanied him fromMecca.

Asabiyya Tribal or group solidarity; a term used by philosopherIbn Khaldun in his theory on state formation in NorthAfrica.

Ashura The tenth of the month Muharram, when Shiite ritualsare held commemorating the death of the Prophet’sgrandson Hussein.

Aya “Sign” or “miracle”; used for verses of the Koran.Baraka “Sanctity” or “blessing” vested in, and available from,

holy people, places, or objects.Bast “Twelver” Shiite institution of sanctuary in mosques

and other holy places.Baya “Contract” or oath of allegiance binding members of

an Islamic sect or Sufi tariqa to their spiritual guide.Chador Traditional Iranian garment covering women from head

to foot. See also Hijab.Dai “Propagandist” or missionary, especially in Shiite

Ismaili movements. See also Dawa.Dar al-Harb The “realm of war” or those lands not under Muslim

rule, where, under certain circumstances, a war or jihadcan be sanctioned against unbelievers.

Dar al-Islam “Realm of Islam”; originally those lands under Muslim

rule, later applying to lands where Muslim institutionswere established.

Dawa “Propaganda” or mission.Dervish “Mendicant”; member of a Sufi tariqa.Dhikr “Mentioning” or “remembering”; specifically used for

Sufi rituals designed to increase consciousness of Godwhich include the repetition of his name(s).

Dhimmi Non-Muslim peoples afforded security of life andproperty under the Sharia on payment of a jizya (polltax).

Din “Religion” or “belief” as opposed to dunya (worldlyexistence).

Dua Prayer (additional to salat).Fana The extinction of individual consciousness, and thus

union with God, in Sufism.Faqih Exponent of fiqh.Faqir “Pauper”; term applied to ordinary member of Sufi

tariqa.Fatwa Legal decision of a mufti.Fidaiyyia Soldiers prepared to sacrifice their lives in the cause of

Islam. Now used for guerrilla fighters. (Singular: fidai.)Fiqh “Understanding” of Sharia, the system of jurisprudence

based on the usul al-fiqh.Fitna “Temptation” or “trial”; the name given to the civil

wars which broke out within the expanding Muslimempire during the first 200 years after Muhammad’sdeath.

Ghaib “Unseen” and “transcendent”; hence al-ghaiba, the“occultation” of the Hidden Imans in Shiite doctrine.

Hadith “Tradition” or report of a saying or action of theProphet. One of four roots of Islamic law. See alsoSharia, Usul al-fiqh.

Hajj The annual pilgrimage to Mecca. One of the five rukns(duties) of Islam, required of every believer once in hislife if possible.

Halal That which is “permissible”, particularly foods whichcomply with Islamic dietary rules.

Hanafi Referring to the Sunni legal madhhab ascribed to AbuHanifa.

Hanbali Referring to the Sunni legal madhhab ascribed to AbuHanbal.

Haram A sanctuary, “that which is forbidden” by the Sharia.Hijab “Screen”, veil traditionally worn by Muslim women in

public. Always covers the head, but not necessarily theface and hands.

Hijra “Emigration” of Muhammad from Mecca to Medina inAD 622, the base year of the Muslim calender.

Ibada Religious worship.Id al-Adha “The festival of the sacrifice” on the last day of the

Hajj.

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

200

Glossary

H A of Islam Endmatter 21/5/04 11:41 AM Page 200

GLOSSARY

201

Id al-Fitr “The festival of breaking the fast” at the end ofRamadan.

Ijima Consensus of the Muslim community or scholars as abasis for a legal decision. Shiites interpret it as aconsensus of Imams.

Ijtihad Individual judgement to establish a legal ruling bycreative interpretation of the existing body of law. Seealso Muijtahid.

Ikhwan The “Brothers”, soldiers of Abd al-Aziz, founder of theSaudi dynasty, and adherents of the Hanbali reformer,Abd al-Wahhab.

Ikhwan al- Muslim Brotherhood, a society founded in 1929 byMuslimin Hasan al-Banna; originally aimed at reestablishing a

Muslim polity in Egypt.Ilm “Knowledge”; in particular, religious knowledge, of

ulama.Imam “One who stands in front” to lead the salat, hence the

leader of the Muslim community. In Shiite tradition, Aliand those of his descendants considered to be thespiritual successors of Muhammad.

Iman “Faith” or religious conviction.Intifada Uprising, especially of Palestinians against Israel in

1900s and after 2002.Infitah The “opening up” of the Egyptian economy to the West

in 1972, in the hope of attracting foreign investment.Islam “Self-surrender” or “submission”; reconcilliation to the

will of God as revealed to Muhammad. See alsoMuslim.

Isnad “Support”; chain of authorities transmitting a hadith,thus guaranteeing its validity.

Jafari Referring to the sole Shiite madhhab ascribed to theImam Jafar al-Sadiq.

Jahl “Ignorance”, hence jahiliyya (period of ignorance), orpre-Islamic times.

Jihad War against unbelievers in accordance with Sharia.Also applied to an individual’s struggle against baserimpulses.

Jizya Poll tax levied on dhimmis in a Muslim-ruled society.Kaba Cubic building in Mecca containing the Black Stone,

believed by Muslims to be a fragment of the originaltemple of Abraham. Focus of salat (prayer) and theHajj. See also Qibla.

Kafir “Disbeliever” or infidel who has rejected the message ofthe Koran.

Khalifa Caliph, the “deputy” of God on earth. In the Koranapplied to Adam, and hence to all humanity in relationto the rest of creation; specifically applied to the earlysuccessors of the Prophet as leaders of the Islamic stateor khilafa, and to the successors of founders of Islamicstates or Sufi tariqas.

Khaniqa Sufi hospice, mainly in areas of Persian influence.Kharijis “Those who go out”; members of a group of

puritanical Muslim sects during Umayyad and earlyAbbasid times. (Arabic plural: Khawarij.)

Khums “Fifth’, a tax of one-fifth of all trading profits, payableto mujtahids in Shiite areas.

Khutba Sermon preached at Friday prayers.Kiswa Black clothing or covering of the Kaba, renewed

annually.Kitab “The book”, or religious scriptures. Koran (Quran) “Discourse” or “recitation”, the immutable body of

revelations received by Muhammad.Kufr “Disbelief”, an ungrateful rejection of Islam. See also

Kafir.Kuttab School at which the Koran is taught.Madhhab “Adopted policy”, specifically applied to five recognized

systems of fiqh (jurisprudence).Madrasa “College”, especially for religious studies.Maghrib “Sunset”, hence the salat (prayer) at sunset. Also

Muslim “occident”, i.e., northeastern Africa, Morocco,for which the French transliteration “Maghreb” iscommonly used.

Mahdi “Awaited One”; a Messiah and reformist leader whoaims to restore the original purity of the Islamic faithand polity. In Shiite tradition the Twelfth Imam.

Maliki Referring to the Sunni legal madhhab ascribed to Malikibn Anas.

Maruf “Known”, term used in the Koran for familiar andapproved custom; hence, generally, “the good.”

Mashriq “Sunrise”; Levant.Maslaha That which is “beneficial”; term used for the principle

of public interest in the Maliki madhhab, adopted bymodern legal reformers.

Mawlid “Birthday”; festival celebrating the anniversary of areligious figure.

Mawali “Associates” or “clients”; status at first given to non-Arab converts to Islam. (Singular: Mawla.)

Mihrab Niche in wall of mosque indicating Qibla.Millet Non-Muslim religious community within the Dar al-

Islam.Mufti Expert on the Sharia, qualified to give fatwas (rulings)

upon questions of law.Muhajirin Those who emigrated from Mecca to Medina with

Muhammad. See also Hijra.Mujahid Soldier fighting a holy war or jihad. (Plural:

mujadidun.)Mujtahid Religious scholars sanctioned to make individual

interpretations to determine points of law, especiallyamong Shiite.

Mukhabarat Intelligence services, security police.

H A of Islam Endmatter 21/5/04 11:41 AM Page 201

Munkar “Unknown”; term used in the Koran for wrongfulaction as distinct from maruf: hence evil generally.

Murid “Aspirant”, or follower of a Sufi master.Murshid Sufi master.Muslim One who has submitted to God; a follower of the

religion revealed to, and established by, Muhammad.See also Islam.

Mutazilis “Those who stand aloof”; theologians belonging to therationalist school which introduced speculativedogmatism into Islam.

Nisab Minimum amount of wealth prior to assessment forzakat.

Pir Persian Sufi master.Qadi Judge administering Sharia.Qibla Direction of the Kaba to which Muslims turn while

praying, hence the recess in a mosque which shows it.Qiyas “Analogy”; the principle in jurisprudence used to deal with

new situations not mentioned in the Koran or Sunna.Ribat Sufi hospice.Risala “Report” or “epistle”. (Plural: rasail.)Rukn “Pillar’; one of the five religious duties prescribed for

Muslims—hajj, salat, sawm, shahada, and zakat.Sadaqa Voluntary contribution of alms.Salaf “Predecessors”; appellation of the first generation of

Muslims. Salafi: term describing the twentieth-centuryreform movement inspired by them.

Salat Ritual worship performed five times daily, one of therukns (five pillars) of Islam.

Sawm Annual fast and daylight abstinence during the monthof Ramadan, one of the rukns of Islam.

Sayyid Descendent of Ali’s son Hussein. Sidi (local usage in theMaghrib) is applied to members of saintly lineages.

Shahada Profession of faith whereby a Muslim declares hisacceptance of God and his Prophet; one of the rukns ofIslam.

Shaikh “Elder”; head of a tribe or Sufi master.Sharia “The path to a water-hole’; a name given to the sacred

law of Islam which governs all aspects of a Muslim’slife. It is elaborated through the discipline of fiqh.

Shiites “Party” of Ali, comprising those groups of Muslimswho uphold the rights of Ali and his descendants toleadership of the Umma.

Shirk “Association” of partners to the divinity; idolatry.Shura Consultation. Majlis al Shura Parliament.Silsila “Chain” of baraka (inherited sanctity) or kinship

connecting the leaders of Sufi orders to their founders.Sufi Follower of Sufism, the Islamic mystic path, from suf

(wool) garments worn by early adepts. (Arabic: tasawwuf.)Sunna Custom sanctioned by tradition, particularly that of the

Prophet enshrined in hadith.

Sunni See Ahl al-Sunna.Sura Chapter of the Koran.Sultan “Authority” or “power”; actual holder of power, as

distinct from the khalifa; later common term forsovereign.

Tahlil Prayer—la ilaha illa allah (there is no deity but God)—particularly used in Sufi rituals.

Taifa Organization of a Sufi order, as distinct from itsspiritual path.

Takbir The phrase “Allahu Akbar” (God is most great).Tanzimat Administrative decrees, reforms instituted by the

nineteenth-century Ottoman sultans.Taqiyya Dissimultation of one’s beliefs in the face of danger,

especially among Shiites.Taqlid “Imitation”, or the basing of legal decisions on the

existing judgments of the four Sunni madhhabs.Tariqa “Path” of mystical and spiritual guidance. A term

which also came to be applied to the organizationthrough which a tariqa extends itself in Muslim society.

Tasawwuf See Sufi.Tawaf Ritual circumambulation of the Kaba by a pilgrim

during the Hajj or Umra.Tawhid “Unity” of God. Central theological concept of Islam.Tawil Esoteric or allegorical interpretation of the Koran,

predominant among Shiites.Tekkes Sufi centers in Turkish-speaking areas.Ulama “Learned men’, in particular the guardians of legal and

religious traditions. (Singular: alim.)Umma Community of believers, in particular the community

of all Muslims.Umra Lesser pilgrimage to Mecca which can be performed at

any time of the year.Usul (al-Fiqh) “Roots” or foundations of jurisprudence. In the Sunni

madhhabs they comprise: the Koran, the Sunna, ijma(consensus) and qiyas (analogical deduction). See alsoFiqh.

Wali “One who is near God”; a saint in popular Sufism.Waqf Pious endowment, originally for a charitable purpose;

sometimes used as a means of circumventing theSharia’s inheritance laws.

Watan “Homeland” or “nation”.Wazir Administrator or bureaucrat apponted by the ruler.Zakat “Purity”, a term used for a tax of fixed proportion of

income and capital (normally 21/2 percent) payableannually for charitable purposes; one of the “fivepillars” of Islam.

Zawiya “Corner”; building for Sufi activities.

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

202

H A of Islam Endmatter 21/5/04 11:41 AM Page 202

GLOSSARY AND FURTHER READING

203

Guillaume, A. (tr.), The Life of Muhammad: A Translation of IbnIshaq’s Sirat Rasul Attah, Karachi and London, 1955.

Hillenbrand, Robert, Islamic Art and Architecture, London, 1999.

Hodgson, Marshall G. S., The Venture of Islam: Conscience andHistory in a World Civilization, 3 vols., Chicago, IL, 1974.

Hourani, Albert, Arabic Thought in the Liberal Age, Oxford, 1969.

Hourani, Albert, A History of the Arab Peoples, 2nd ed., London,2000.

Ibn Khaldun, The Muqadimmah: An Introduction to History, F.Rosenthal (tr.), 3 vols., New York, NY, 1958; ed. and abridgedby N. Dawood, London, 1978.

Keddie, N.R. (ed.), Scholars, Saints and Sufis: Muslim ReligionsInstitutions Since 1500, Berkeley, CA, 1973.

Lapidus, Ira, A History of the Islamic Peoples, 2nd ed.,Cambridge, 2002.

Mayer, Ann Elizabeth, Islam and Human Rights: Tradition andPolitics, Boulder, CO, 1991.

Mernissi, Fatima, Women and Islam: An Historical andTheological Enquiry, Mary Jo Lakeland (tr.), Oxford, 1991.

Momen, Moojan, An Introduction to Shi’i Islam, New Haven, CT,1985.

Peters, F. E., Muhammad and the Origins of Islam, Albany, NY,1994.

Rahman, Fazlur, Islam, Chicago, IL, 1979.

Richard, Yann, Shiite Islam, Antonia Nevill (tr.), Oxford, 1995.

Rodinson, M., Mohamed, Harmondsworth, 1971.

Rosen, Lawrence, The Anthropology of Justice – Law as Culture inIslamic Society, Cambridge, 1989.

Roy, Olivier, The Failure of Political Islam, London, 1994.

Ruthven, Malise, Islam in the World, 2nd ed., London, 2000.

Ruthven, Malise, A Fury for God: The Islamist Attack on America,London, 2002.

Said, Edward, Orientalism, London, 1978.

Schacht, Joseph, An Introduction to Islamic Law, Oxford, 1964.

Trimingham, J. S., The Sufi Orders in Islam, Oxford, 1971.

Waines, David, An Introduction to Islam, Cambridge, 1995.

Watt, W. M., Muhammad at Mecca, Oxford, 1953.

Watt, W. M., Muhammad at Medina, Oxford, 1956.

Further Reading

Ahmed, Akbar S., Living Islam – From Samarkand to Stornoway,London, 1993.

Ahmed, Akbar and Donnan, Hastings (eds.), Islam, Globalizationand Postmodernity, London, 1994.

Ahmed, Leila, Women and Gender in Islam: Historical Roots of aModern Debate, New Haven, CT, 1994.

Ali Abdallah Yusuf (tr.), The Holy Quran (with commentary),Leicester, 1979.

Al-Qaradawi, Yusuf, The Lawful and the Prohibited in Islam,Helbawy et.al. (tr.), Indianapolis, ID, 1985.

Arberry, A. J. The Koran Interpreted, Oxford, 1990.

Armstrong, Karen, Muhammad: A Western Attempt toUnderstand Islam, London, 1991.

Asad, Muhammad, The Message of the Quran, Gibraltar, 1980.

Beinin, Joel and Stock, Joe (eds.), Political Islam: Essays fromMiddle East Report, London, 1997.

Bell, Richard, Introduction to the Quran (1953), ed. and rev. W.M.Watt, Edinburgh, 1978.

Blair, Sheila and Bloom, Jonathan, Islamic Art and Architecture1250–1800, New Haven, CT, 1994.

Bouhdiba, Abdalwahab, Sexuality in Islam, Alan Sheridan (tr.),London, 1985.

Cook, Michael, Muhammad, Oxford, 1983

Coon, Carleton S., Caravan: The Story of the Middle East, rev.edn., New York, NY, 1961.

Coulson, N. J., A History of Islamic Law, Edinburgh, 1964.

Daftary, Farhad, A Short History of the Ismailis, Edinburgh, 1998.

Denny, Frederick Mathewson, An Introduction to Islam, NewYork, NY, 1985

Donner, Fred, Early Islamic Conquests, Cambridge, MA, 1982.

Eickelman, Dale F., The Middle East: An AnthropologicalApproach, Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1981/1989.

Esposito, John L., (ed.), Oxford Encyclopedia of the ModernIslamic World, 4 vol., NY, 1995.

Ettinghausen, Richard, et al., Islamic Art and Architecture650–1250, New Haven, CT, 2002.

Geertz, Clifford, Islam Observed, New Haven, CT, 1968.

Gibb, H. A. R., Bernard Lewis, et al. (eds.), Encyclopaedia ofIslam, 6 vols., Leiden, 1962.

Gilsenan, Michael, Recognizing Islam, London, 1983.

H A of Islam Endmatter 21/5/04 11:41 AM Page 203

H A of Islam Endmatter 21/5/04 11:41 AM Page 204

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

Acknowledgments Map List

Most of the essays accompanying the maps in this volume were written by Malise Ruthven, with editorial overview pro-vided by Professor Azim Nanji (with contributions on pages 24–25, 66–69, 96–102), and Professor Nur Yalman and Kathleen McDermott. In prepar-ing the texts and maps special mention should be made of the works of two outstanding American scholars of Islam: Marshall G.S. Hodgson’s The Venture of Islam (3 volumes, University of Chicago Press, 1974) and Ira Lapidus’s magiste-rial A History of Islamic Societies (revised edn. Cambridge University Press, 2002). Sheila Blair and Jonathan Bloom wrote the texts and kindly provided the cartographical infor-mation for pp. 172–179. The following also contributed to the text: Dr Jonathan Meri (p. 36–37); Dr Nader El-Bizri (p. 38–39), Farhad Daftari (p. 50–51); Dr Zulfikar Hirji (p. 76–77, 152–153); Safaroz Niyozof (p. 94–95); Richard Gott (p. 116–117); Dan Plesch (p. 150–151, 164–165); Trevor Mostyn (p. 162–163, 192–193); Mustafa Draper (p. 166–169); Nacim Pak (p. 188–189). Dr Abdou Filali Ansari contributed to the initial discussions concerning the choice of subjects.

The publishers would like to thank the following picture libraries for their kind permission to use their pictures and illustrations: The Collection of Prince and Princess Sadruddin

Aga Khan 10, 35, 173 Bodleian Library, Oxford 11 Werner Forman Archive 16 Hulton Getty Archive 17, 36, 44, 49, 53, 59, 62, 91, 101,

102, 111, 112, 114, 118, 132, 146, 150, 152, 156, 160, 169, 180, 185, 188, 193

Corbis 21 e.t. archive 24, 72, 82, 84 Metropolitan Museum of Art 26 Deutsches Archaiologisches Institut, Madrid 28 Aga Khan Trust for Culture, Geneva 30, 74, 80, 94, 122,

170 Bibliothèque Nationale, Paris 31, 57, 64, 177 Bildarchiv Steffens 39, 147 Cartographica Limited 40, 43, 76 Bildarchiv Preußischer Kulturbasitz 51, 172 David N. Kidd 69 Ianthe Ruthven 71 D. Dagli Orti, Paris 78, 88 Agence Rapho, Paris 87 Institute of Oriental Studies of the Russian Academy of

Science 92 Images Colour Library 128 British Museum 131 Foto-Thome, Germany 167 Dr Omar Khalidi 171 Institut Amatller, Barcelona 176 Mamoun Sakkal 195

For Cartographica Limited:Illustration: Peter A.B. SmithCartography: Francesca Bridges, Peter Gamble, Isabelle

Lewis, Jeanne Radford, Malcolm Swanston and Jonathan Young

Typesetting: Jeanne Radford Picture Research: Annabel Merullo and Michéle Sabèse

204

The World according to al-Idrisi 549–1154 6/7

Geography of the Muslim Lands 18/19 Languages and Peoples of Islam 22/23 Arabia before the Muslim conquests 25 Muhammad’s Missions and Campaigns

to 632 27 Expansion to 750 28/29 Expansion 750–1700 32/33 Abbasid Empire c. 850 36/37 Post-Imperial Successor Regimes

late 10thC 40/41 Post-Imperial Successor Regimes

early 11thC 42 The Saljuq Era 44/45 Military Recruitment c. 1500 46/47 Fatimid Empire and other States c. 1000 50/51 Empires and Trade Routes c. 1500 54/55 Christian Crusades 56 The Mamluk conquest of the

coast 1263–91 57 Sufi Orders 1145–1389 61 The Muslim Near East 1127–74 63 Mongol Invasions 1206–59 64/65 Muslim conquests in North Africa and

Europe 66/67 Islamic Spain c. 1030 68 The Christian Reconquest 69 Plan of the Great Mosque at Kilwa 70 East African Slave Trade to 1500 71 Ghana and Mali Empires 73 Jihad States c. 1800 74/75 Trade Routes to 1500 76/77 Indian Ocean c. 1580 80/81 Indian Ocean c. 1650 80/81 Indian Ocean 1800–1900 82/83 Expansion of Ottoman Empire 1328–1672

84/85 Ottoman Empire 1683–1914 88/89 The Dominions of Timur 94/95 Muslim India 97 The Mughal Empire 1526–1707 98 India, Invasions, and Regional Power

1739–60 99 British Conquest of India 100 Conflict over Kashmir 101 Expansion of Russia in Asia 1598–1914

104/105 Expansion of Islam in Southeast Asia

1500–1800 106/107 Eurasian Empires c. 1700 109 The Balkans 1914–18 113 The New Turkey 1926 115 European Imperialism in the

Muslim World 116/117 The Balkans, Crete, and Cyprus

1878–1912 119

The Balkans, Crete, and Cyprus 1912–13 120 The Balkans, Crete, and Cyprus 1920–23 121 China under Manchu Dynasty 1840–1912 123 The Last Years of Turkish Rule 1882–1916

124 Sykes-Picot Plan May 1916 125 League of Nations Mandate 1921 126 Pledges and Border Changes 1920–23 127 Invasion of Lebanon June 1982–September

1983 127 Nasir Khusraw’s Journeys c. 1040 129 Travels of Ibn Jubair 1183–85 130 Travels of Ibn Battuta 1325–54 131 Ottoman Africa c. 1880 132 Northeast Africa 1840–98 133 Africa after the Berlin Conference 1885 135 Africa c. 1830 136 Northwest Africa to 1914 137 Pilgrim Routes of Arabia 138 Plan of Mecca 139 The Growth of the Hajj 140/141 Early Baghdad 142 Cairo at the time of Sultan Al-Nasir 143 Cairo at the time of Ismail 1869–70 143 Growth of Cairo 1800–1947 144 Tashkent 145 Oilfields and Pipelines in the Middle East

and Inner Asia 147 The Struggle for Water 1950–67 149 Military Spending and Service c. 2000 151 New States in Southeast Asia 1950–2000 153 Mesopotamia 1915–18 154 The Gulf War Phase 1 155 The Gulf War Phase 2 155 The Gulf War Phase 3 155 The Afghanistan War and Soviet Retreat 157 Arabia and the Gulf c. 1900 159 Territorial Growth of the Saudi State

1902–26 161 The Six-Day War—Israeli Attack 162 October War 1973 163 The Intifada February–December 1992 163 The Advance to Baghdad 20–30 March 2003

164 The Advance to Baghdad March–April 2003

165 Muslim Migration into the European

Union 166 Late 19th and Early 20th Centuries 168 After World War II 169 Islam Mosques by State 2000 171 Islamic Arts 174/175 Architectural and Archaelogical Sites 178/179 Muslim Population in the World Today

182/183 World Terrorism 186/187 Telephone Lines per 100 People 2001 190/191

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS, MAP LIST, AND INDEX

205

Index

Abbas, Shah (1588–1629) 92Abbasid/s 42, 36, 38, 40, 46, 52, 53, 148Abbasid Empire 11Abbud, Ibrahim (r. 1954–64) 134Abdalla, Idris bin 40Abduh, Muhammad (1849–1905) 110Abdul Hamid II 88Abdullah 162Aboukir Bay, Battle of 108Abraham 30Abu Bakr 8, 28, 34Abu Dhabi 158Abu Hamid al-Ghazali 15, 58Abu Jafar al-Mansur 142Acheh 107, 152Acre 50Aden 53, 77, 79, 116, 158Adhan (call to prayer) 14Adrianople (Edirne) 115Afghanistan 12, 16, 96, 128, 156, 181Aghlabids 50ahl al-dhimma (protected community) 31ahl al-kitab (Peoples of the Book) 10Ahmad, Khan 111Ahmad, Mahdi Muhammad 110Ahmad, Muhammad 109Aisha 34Akbar I (1556–1605) 99al-Adid 51al-Aghlab, Ibrahim 37al-Azhar 111, 143Albania 118Alhambra 68, 176Almohads 68Almoravids 68al-Amin 37al-Andalus 68, 72, 108al-Ashari, Abul Hasan 39Alawi/s (Shiite) 127al-Azhar 38, 111al-Aziz, Abd (known as Ibn Saud) 160, 194 al-Bakri, General Hasan 154al-Banna, Hasan 194al-Barmaki 37al-Bashir, General Umar 134al-Dawla, Nawab Siraj 108al-Din, al-Afghani, Jamal (1838–97) 110, 132al-Din, al-Ayyubi, Salah (Saladin) 50, 62, 143al-Din Aybeg, Qutb 96al-Din, Jamal 60al-Din, Naqshband, Baha (d. 1389) 95al-Din, Nur 62al-Din, Safi, Shaikh (1252–1334) 92al-Din, Salah (Saladin) 50, 62, 143Al-e-Ahmed, Jalal 93Aleppo 50, 52, 128Algeria/n 50, 90, 136, 137, 166, 180, 181al-Ghazal, Bahr 134al-Ghazali, Abu Hamid 58al-Ghazi-Ghumuqi 60Algiers 86, 109al-Hadi 36al-Hamid, Abd bin Badis (Ben Badis) 136al-Hasa 92, 160al-Hussien, Imam 38Ali 34, 40, 42, 50, 92Aligarh 110Ali, house of 30, 62Ali, ibn Abi Talib 38Ali, Mehmed (1805–48) 90Ali, Muhammad 132, 148al-Karkhi, Maruf 37al-Khattab, Umar ibn 38al-Kisai 36

al-Mahdi, caliph 142al-Mamun 37, 38al-Mansur 50al-Mawsili, Ibrahim 36Almohads 68Almoravids 68al-Maududi,Adu al-Ala (1906–79) 194al-Muizz, caliph 50al-Mustansir, Imam-caliph (1036–94) 50, 128al-Mutawakil 39al-Nasser, Jamal Abd 148, 194al-Qaeda 152, 184, 185al-Qahira 50al-Qadir, Abd, shaikh 60, 109, 136al-Rahman, Sayyid Abd 134al-Rashid, Harun 36, 142, 160al-Saud, Muhammad 160al-Siquilli, General Jawhar 143al-Taishi, Abdullah, Khalifa 134al-Wahhab, Muhammad Ibn Abd 160Amanullah (1919–29) 116, 156Amboyna 81Amin 41Amu Darya 64Anatolia 64, 86, 92, 114, 118Anatolian 56Andalusia 68, 167Animist 107Aniza 160Amsterdam 167AntiochArab/s 52, 64, 82, 107, 122, 137, 162Arab League 165Arabia 43, 106, 148, 158, 160Arabic 20, 38, 47Arab-Israeli conflict 162Arafat, Chairman Yasser 163Aral Sea 103Architecture 176, 177Armenia/n 36, 46, 87Asabiyya (loyalties or group solidarity) 12, 13, 21,

104Ascalon 50Ashura 93Asir, province of 13Askeri (ruler) 87Astrakhan 102Aswan 70, 148Atlantic Ocean 11, 16, 21, 82Atlas Mountains 16Atatürk, Mustafa Kemal 114, 115, 116Attila 64Aurungzeb (r. 1658–1707) 96, 99Austria 91, 114Axum 76Aydhab 53Ayn Jalut, Battle of 62Ayodhya 101Ayyubids 62, 79Azam, Abdullah 195Azerbaijan 36, 147Azeris 20Baath (Renaissance) Party 127, 154Babur 96Baghdad 44, 52, 142, 154, 165Bahasa Indonesia 20Bahrain 43, 78, 92, 158, 181Balakot, Battle of 109Bali 6, 152Balkans 47, 86, 87, 90, 118Balkh 128Bamba, Amadu (c. 1850–1927) 60, 141Bambuko 72Banda 81

Bangladesh 153Baptist 13Barelwi, Sayyid Ahmed (1786–1831) 108 Baring, Sir Evelyn (later Viscount Cromer) 132Barqa 50Basra 52, 116, 154, 155Batu (r. 1227–55) 94Bayazid I (r. 1389–1402) 94Baybars 62Bektashi (Sufi order) 112, 118Belgrade 86Belo, Muhammad 75Ben Badis 136Bengal 96, 101, 108, 139Bengalis 20Berber/s 20, 58, 72, 136bin Laden, Osama 157, 184, 195Biqaa valley 127Bithynia 84Birmingham,UK 167Black Sea 94Blue Nile 70Bolshevik Revolution (1917–18) 103Book production 173Bosnia-Herzegovina 118Bradford 167Britain 20, 53, 56, 80, 81, 91, 108, 109, 114, 116,

125, 151, 158, 160, 162British Royal Air Force 160Broach 77Brunei, sultanate of 152Buddhism 10, 94Bugeaud, Robert 136Bukhara 95, 103Buksar, Battle of (1764) 108Bulgaria 84, 91, 94, 118Buraimi Oasis 158Bursa 84, 86Buyids 43, 44, 46Byzantine 11, 28, 56, 57, 78, 84, 86, 88, 118Byzantium 24Cairo 62, 128, 143Camp David (1979) 163Canada 15Cape Comorin 77Casablanca 6Caspian Sea 94, 102Catherine the Great 102Catholic see ChristianCaucasus 46, 102, 117Ceramics 173Ceyhan 147Ceylon see Sri LankaChaghatay 94Chaghatay Khanate 64Chaldiran, Battle of 86Charlemagne 36Charles X (Bourbon monarch) 136Chechen-Ingushiite 104Chechnya 104China 52, 64, 76, 103, 129Chinese emperors 64Chistis 99Chistiya 96Christendom 56Christian/s 10, 13, 20, 30, 47, 57, 84, 86, 90, 117,

118, 127, 151, 162Christianity 8, 10 Churchill, Winston 109Cinema 188, 189Circassians 62Civil liberties 192, 193Cochin 77Communist Party 103, 117

H A of Islam Endmatter 21/5/04 11:41 AM Page 205

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

206

Congress of Berlin 118Constantinople 24, 56, 86Córdoba 38, 68Council of Masjids 170Council of Muslim Communities of Canada 169Crete 118Crimea 90, 91Crimean War (1854–56) 91Crusader 38, 108Crusades 56, 57, 129Ctesiphon 28Cyprus 28, 86, 118Cyrenaica see LibyaCyrenaican massif 16da Gama, Vasco 70, 79, 80Dahlan, Ahmad 111Dalmatia 90Damascus 38, 50, 114, 154Dan Fodio, Uthman (1754–1817) 74, 110Danube 90Dar es Salaam 6Daud, Muhammad 156Dayton accords 118Deccan 96de Gaulle, General Charles 136, 137de Reuter, Baron 92Deir Yassin (1948) 162Delhi 95, 96, 110Deng Xiaoping 123Deoband 99, 110Descartes, René 108Devshirme (military levy) 48Dhikrs (ceremony) 14, 58Dhufar 16Dinka 134Dipanegara, Prince 108Druze/s 125, 127Duas 14Durrani, Ahmad, Shah (r. 1747–72) 156Dutch 20, 53, 80, 81, 107, 108East Africa 70Ebro River 38Egypt 15, 16, 20, 36, 43, 86, 116, 139, 143, 148,

151, 160Egyptians 163Elburz 16England see BritishEnglish see BritishEretz Yisrael 162Ernst, Carl 9Eritrea 116Ethiopia 70Euphrates River 16, 24, 52, 148Europe 162European powers 160European Union 149Faisal 126, 162Faqis (holy men) 70Farsi see PersianFatima 40, 50Fatimid/s 15, 38, 41, 50, 56, 62, 79Feisal 114Fergana Valley 103Fez 130Fiqh (jurisprudence) 58First Crusade 45First World War 162FNL 136France 56, 81, 91, 114, 125, 136, 137, 151, 166Fulani 20, 74Fulfulde 72Funj sultanate 70Furu (revelation) 110Futa Jallon 74Futa Toro 74Galiev, Mir Said, Sultan 103Gansu 122

Gao 52Garang, Colonel 134Gaza 163Gellner, Ernest 12, 21Genoa 56, 86Genoese 82Germany 56, 91, 114, 162Ghassanids 24Ghaznavids 43, 44, 46Ghenghis Khan 64, 94Ghulams 43Ghurids 96Gizeh 148Gladstone, William (British prime minister) 132Glasgow 167Goa 80Golan Heights 163Golden Horde 64, 94Golden Square 154Gordon, General Charles George “Chinese”

(1833–85) 132, 134Gorno-Badakhshan 128Granada 68, 129Greece 24, 84, 86, 87, 91, 115, 118, 137Greek War of Independence (1821–29) 90Green Mountain 16Guangzhou (Canton) 52Guinea 72Gujerat 96Habbaniya 154Habibullah (r. 1901–19) 156Habsburg 90Hadith 9, 58, 110Haidar Ali 108Hajj 15, 26, 138, 139Hajj, Messali 136Hamas 163Hanafi/s 38, 123, 132Hanbali 38Hanbali school 160Hangzhou 52Hashemite kingdoms 160Hausa 20, 72, 74Hazaras 156Hejaz 50, 52, 70, 86Heliopolis 144Herat 95Hicks Pasha 134Hijaz 132, 160Hijra/s (migration) 26, 160Hindu 96, 99, 101, 104, 106, 108Hinduism 10, 99Holland see DutchHormuz 52, 80Hourani, Albert 20Hui 122Hulegu 65Human Rights 192, 193Hungary 86, 90, 94, 117Hussein, Feisal bin 117, 154Hussein, Imam 34, 62, 92Hussein (al-Tikriti), Saddam 93, 142, 146, 154, 164Ibadi sect 70Ibadism 34Ibn Aghlab, Ibrahim (Harun al-Rashid’s governor) 40Ibn al-Arabi 99Ibn Arabi 69Ibn Battuta 79, 129, 130, 131Ibn Hanbal, Ahmad 42Ibn Jubair (1145–1217) 129, 139Ibn Juzay (1321–c. 1356) 130Ibn Khaldun (1332–1406) 11, 12, 13, 160Ibn Majid 79Ibn Muljam 34Ibn Rushd (Averroës) 69Ibn Saud (Abd al-Aziz) 160Ibn Saghir 41

Ibn Tulun 43Id al Adha (Feast of sacrifice) 15, 138Id al Fitr (Feast of fast breaking) 15Idris II 40Idris, Moulay 141Ifriqiya see TunisiaIkhshids 43Ikhwan (brethren) 160Imam Hussein 92Imam Rida 140Imam Sayid bin Sultan (1804–56) 70Imam Shamil 60, 103Imam Yahya 116India 52, 95, 102, 106Indian Councils Act of 1909 100Indian Empire (British) 158Indian Navy (British) 158Indonesia 107, 151, 152Indus Valley 11, 16, 96Inquisition 68Internet 190, 191Iran 24, 31, 38, 92, 94, 96, 102, 107, 150, 154, 156,

181, 184Iran-Iraq War 164Iraq 20, 31, 36, 38, 43, 90, 92, 95, 117, 139, 146,

148, 158, 160, 181, 184Iraqi Petroleum Company (IPC) 154Irtysh 102Isfahan 92Islamization 10Islamic Jihad 163Isly, Battle of (1844) 136Ismail, Shah (1487–1524) 92Ismaili/s 65, 71, 128Ismaili Fatimids 43Ismailism 96Ismail Pasha (r. 1863–79) 132Israel 162Istanbul 6, 48, 90Italy 56, 91Ithnashari Khojas 71Jadidists (advocates of reform) 103Jakarta 6, 107Janissaries 47, 48Java 20, 52, 79, 107, 117, 139Javanese 20Jerba 86Jericho 163Jerusalem 28, 56, 128, 149, 162Jewish 87, 90, 162Jewish settlement 117Jewish sovereign state 162Jews 7, 30, 57, 86, 92, 117, 162Jidda 53, 139Jihad/s 13, 72, 74, 109, 160Jizya (poll tax) 30, 99, 112Jordan 148, 150, 162Jordan River 148Judaism 10, 24Kaba 14, 138Kalmyks 145Kamal, Babrak 157Karakaya 148Karbala 38, 92, 140, 155Karzai, Ahmad 157Kashmir 96, 101Kazakh/s 21, 102, 122, 145Kazakhstan 103, 147Kazan 102Keban 148Kemal, Mustafa see AtatürkKhalidiyya 60Khalwatiya 109Khamenei 93Khan, Abd al-Rahman (r. 1880–1901) 156Khan (resting places) 53Khaniqa (Sufi lodge) 53

H A of Islam Endmatter 21/5/04 11:41 AM Page 206

INDEX

207

Khan, Sir Sayyed Ahmed (1817–98) 110, 111Kharijis 34, 70Khartoum 132, 134Khatmiya 132Khomein 93Khruschev, Nikita 103Khums (religious taxes) 92Khurasan 43, 44Khusraw, Nasir (1004–c. 1072) 128Khutba 14Khwarzim 94Kilwa 70, 79, 80Kipchak 62Kirghiz 156Kitchener, General Herbert Horatio 134Koprulu, Ahmed (r. 1661–76) 90Koprulu, Mehmed (r. 1656–61) 90Koran 9, 10, 20, 26, 38, 39, 42, 110, 148, 193Kosovo, Battle of 84Kubrawiyya 122Kuchuk Kaynarca, Treaty of (1774) 90Kurdish 47, 154Kurds 20, 155Kutama 50Kuwait/i 146, 155, 158, 164Kyrgyz 103, 122Kyrgyzstan 103Lahej 158Lahore 96Lake Van 128Lamtuna 72Lamu 52Latakia 127Latin see ChristianLatin kingdoms 57Lausanne, Treaty of 115Lawrence, T. E. 114Lebanon 117, 127, 168, 181Lenk, Timur 94, 95Lepanto, Battle of 86Libya 91, 109, 116, 151Lille 166London 167Lyons 166Maan family 125Macedonia 84Madhabs (schools of jurisprudence) 13Madurese 20Mafia 79Maghreb 50, 72Mahdi (Muslim Messiah) 134Mahdiya 110Mahdiyya 50Mahmud II (r. 1807–39) 112Mahmud of Ghazna 96Mahmud of Ghazni 43Ma Hualong 123Majid 158Malabar 52, 77, 80Malacca 79, 80, 107Malaya 139Malay peninsula 107Malay/s 20, 107Malay states 117Malaysia 107, 152Mali 72, 131Maliki/s 38, 132Malindi 52Mallam (religious scholar) 74Malta 86Maluku 152Ma Mingxin, shaikh (b. 1719) 122Mamluk amirs 143Mamluk Empire 86Mamlukism 12Mamluk soldiers 62Mamluk sultans 53

Mamluk/s 43, 46, 47, 62Mamun 41, 42Manchester 167Mansuriyya 50Manzikert, Battle of 45, 56Mao Zedong 123Marabouts 58, 72Maronites 125, 127Marseilles 166Mashhad 38, 141McMahon, Sir Henry 117McVeigh, Timothy 7Mecca 9, 26, 34, 43, 52, 72, 74, 92, 129, 138, 139,

160Medina 9, 26, 36, 72, 74, 114, 139, 160Mehmet the Conqueror 86Mesopotamia 16, 86, 148Mesopotamian culture 24Mesopotamian cities 52Mesopotamian heritage 155Messali Hajj 136Metalware 173Mevlevis 118Mihna (inquisition or test) 38Minangkabau 107Mindanao 153Mocha 76Mogadishu 79Moldavia see RomaniaMombasa 6, 70, 80Momens 71Mongol/s 58, 64, 84, 122Mongol Oirots 145Mongolia 64Montenegro 91Morocco 20, 60, 151, 166Moros 153Moses 30Mount Arafat 139Mount Lebanon 16Muadhdhin 14Muawiya 34Mubarak, Shaikh 158Mughal India 83, 107Muhammad 9, 26, 34, 42, 52, 58, 110, 160Muizz, Caliph al- 143Multan 96Mumbhai (Bombay) 6Muqaddima 11Murabits 72Muridiya 60 Murids (aspirants) 60Murshid 60Musa, Ibrahim (d. 1751) 74Musa, Mansa (1307–32) 72Muscat 158Muslim Americans 170, 171Muslim Brotherhood 60, 134, 194Muslim populations 180, 181Muslim Students' Association 169Muslim World League 181Mutazila 38Muzdalifa 138Myanmar (Burma) 153Mysore 108Nabateans 24Nairobi 6Najaf 38, 140, 155Najiballah, General 157Naples 86Napoleon 90, 108Naqshbandi 95, 103, 104, 108, 111, 156Naqshbandiyya 60, 122, 167Nasridas 68Nation of Islam (NOI) 168, 170National Islamic Front (NIF) 134Nazis 162

Nejd Plateau 160Nelson, Admiral 108Nestorian Christianity 94Netherlands 167New Sect 123New York 184Nigeria 75Nile 16, 53, 148Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region 122Nishapur 128Normans 50Norway 15Nuba Mountains 134Nuer 134Numairi, Jafar (r. 1969–85) 134Nurculuk 60Nursi, Said (1876–1960) 60Nuwas, Abu 36Oghuz 44Oghuz Turks 56Oklahoma City 7Oman 158Omani Albu Said dynasty 158Omar, Mullah Muhammad 157Omdurman 134Orthodox see ChristianOslo accords (1993) 163Oslo negotiations 149Oslo II negotiations 149Osmanli see OttomanOttoman/s 45, 46, 47, 83, 84, 86, 88, 109, 112, 117,

154, 158, 160Ottoman Turks 162Oxus Valley 38Pahlavi 93Pakistan 100, 101, 107, 151, 154, 156, 157Palestinian Liberation Organization (PLO) 127, 163Palestinians 127Palestine 20, 50, 56, 117, 162Palmyra 24Pan-Turkism 104Parcham (non-Pushtun) 156Paris 166Patriot Act 193Pemba 70, 76, 79, 80People’s Democratic Party of Afghanistan (PDPA) 156Persia 95 (also see Iran)Persian/s 20, 38, 47, 122, 145Persian Gulf 158Petah Tikva 162Peter the Great 90Peter the Hermit 56Petra 24Philippines 153Pir (Sufi shaikh) 60, 95, 99Plassey, Battle of (1757) 108Podolia 90Poland 94Polo, Marco 129Pope Urban II 56Portuguese 53, 79, 80, 82, 106Prophet Abraham 162Protestant 108Punjabis 20, 101Pushtuns 20, 108, 156, 157Putin, Vladimir 109Qadariyya 60, 122Qadiri 103Qajar dynasty (1779–1925) 92Qaramatians 42Qaraqanid dynasty 43, 44, 46Qarawiyyin 38Qarluqs 43, 44Qizilbashis 92Quanzhou (Zaitun) 79Qulzum 53Qumm 38

H A of Islam Endmatter 21/5/04 11:41 AM Page 207

HISTORICAL ATLAS OF THE ISLAMIC WORLD

208

Quraish, tribe 26, 79Quraishi pedigrees 70Qutb, Sayyid 194, 195Reconquista 68Ramadan 14, 15Rayy 128Red Sea 52Reza, Muhammad 93Reza, Shah 93Rhodes 28Rida, Rashid, Imam 111, 141Riffian Mountain 16Riyadh 6, 160Rome 167Roman Catholicism 7Romania 90, 91, 118Rumi, Jalal al-Din (1207–73) 59Russia 90, 91, 94, 101, 114, 149, 151Sabah 152Sabilla, Battle of (1929) 160Sadaqa (voluntary charity) 14Sadat, Anwar 163Safavid 83, 86, 92Sahara 72Sahil (shore) 72Salafists 111Salat 14Saljuq/s 38, 44, 46, 50, 56, 64, 84, 118Samanid 43Samarra 42Samarkand 95, 103Sammaniya 132San Remo Conference (1920) 154San Stefano, Treaty of (1878) 91Sanusiyya 60, 109Sarandib see Sri LankaSarawak 152Sasanian 24, 78, 148Saudi Arabia, Kingdom of 15, 146, 156, 157, 158,

160Sawm 14Sayyida Zainab 141Sayyids 158Sayyid Said bin Sultan (1807–56) 158Scandinavia 56Second World War 104, 137, 150, 162, 164, 168Selim III (r. 1789–1807) 112Senegal River 74Senegambia 74Serbia 86, 90, 91, 118Serbian Revolt (1804–13) 90Seville 68Sèvres, Treaty of (1920) 114Shaanxi 122Shafii 38Shahada 14Shamanism 94Shamil, Imam 103, 109Sharia 12, 21, 44, 95, 99, 107, 110, 112, 115, 148, 194Shariati, Dr Ali 93Sharif Hussein 160Sharif of Mecca 114, 154, 162Sheikhan 134Shiite Hazaras 157Shihabs (1697–1840) 125Shiism 92, 154Shiite/s 8, 9, 13, 34, 37, 90, 95, 96, 127, 140, 154,

155Shiite Ismaili 50Shuaiba 154Sidon 127Siffin, Battle of 34Sijilmassa 40Sikhism 10Sinai 163Sindhis 20, 101Singapore 139, 152

Siquilliyya (Sicily) 50Sirhindi, Shaikh Ahmad (1564–1624) 99Slavery 158Slaves/slave trade 71, 74Socotra 76Sofala 53Sokoto 75Soviet Union 144South Arabian protectorate 158Spain 38, 167, Spain 184Spanish Morocco 116Spanish Sahara 116Sri Lanka 81Stalin 103, 104Sudanese 20Sudan People’s Liberation Movement 134Suez crisis (1956) 154Sufi orders 58, 60, 72, 74, 87, 92, 94, 96, 104, 107,

110, 115, 118Sufism 37Sufi tariqas 109Suhrawardis 96Suhrawardiya 96Sulawesi 152Suleiman the Magnificent 86Sultan Mahmud II 48Sultan Muhammad V 137Sultan Muhammad VI 137Sumatra 52, 79, 117Sunni/s 8, 34, 38, 95, 96, 127, 154Sunnism 92Swahili 70Sykes-Picot Agreement (1916) 117Syr Darya 145Syria 20, 36, 43, 50, 53, 56, 86, 92, 95, 117, 139,

148, 151, 163, 168, 184 Tablighi Jamaat (preaching association) 110Tabriz 86, 92Tafsir (hermeneutics) 58Tahert 40Tahir 42Tahirids 43, 46Tajdid (reform) 110Tajikistan 103, 128Tajiks 103, 122Taj Mahal 176Takbir 14Talbot, Major 92Talha 34Taliban 157, 184Tanganyika 116Tangier 129Tanzimat-i Hairiye (auspicious re-orderings) 112Tariqas 60Tarmarshirin 94Tashkent 103, 144, 145Tatars 94, 102, 104, 122Tel el Kebir 132Terrorism 184, 193Textiles 172Thailand 152, 153Thanawi, Maulana Asraf Ali 100Thuwaini 158Tigris River 16, 24, 52, 142, 148Tijaniya 60Timbuktu 21, 52, 72Timur 95Timurid Empire 92Tipu Sultan (1705–99) 108Toledo 68Torodbe (scholar) 74Transjordan 117, 160, 162Transjordan Frontier Force 160Transoxiana 43, 46, 94, 102Transylvania 86Tripoli 91, 116, 127Trucial Oman Scouts 158

Trucial System 158Tsarist Russia 158Tuareg 21, 72Tughluq dynasty (1320–1413) 96Tughril Beg, Sultan 44Tunis 86Tunisia 6, 36, 37, 50, 90, 137Turabi 134Turkey 60, 91, 112, 147, 151, 154, 158, 181Turkish ghulams 46Turkish nomads 64Turkish tribesmen 53Turkmen 156Turkmenistan 103, 147Turks 20, 56, 118Tusi, Nasr al-Din 65Tyre 50Uighurs 123Ukraine 94Ulama 58, 74, 110Ulugh Beg (r. 1404–49) 95Umar 8, 28, 34Umayyad 34, 38, 40, 68, 79, 176Umayyad Caliphate 68Umma 13United Kingdom 167United Nations (UN) 149, 162, 165United States (US) 149, 157, 164, 165, 168, 184,

185Urabi Pasha 132Urals 102Urdu 20, 99Usul (fundamentals) 110Uthman, Caliph 8, 10, 26, 34Uzbekistan 103, 145, 147Uzbek 103, 122, 145, 156Venetians see VeniceVenetian-Habsburg coalition 86Venice 82, 86, 118Vienna 86, 90Volga River 52, 64, 94, 102Wadi Hadhramaut 158Wahhabi 104, 110, 139Wahhabism 8Wahhabite 160Wahhabi 60Wallachia see RomaniaWaliullah, Shah (1702–63) 99Waqfs (charitable trusts/religious endowments) 92,

102Wargala 40Washington 185Weapons of Mass Destruction (WMD) 165West Bank 163Wilson, President Woodrow 117Xinjiang 122Yahya, Zaidi Imam 116Yathrib see MedinaYellow River 16Yeltsin, Boris 109Yemen 16, 70, 158, 160, 181Yemeni 13, 167Yihewani 123Young Turks 114Yunnan 122Zagros 16Zahir Shah (1933–73) 156, 157Zakat (act of charity) 14, 92Zangi 62Zanzibar 52, 70, 71, 79, 80, 158Zaytuna 38Zionism 162Zirids 50Ziyara (visitation) 140Zoroastrian/s 10, 24, 30, 92Zoroastrianism 10, 94Zubaida 36Zubayr 34

H A of Islam Endmatter 21/5/04 11:41 AM Page 208


Recommended